Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
CA 02716872 2014-02-21
Device for promotion of hemostasis and/or wound healing
10 Field of invention
The present invention relates to a device for promoting hemostasis and/or
wound
healing as well as to methods for making or using such a device. The device
comprises
one or more bioactive compounds for promoting hemostasis and/or wound healing.
Said bioactive compounds are preferably printed onto the surface of the
device. The
surface of the device can be the surface of a matrix of the device, such as
the surface
of a sponge. The invention further relates to a kit of parts comprising said
device for
promotion of hemostasis and/or wound healing and a container for storage
and/or
preparation of said device.
Background of invention
The present invention relates to an improved device for promoting hemostasis
and/or
wound healing, and an improved method for making said device.
WO 2003/004072 discloses a method for coating a medical appliance, such as a
stent,
with a bubblejet printing head. The coating may comprise pharmaceutically
active
compounds and may e.g. be in the form of a polymer with a suspended drug or a
non-
thrombogenic agent.
Xu et al (Biomaterials Vol. 27, 2006, p. 3580-3588) discloses use of alternate
inkjet
printing of NT2 cells and fibrin gels (formed by the alternate printing of
fibrinogen and
thrombin), to create 3D cellular structures consisting of layers of neural
cells.
US 6,361,551 and US 6,454,787 both relate to methods for depositing thrombin
in
solution or powder onto a hemostatic device, such as a sponge comprising
collagen.
1
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The method of depositing thrombin comprises spraying thrombin in powder form
onto
the hemostatic device, or coating the device with a thrombin solution and
subsequently
drying the device of the invention by lyophilization or by conventional means.
US 4,752,466 is directed to a thrombin aerosol. Thrombin is delivered in dry
powdered
form from a valve-actuated pressurized propellant-containing aerosol
container. The
thrombin has been lyophilized from an aqueous solution also comprising a
thrombin-
compatible synthetic polymer.
US 6,472,162 and US 7,056,722 both concern a thrombin-solution without
particles.
The particles have been removed by filtration so as to allow using the
thrombin-solution
as a spray.
US 6,461,325 relates to a device for delivering fibrin and forming fibrin on a
surface.
The device delivers volumetric quantities of a first and a second
biochemically reactive
fluid comprising a spray unit for separately atomizing the first and second
biochemically
reactive fluids into an aerosol. The first or second biochemically reactive
fluids may
comprise thrombin.
US 6,113,948 relates to soluble microparticles comprising thrombin or
fibrinogen in
free-flowing form. The microparticles can be mixed to give a dry powder to be
used as
a fibrin sealant that is activated only at a wound site. The microaprticles
are produced
by spray-drying.
US 2003/0175419 relates to methods for preparing biomimetic scaffolds by using
at
least two bio-ink solutions. The bio-ink solutions can be deposited
individually or
simultaneously. One bio-ink, which is structural, can comprise thrombin, and
inkjet
technology can be employed to deposit the bio-inks of the biomimetic scaffold.
Another
form of a bio-ink can comprise gelatin.
US 6,416,739 discloses microcapsules comprising thrombin for therapeutic use.
US 6,649,162 is related to a hemostatic sponge based on collagen and thrombin
and a
method for producing such a sponge as well as a wound coverage containing said
sponge. Thrombin is homogenously distributed in the sponge.
2
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The prior art has not adressed sufficiently the issue of providing an improved
matrix
material, such as a sponge, comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising
one
or more agents or bioactive agents, such as thrombin; wherein said composition
is
initially in fluid or liquid form and applied onto the surface of said matrix
material by
printing the fluid or liquid composition in individual and discrete locations
onto the
surface of the matrix material, thus obtaining an essentially uniform
distribution of said
fluid or liquid composition.
The printing technology according to the present invention allows for a more
precise
distribution of the composition onto the surface of the matrix material by
applying an
amount of the fluid or liquid composition which preferably prevents swelling
of the
matrix material. The invention avoids waste of fluid or liquid composition by
exploiting
theprinting technology's more precise distribution of the fluid or liquid
composition onto
the matrix material. Compared to conventional techniques in the art, such as
spraying,
a more uniform distribution of the composition os also achieved.
Summary of the invention
In one aspect the present invention relates to a matrix material comprising a
surface
and a plurality of open and interconnected cells, wherein the surface of said
matrix
comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more bioactive
agents,
such as thrombin, printed onto said surface of the matrix material at
individual and
discrete locations.
The invention further relates to a matrix material comprising a pharmaceutical
composition, such as thrombin, wherein said bioactive agent is printed onto
the surface
of said matrix material.
The present invention further relates to a device comprising the matrix
material and a
pharmaceutical composition as described above.
The present invention also relates to a kit of parts comprising the device
described
above and at least one additional component. In one embodiment the kit of
parts
comprises a container e.g. for sterile storage and/or preparation of said
device. The
container can be used to add liquid to the matrix material prior to use.
3
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In another aspect the present invention relates to a method for making the
device
described above comprising the steps of 1) providing a matrix material and 2)
printing a
pharmaceutical composition in fluid or liquid form comprising one or more
bioactive
agents onto the surface of said matrix material e.g. at individual and
discrete locations.
In yet another aspect the present invention relates to the use of the device
or kit of
parts described above to promote wound healing and/or hemostasis in an
individual in
need thereof.
The present invention is directed in another aspect to a method for
manufacturing a
matrix material comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more
agents or bioactive agents deposited on the accessible, external surface of
said matrix
material in discrete locations thereof, said method comprising the steps of
i) providing a matrix material,
ii) providing a printing device comprising a) one or more print heads each
comprising one or more nozzles, and b) one or more reservoirs each
comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising the one or more
agents or bioactive agents in solubilised form, or in the form of a
suspension, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is in fluid or liquid
form,
said reservoir being connected to a degassing device and operably
connected with said one or more print heads so that the fluid or liquid
composition comprising the one or more agents or bioactive agents can be
diverted from said reservoir to said one or more print heads,
iii) actuating the one or more print heads and diverting from each nozzle
of
each print head one or more droplets of the fluid or liquid composition
comprising the one or more agents or bioactive agents to a predetermined
and discrete location of the accessible, external surface of said matrix
material,
wherein, preferably, each droplet of the fluid or liquid composition contains
a
volume of liquid of less than about 100 nanoliters, such as less than about
4
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
80 nanoliters, for example less than about 60 nanoliters, such as less than
about 40 nanoliters, for example less than about 20 nanoliters, such as less
than about 10 nanoliters, for example less than about 1 nanoliter, such as
less than about 0.8 nanoliters, for example less than about 0.6 nanoliters,
such as less than about 0.4 nanoliters, for example less than about 0.2
nanoliters, such as less than about 0.1 nanoliters, for example less than
about 0.08 nanoliters, such as less than about 0.06 nanoliters, for example
less than about 0.04 nanoliters, such as less than about 0.02 nanoliters, for
example less than about 0.015 nanoliters, such as less than about 0.010
nanoliters, for example less than about 0.005 nanoliters, such as less than
about 0.004 nanoliters, for example less than about 0.002 nanoliters, such
as less than about 0.001 nanoliters,
wherein the distance covered by each droplet of fluid or liquid composition
comprising the one or more agents or bioactive agents from the point of
departure of each nozzle of each printing head to the point of impacting the
accessible, external surface of the matrix material at a predetermined and
discrete location thereof, is essentially the shortest possible distance, such
as essentially the shortest distance defined by a diversion of droplet(s) from
each nozzle head, which is the distance which is essentially perpendicular
to the accessible, external surface of the matrix at the predetermined and
discrete position of the surface where a given droplet impacts the matrix
material,
wherein, preferably, the distance from each nozzle head to the
predetermined and discrete location to be impacted, at the time of actuating
the nozzle head and initialising the diversion of said droplet(s) of liquid
composition comprising the one or more solubilised, bioactive agents from
the nozzle head to a given, predetermined and discrete location, is
essentially similar for each droplet of the fluid or liquid composition and is
less than about 4 millimeters, such as less than about 3.5 millimeters, for
example less than about 3 millimeters, such as less than about 2.5
millimeters, for example less than about 2 millimeters, such as less than
about 1.5 millimeters, for example less than about 1.2 millimeters, such as
less than about 1.0 millimeters, for example less than about 0.8 millimeters,
5
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
such as less than about 0.6 millimeters, for example less than about 0.4
millimeters, such as less than about 0.2 millimeters, for example less than
about 0.1 millimeters,
wherein, preferably, the liquid portion of each droplet of the composition
comprising the one or more solubilised agents or bioactive agents
evaporates essentially on impacting the accessible, external surface of the
matrix material, wherein said evaporation is determined at least by the
kinetic energy of the liquid of the droplet, including the temperature of the
liquid of the droplet, the temperature of the matrix material and the
temperature of the environment in which the impacting of the droplet and
the matrix material takes place,
wherein, preferably, said evaporation of said liquid part of said droplets of
the composition comprising the one or more solubilised agents or bioactive
agents results in essentially no swelling of the matrix material at the
predetermined and discrete locations of the accessible, external surface of
the matrix which are impacted by the droplets of the composition comprising
the one or more solubilised, bioactive agents,
wherein, preferably, said evaporation and/or said essentially no swelling of
the matrix material results in the provision of a matrix material comprising a
solid composition comprising one or more agents or bioactive agents
deposited in solid form on the accessible, external surface of said matrix
material in discrete locations thereof,
wherein, preferably, the accessible and external surface of said matrix
material has essentially the same physico-chemical properties before being
impacted and after being impacted with the droplets of the composition
comprising the one or more solubilised agents or bioactive agents.
The one or more bioactive agents can be thrombin or thrombin in combination
with
fibrinogen, or thrombin and fibrinogen in combination with Factor XIII, or
thrombin and
fibrinogen and Factor XIII in combination with tranexamic acid.
6
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The one or more agents or bioactive agents may be comprised in the same fluid
or
liquid composition contained in the same reservoir and expelled from the same
print
head comprising one or more nozzles, or the one or more bioactive agents may
be
comprised in separate fluid or liquid compositions contained in separate
reservoirs and
expelled from separate print heads each comprising one or more nozzles or
expelled
from different channels of the same print head.
There is also provided a printing device comprising a) one or more print heads
each
comprising one or more nozzles, and b) one or more reservoirs each comprising
a fluid
or liquid composition comprising the one or more bioactive agents in
solubilised form,
such as the bioactive agents and combinations thereof cited herein immediately
above,
wherein said reservoir is connected to a degassing device and operably
connected with
said one or more print heads so that the liquid composition comprising the one
or more
solubilised, bioactive agents can be diverted from said reservoir to said one
or more
print heads and released from said print heads as droplets of a predetermined
volume
upon actuation of the nozzles of said print heads.
In one embodiment, two or more fluid or liquid compositions each comprising
one or
more agents or bioactive agents may be imprinted at the same or different
discrete
positions on the surface of said matrix material.
The two or more pharmaceutical compositions initially in fluid or liquid form
may each
comprise one or more bioactive agents which may be thrombin or thrombin in
combination with fibrinogen, or thrombin and fibrinogen in combination with
Factor XIII,
or thrombin and fibrinogen and Factor XIII in combination with tranexamic
acid.
It is understood, that printing onto a surface of a matrix material may
comprise printing
on the surface of any side of the matrix material. Thus, all or some of the
planes of the
matrix material may be imprinted. In one embodiment, the matrix material is a
cube
comprising six (6) planes, in which one or more planes are imprinted, such as
1 plane,
for example 2 planes, such as 3 planes, for example 4 planes, such as 5
planes, for
example 6 planes.
In a further aspect there is provided a composition comprising either
thrombin, or
thrombin in combination with fibrinogen, or thrombin and fibrinogen in
combination with
7
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Factor XIII, or thrombin and fibrinogen and Factor XIII in combination with
tranexamic
acid, wherein said composition further comprises a viscosity modulating agent
and
optionally further a surfactant, wherein said composition preferably has a cps
(centipoise) of at least 4 cps, such as at least 6 cps, for example at least 8
cps, such as
at least 10 cps, for example at least 12 cps, and preferably less than 100
cps, such as
less than 80 cps, for example less than 60 cps, for example less than 40 cps,
such as
less than 20 cps, for example less than 15 cps.
In a further embodiment there is provided a composition comprising either
thrombin, or
thrombin in combination with fibrinogen, or thrombin and fibrinogen in
combination with
Factor XIII, or thrombin and fibrinogen and Factor XIII in combination with
tranexamic
acid, wherein said composition preferably further comprises a viscosity
modulating
agent and optionally further a surfactant, wherein said composition preferably
has a
surface tension of of between 0.020 to 0.050 N/m; for example 0.020-0.022 N/m,
such
as 0.022-0.024 N/m, for example 0.024-0.026 N/m, such as 0.026-0.028 N/m, for
example 0.028-0.030 N/m, such as 0.030-0.032 N/m, for example 0.032-0.034 N/m,
such as 0.034-0.036 N/m, for example 0.036-0.038 N/m, such as 0.038-0.040 N/m,
for
example 0.040-0.042 N/m, such as 0.042-0.044 N/m, for example 0.044-0.046 N/m,
such as 0.046-0.048 N/m, for example 0.048-0.050 N/m.
In another aspect the present invention relates to a matrix material
comprising a
surface and a plurality of open and interconnected cells, wherein the surface
of said
matrix is printed with thrombin in individual and discrete locations. It has
been found
that the matrix printed with thrombin is surprisingly sticky when it e.g. is
used for one or
more dry applications. Traditionally, a hemostatic composition has comprised a
mixture
of thrombin and fibrinogen, which leads to generation of fibrin and a sticky
effect. The
present invention relates in one embodiment to a sticky pharmaceutical
composition
printed onto a matrix, where the pharmaceutical composition does not comprise
fibrin
and/or fibrinogen.
The sticky effect of the pharmaceutical composition on the matrix is observed
by
printing of thrombin in the range from 0.5 IU/cm2 to 50 IU/cm2, such as from
0.5 IU/cm2
to 1 IU/cm2, for example from 1 IU/cm2 to 2 IU/cm2, such as from 2 IU/cm2 to 3
IU/cm2,
for example from 3 IU/cm2 to 4 IU/cm2, such as from 4 IU/cm2 to 5 IU/cm2, for
example
from 5 IU/cm2 to 6 IU/cm2, such as from 6 IU/cm2 to 7 IU/cm2, for example from
7
8
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
IU/CM2 to 8 IU/cm2, such as from 8 IU/cm2 to 9 IU/cm2, for example from 9
IU/cm2 to 10
IU/cm2, such as from 10 IU/cm2 to 11 IU/cm2, for example from 11 IU/cm2 to 12
IU/cm2,
such as from 12 IU/cm2 to 13 IU/cm2, for example from 13 IU/cm2 to 14 IU/cm2,
such as
from 14 IU/cm2 to 15 IU/cm2, for example from 15 IU/cm2 to 16 IU/cm2, such as
from 16
IU/cm2 to 17 IU/cm2, for example from 17 IU/cm2 to 18 IU/cm2, such as from 18
IU/cm2
to 19 IU/cm2, for example from 19 IU/cm2 to 20 IU/cm2, such as from 20 IU/cm2
to 21
IU/cm2, for example from 21 IU/cm2 to 22 IU/cm2, such as from 22 IU/cm2 to 23
IU/cm2,
for example from 23 IU/cm2 to 24 IU/cm2, such as from 24 IU/cm2 to 25 IU/cm2,
for
example from 25 IU/cm2 to 26 IU/cm2, such as from 26 IU/cm2 to 27 IU/cm2, for
example from 27 IU/cm2 to 28 IU/cm2, such as from 28 IU/cm2 to 30 IU/cm2, for
example from 30 IU/cm2 to 32 IU/cm2, such as from 32 IU/cm2 to 34 IU/cm2, for
example from 34 IU/cm2 to 36 IU/cm2, such as from 36 IU/cm2 to 38 IU/cm2, for
example from 38 IU/cm2 to 40 IU/cm2, such as from 40 IU/cm2 to 42 IU/cm2, for
example from 42 IU/cm2 to 44 IU/cm2, such as from 44 IU/cm2 to 46 IU/cm2, for
example from 46 IU/cm2 to 48 IU/cm2, such as from 48 IU/cm2 to 50 IU/cm2.
In one preferred embodiment the amount of thrombin printed onto the matrix is
in the
range from 0.5 IU/cm2 to 50 IU/cm2, such as 1 IU/cm2, for example 2 IU/cm2,
such as 3
IU/cm2, for example 4 IU/cm2, such as 5 IU/cm2, for example 6 IU/cm2, such as
7
IU/cm2, for example 8 IU/cm2, such as 9 IU/cm2, for example 10 IU/cm2, such as
12
IU/cm2, for example 14 IU/cm2, such as 16 IU/cm2, for example 18 IU/cm2, such
as 20
IU/cm2, for example 22 IU/cm2, such as 24 IU/cm2, for example 26 IU/cm2, such
as 28
IU/cm2, for example 30 IU/cm2, such as 32 IU/cm2, for example 34 IU/cm2, such
as 36
IU/cm2, for example 38 IU/cm2, such as 40 IU/cm2, for example 42 IU/cm2, such
as 44
IU/cm2, for example 46 IU/cm2, such as 48 IU/cm2, for example 50 IU/cm2 e.g.
to obtain
a sticky effect for one or more dry applications.
It has surprisingly been demonstrated that the sticky effect of thrombin on
the matrix
material is observed only when thrombin is printed onto said matrix material
in
accordance with the methods of the present invention. Spraying of thrombin
onto the
matrix material does not result in a sticky effect.
In one embodiment the printing of thrombin onto a matrix material results
after dry
application in a stickiness exemplified by requirement of an amount of tension
force in
9
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Newtons (1 g mass exerts. 9.81 N) needed to pull a 2 cm2 matrix from the skin
is in the
piconewton range, nanonewton range, micronewton range or in the millinewton
range.
In another embodiment the printing of thrombin onto a matrix material results
after dry
application in a stickiness exemplified by requirement of an amount of tension
force in
Newtons (1 g mass exerts. 9.81 N) needed to pull a 2 cm2 matrix from the skin
of is
more than 0.001 Newton, such as more than 0.01 Newton, for example 0.1 Newton,
such as more than 0.5 Newton, for example 1 Newton, such as more than 10
Newton,
for example 50 Newton, such as more than 100 Newton, for example 250 Newton,
such as more than 500 Newton, for example 1,000 Newton.
A surprising hemostatic effect has been demonstrated for a matrix printed with
a
relatively low dose of thrombin for use in one or more dry applications.
In one further embodiment, any matrix material, such as a matrix material
printed or
otherwise coated with a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more
bioactive
agents, for example thrombin, is provided in a container suitable for storing
and
preparing said matrix sealed from an external environment.
Storage of the matrix material in the container according to the present
invention
provides a sterile environment, and preparation of the matrix in the container
may
include the addition to the container of a suitable amount of any
pharmaceutically
acceptable liquid to moisten the matrix adequately.
Said container provides a means for easier addition of an appropiate and
predetermined amount of liquid to the matrix, and it follows that the matrix
will not be
drained with excessive amounts of liquid to reduce the potential disadvantage
of
detachment of the pharmaceutical composition from the matrix into the excess
liquid,
and furthermore the moistened matrix material is easier to handle and apply to
a
wound or site of bleeding when not being excessively moistened. The container
is very
stable and hence simplifies storage of prepared product on uneven surfaces.
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a hemostatic matrix
material
comprising a surface and a plurality of open and interconnected cells, said
matrix
material comprising gelatin or collagen, wherein the surface of said matrix
comprises
at least one pharmaceutical composition printed onto said surface in
individual and
discrete locations, wherein said pharmaceutical composition comprises one or
more
hemostatic agents.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a method for making a
hemostatic
matrix material as defined above, the method comprising the steps of: (a)
providing a
hemostatic matrix material comprising a surface and a plurality of open and
interconnected cells, said matrix material comprising gelatin or collagen, and
(b)
printing a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more hemostatic agents
onto the surface of said matrix material at individual and discrete locations.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to use of the matrix
material, as
defined above, for promoting wound healing in an individual in need thereof,
and in
the preparation of a medicament for promoting wound healing in an individual
in
need thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to use of the matrix
material, as
defined above, for promoting hemostasis in an individual in need thereof, and
in the
preparation of a medicament for promoting hemostasis in an individual in need
thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to the matrix material, as
defined
above, for use in promoting wound healing in an individual in need thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to the matrix material, as
defined
above, for use in promoting hemostasis in an individual in need thereof.
10a
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Definitions
IU: In pharmacology, the International Unit or IU is a unit of measurement for
the
amount of a substance, based on measured biological activity or effect. The
precise
definition of one IU differs from substance to substance and is established by
international agreement for each substance. There is no equivalence among
different
substances; for instance, one IU of vitamin E does not contain the same number
of
milligrams as one IU of vitamin A. To define an IU of a substance, the
Committee on
Biological Standardization of the World Health Organization provides a
reference
preparation of the substance, arbitrarily sets the number of lUs contained in
that
preparation, and specifies a biological procedure to compare other
preparations of that
substance to the reference preparation. The goal in setting the standard is
that different
preparations with the same biological effect will contain the same number of
lUs.
Human thrombin activity is expressed in international units (IU) obtained by
comparison
towards the current WHO International Standard, using fibrinogen as substrate.
The
current WHO International Standard is named WHO 2nd International Standard for
Thrombin 01/580 (In US: US FDA/CBER Thrombin Standard Lot K), and contains 110
IU by definition.
A degassing device is any device or structure used for alleviation of gaseous
build-up
in a liquid comprised in a reservoir.
The term "Sticky" as used herein means that the substance has the property of
adhering to or sticking to a surface. Stickiness can be measures as an
adhesive force.
Five mechanisms have been proposed to explain why one material sticks to
another: 1)
Mechanical adhesion: Adhesive materials fill the voids or pores of the
surfaces and
hold surfaces together by interlocking. Sewing forms a large scale mechanical
bond,
velcro forms one on a medium scale, and some textile adhesives form one at a
small
scale. This is similar to surface tension. 2) Chemical adhesion: Two materials
may form
a compound at the join. The strongest joins are where atoms of the two
materials swap
(ionic bonding) or share (covalent bonding) outer electrons. A weaker bond is
formed if
oxygen, nitrogen or fluorine atoms of the two materials share a hydrogen
nucleus
(hydrogen bonding). 3) Dispersive adhesion: In dispersive adhesion, also known
as
adsorption, two materials are held together by van der Waals forces: the
attraction
between two molecules, each of which has regions of positive and negative
charge. In
11
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
the simple case, such molecules are therefore polar with respect to average
charge
density, although in larger or more complex molecules, there may be multiple
"poles" or
regions of greater positive or negative charge. These positive and negative
poles may
be a permanent property of a molecule (Keesom forces) or a transient effect
which can
occur in any molecule, as the random movement of electrons within the
molecules may
result in a temporary concentration of electrons in one region (London
forces). 4)
Electrostatic adhesion: Some conducting materials may pass electrons to form a
difference in electrical charge at the join. This results in a structure
similar to a
capacitor and creates an attractive electrostatic force between the materials.
5)
Diffusive adhesion: Some materials may merge at the joint by diffusion. This
may occur
when the molecules of both materials are mobile and soluble in each other.
This would
be particularly effective with polymer chains where one end of the molecule
diffuses
into the other material. It is also the mechanism involved in sintering. When
metal or
ceramic powders are pressed together and heated, atoms diffuse from one
particle to
the next. This joins the particles into one. The strength of the adhesion
between two
materials depends on which of the above mechanisms occur between the two
materials, and the surface area over which the two materials contact.
Materials that wet
against each other tend to have a larger contact area than those that do not.
Wetting
depends on the surface energy of the materials.
"Stickiness" or "Adhesive force" can be measured by by one of the methods
described
in US 4,194,392, US 20060282138 or US 6,584,858. Stickiness in scientific
terms is
called adhesion. Adhesion is measured in terms of adhesive force in Newtons
(N). The
higher the adhesive force, the higher will be the number of Newtons required
to peel
one object from the other.
"Hemostasis" is a term that refer to the physiologic process whereby bleeding
is halted.
It consists of multiple steps including 1) vasoconstriction to minimize vessel
lumen
diameter and slow bleeding, 2) platelet aggregation, 3) coagulation and 4)
fibrinolysis
whereby the blood clot is degraded.
Hemostatic agents are used herein interchangeably with the terms thrombogenic,
thrombotic and pro-coagulant agents. Hemostatic agents are agents that induce
blood
clotting or hemostasis.
The term "blood clotting cascade" or "blood coagulation cascade" is part of
secondary
hemostasis and refers to the multi-step process whereby blood and vessel
components
12
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
react to stimuli by the enzymatic activation of coagulation factors
sequentially,
ultimately resulting in the formation of a solid blood clot comprising fibrin
gel and
platelets.
Vasoconstriction is a narrowing of the blood vessels resulting from
contracting of the
muscular wall of the vessels. When blood vessels constrict, the flow of blood
is
restricted or slowed. Factors causing vasoconstriction are called
vasoconstrictor, also
vasopressors or simply pressors. Vasoconstriction is mostly the result of
increased
intracellular concentration of calcium (Ca2 ). However, specific mechanisms
for
generating an increased intracellular concentration of calcium depend on the
vasoconstrictor. In any case, this calcium results in contraction of smooth
muscle
resulting in a constriction of the vessel.
"Thrombosis" refers to thrombus formation, and a "thrombus" is a blood clot
i.e. the
final step in the blood coagulation cascade of hemostasis. A thrombus is
physiologic in
cases of injury, but pathologic in case of thrombosis thus occurring in an
intact blood
vessel.
An "embolism" occurs when an object (the embolus, plural emboli) migrates from
one
part of the body (through circulation) and cause(s) a blockage (occlusion) of
a blood
vessel in another part of the body.
A "Bioactive agent" is any agent, drug, compound, composition of matter or
mixture
which provides some pharmacologic, often beneficial, effect that can be
demonstrated
in-vivo or in vitro. As used herein, this term further includes any
physiologically or
pharmacologically active substance that produces a localized or systemic
effect in an
individual. Further examples of bioactive agents include, but are not limited
to, agents
comprising or consisting of an oligosaccharide, agents comprising or
consisting of a
polysaccharide, agents comprising or consisting of an optionally glycosylated
peptide,
agents comprising or consisting of an optionally glycosylated polypeptide,
agents
comprising or consisting of an oligonucleotide, agents comprising or
consisting of a
polynucleotide, agents comprising or consisting of a lipid, agents comprising
or
consisting of a fatty acid, agents comprising or consisting of a fatty acid
ester and
agents comprising or consisting of secondary metabolites. It may be used
either
prophylactically, therapeutically, in connection with treatment of an
individual, such as a
human or any other animal.
13
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The terms "drug," "medicament," or "bioactive substance/agent" (i. e.,
biologically
active substance/agent) as used herein include, biologically, physiologically,
or
pharmacologically active substances that act locally or systemically in the
human or
animal body.
The terms "treating", "treatment" and "therapy" as used herein refer equally
to curative
therapy, prophylactic or preventative therapy and ameliorating therapy. The
term
includes an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired physiological
results, which
may be established clinically. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or
desired
clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms,
diminishment of
extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) condition, delay or
slowing of
progression or worsening of condition/symptoms, amelioration or palliation of
the
condition or symptoms, and remission (whether partial or total), whether
detectable or
undetectable. The term "palliation", and variations thereof, as used herein,
means that
the extent and/or undesirable manifestations of a physiological condition or
symptom
are lessened and/or time course of the progression is slowed or lengthened, as
compared to not administering compositions of the present invention.
A "treatment effect" or "therapeutic effect" is manifested if there is a
change in the
condition being treated, as measured by the criteria constituting the
definition of the
terms "treating" and "treatment." There is a "change" in the condition being
treated if
there is at least 5% improvement, preferably 10% improvement, more preferably
at
least 25%, even more preferably at least 50%, such as at least 75%, and most
preferably at least 100% improvement. The change can be based on improvements
in
the severity of the treated condition in an individual, or on a difference in
the frequency
of improved conditions in populations of individuals with and without
treatment with the
bioactive agent, or with the bioactive agent in combination with a
pharmaceutical
composition of the present invention.
"Pharmacologically effective amount", "pharmaceutically effective amount" or
"physiologically effective amount of a "bioactive agent" is the amount of an
active agent
present in a pharmaceutical composition as described herein that is needed to
provide
a desired level of active agent in the bloodstream or at the site of action in
an individual
(e.g., the lungs, the gastric system, the colorectal system, prostate, etc.)
to be treated
to give an anticipated physiological response when such composition is
administered.
The precise amount will depend upon numerous factors, e.g., the active agent,
the
14
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
activity of the composition, the delivery device employed, the physical
characteristics of
the composition, intended patient use (i.e., the number of doses administered
per day),
patient considerations, and the like, and can readily be determined by one
skilled in the
art, based upon the information provided herein. An "effective amount" of a
bioactive
agent can be administered in one administration, or through multiple
administrations of
an amount that total an effective amount, preferably within a 24-hour period.
It can be
determined using standard clinical procedures for determining appropriate
amounts
and timing of administration. It is understood that the "effective amount" can
be the
result of empirical and/or individualized (case-by-case) determination on the
part of the
treating health care professional and/or individual.
The terms "enhancing" and "improving" a beneficial effect, and variations
thereof, as
used herein, refers to the therapeutic effect of the bioactive agent against
placebo, or
an increase in the therapeutic effect of a state-of-the-art medical treatment
above that
normally obtained when a pharmaceutical composition is administered without
the
bioactive agent of this invention. "An increase in the therapeutic effects" is
manifested
when there is an acceleration and/or increase in intensity and/or extent of
the
therapeutic effects obtained as a result of administering the bioactive
agent(s). It also
includes extension of the longevity of therapeutic benefits. It can also
manifest where a
lower amount of the pharmaceutical composition is required to obtain the same
benefits and/or effects when it is co-administered with bioactive agent(s)
provided by
the present invention as compared to the administration in a higher amount of
the
pharmaceutical composition in the absence of bioactive agent. The enhancing
effect
preferably, but not necessarily, results in treatment of acute symptoms for
which the
pharmaceutical composition alone is not effective or is less effective
therapeutically.
Enhancement is achieved when there is at least a 5% increase in the
therapeutic
effects, such as at least 10% increase in the therapeutic effects when a
bioactive agent
of the present invention is co-administered with a pharmaceutical composition
compared with administration of the pharmaceutical composition alone.
Preferably the
increase is at least 25%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably
at least
75%, most preferably at least 100%.
"Co-administering" or "co-administration" of bioactive agent(s), or bioactive
agents and
state-of-the-art medicaments, as used herein, refers to the administration of
one or
more bioactive agents of the present invention, or administration of one or
more
bioactive agents of the present invention and a state-of-the-art
pharmaceutical
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
composition within a certain time period. The time period is preferably less
than 72
hours, such as 48 hours, for example less than 24 hours, such as less than 12
hours,
for example less than 6 hours, such as less than 3 hours. However, these terms
also
mean that the bioactive agent and a therapeutic composition can be
administered
together.
The term "Individual" refers to vertebrates, particular members of the
mammalian
species, and includes, but is not limited to domestic animals, such as cattle,
horses,
pigs, sheep, mink, dogs, cats, mice, guinea pigs, rabbits, rats; sports
animals, such as
horses, poly ponies, dogs, camels, and primates, including humans.
The term "Kit of parts" as used in the present invention provides the matrix
material
according to the present invention, such as a matrix material printed with
thrombin, and
at least one additional component. The additional component may in one
embodiment
be a container as specified herein. Accordingly, in one embodiment the kit
comprises
instructions for use of the matrix material.
'Wound': The term refers to cuts, incisions, abrasions, lacerations,
amputations, burns
induced by heat, ionizing radiation, ultraviolet radiation including sunlight,
electricity, or
chemical substances as well as to other forms of lesions such as ulcers,
pressure
sores and bedsores.
"Partial thickness wound" refers to wounds that encompass Grades I-III;
examples of
partial thickness wounds include burn wounds, pressure sores, venous stasis
ulcers,
and diabetic ulcers.
"Deep wound" is meant to include both Grade III and Grade IV wounds. The
present
invention contemplates treating all wound types, including deep wounds and
chronic
wounds.
"Chronic wound" refers to a wound that has not healed within 30 days.
"Alginate" refers to a linear co-polymer with homopolymeric blocks of (1-4)-
linked B-D-
mannuronate (M) and its 0-5 epimer a-L-guluronate (G) residues, respectively,
covalently linked together in different sequences or blocks.
"Hydrocolloid" refers to a colloid system in which the colloid-forming
components are
dispersed in water, but not cross-linked. A colloid system is a system or
mixture in
which two substances are interspersed between each other. A hydrocolloid has
colloid
16
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
particles spread throughout water and depending on the quantity of water
available can
take on different states, e.g: gel-like consistency or a sol (liquid).
Hydrocolloids can be
either irreversible (single state) or reversible. Examples include
carrageenan, gelatin
and pectin.
"Wound healing-promoting agent" is any agent capable of accelerating the wound
healing process.
"Promote wound healing" and "accelerate wound healing," and similar phrases,
refer to
either the induction of the formation of granulation tissue of wound
contraction and/or
the induction of epithelialization (i.e., the generation of new cells in the
epithelium).
Wound healing is conveniently measured by decreasing wound area.
A 'hydroger is a network of polymer chains that are water-insoluble, sometimes
found
as a colloidal gel in which water is the dispersion medium. Hydrogels are
superabsorbent (they can contain over 99% water) natural or synthetic
polymers.
Hydrogels possess also a degree of flexibility very similar to natural tissue,
due to their
significant water content.
A 'polymer' is a substance composed of molecules with large molecular mass
composed of repeating structural units, or monomers, connected by covalent
chemical
bonds. The word is derived from the Greek, polu, "many"; and meros, "part".
Well
known examples of polymers include plastics, DNA and proteins. A simple
example is
polypropylene. While the term "polymer" in popular usage suggests "plastic",
polymers
comprise a large class of natural and synthetic materials with a variety of
properties
and purposes. Natural polymer materials include shellac, amber and cellulose,
which is
the main constituent of wood and paper. There are three main classes of
biopolymers':
polysaccharides, polypeptides (proteins), and polynucleotides. A heteropolymer
or
copolymer is a polymer derived from two (or more) monomeric species, as
opposed to
a homopolymer where only one monomer is used.
'Polysaccharides' are relatively complex carbohydrates. They are polymers made
up of
many monosaccharides joined together by glycosidic bonds. They are therefore
very
large, often branched, macromolecules. They tend to be amorphous, insoluble in
water,
and have no sweet taste. When all the monosaccharides in a polysaccharide are
the
same type the polysaccharide is called a homopolysaccharide, but when more
than
one type of monosaccharide is present they are called heteropolysaccharides.
17
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Examples include storage polysaccharides such as starch and glycogen and
structural
polysaccharides such as cellulose and chitin. Polysaccharides have a general
formula
of C,-,(H20)1 where n is usually a large number between 200 and 2500.
Considering
that the repeating units in the polymer backbone are often six-carbon
monosaccharides, the general formula can also be represented as (C61-11005),
where
n={40...3000}.
'Peptides' are short polymers formed from the linking, in a defined order, of
a-amino
acids. The link between one amino acid residue and the next is known as an
amide
bond or a peptide bond. Proteins are 'polypeptide' molecules (or consist of
multiple
polypeptide subunits). The distinction is that peptides are short and
polypeptides/proteins are long.
'Cross-links' are bonds that link one polymer chain to another. They can be
covalent
bonds or ionic bonds. "Polymer chains" can refer to synthetic polymers or
natural
polymers (such as proteins). When the term "cross-linking" is used in the
synthetic
polymer science field, it usually refers to the use of cross-links to promote
a difference
in the polymers physical properties. When "crosslinking" is used in the
biological
milieu, it can be in reference to its use as a probe to link proteins together
to check
protein-protein interactions, as well as other creative cross-linking
methodologies.
A 'drop' or 'droplet' is a small volume of liquid or fluid, bounded completely
or almost
completely by free surfaces. The volume of a drop is not well-defined: it
depends on
the device and technique used to produce the drop and on the physical
properties of
the fluid. A droplet according to the present invention has been defined
regarding size
elsewhere (pico to nano litre range).
A 'Surface' according to the present invention refers to the outer layer or
outer part of a
matrix material, which is the part that may be accessible for printing and
thus do not
comprise the inner and inaccessible part of the material. By accessible is
meant
accessible for a printing technique according to the present invention. The
surface in
such a setting may be the outer few millimeters of the material, and may be
uneven or
porous. The surface in one setting may be one-dimensional.
'Printing' according to the present invention refers to the deposition of a
fluid or liquid
composition onto the surface of a matrix material, in which the fluid or
liquid
composition in the form of droplet(s) makes contact with the surface of the
matrix
18
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
material of interest, and the solvent or liquid component of the droplet
subsequently
evaporates to leave a solid or dry composition on the surface of the printed
matrix
material. The small volume of fluid or liquid composition and the rapid
evaporation of
the solvent or liquid component means that essentially no swelling of the
matrix
material will occur. The printing technology should be distinguished from
technologies
such as 'spraying', 'dipping' or 'coating', as the printing method is more
precise, more
cost-effective, and results in a more uniform distribution of the composition
(hence, the
agent or bioactive agent of the composition) at discrete positions on the
surface of a
matrix. Printing furthermore occur perpendicular to the surface of the
substrate, making
the distance between nozzles of the print head and the surface of the
substrate
essentially identical for all droplets of the fluid or liquid composition.
Further, the
distance traversed by each droplet of the composition is in general shorter
for printing
than for spraying. Printing and jetting are used interchangeably herein. One
means of
printing involves the 'inkjet' printing technology.
'Perpendicular to the surface' is understood in that the droplet expelled from
the nozzle
will contact the surface of the matrix material essentially directly below the
nozzle.
Thus, the angle between the straight line of the distance that the droplet
traverses from
the nozzle and the nozzle of the print head will be essentially 900.
Deviations of up to
about 5% from a 900 angle can be tolerated.
"Sterile storage" means that a compartment, container or box used for storage
of the
matrix material should facilitate a micro-environment made essentially free of
infectious
microorganisms at least to a degree which satisfies the intended use of the
matrix
material. To obtain sterility, a sterile matrix material could either be
packed under
sterile conditions, or a matrix material could be sealed within the packaging
and
subsequently be sterilised by methods known in the art, e.g. by radiation.
A pharmaceutical composition as used herein is a composition comprising one or
more,
or two or more, agents or bioactive agents, either in solid or dry form (after
printing and evaporation) or
in fluid or liquid form (prior to and during printing).
A fluid or liquid composition is a pharmaceutical composition in fluid or
liquid form, used
for printing onto the surface of a matrix material.
19
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
A solid composition is a pharmaceutical composition which was initially in
fluid or liquid
form, which has been printed onto the surface of a matrix material, and
wherein the
liquid portion or solvent component of each droplet of the fluid or liquid
composition
comprising the one or more solubilised agents or bioactive agents has
evaporated
essentially on impacting the surface of the matrix material,
Description of drawings
Figure 1: Figure 1 illustrates the modes of A) spraying and B) printing, to
illustrate
features of each method for depositing a fluid or liquid composition
comprising one or
more bioactive agents onto a surface of a matrix material. Differences between
the two
modes of application are thus illustrated.
In figure 1A, spraying occurs in an angled manner whereby the distance from
nozzle to
surface of the matrix material varies for the droplets from individual
nozzles. Therefore,
the composition will be deposited at higher density in the middle of the spray
and a
lower density at the edge of the spray, to make a concentration gradient. As
shown in
figure 1B, printing occur perpendicular to the surface of the matrix material,
whereby
the distance from nozzle to surface of the matrix material is identical for
each droplet
expelled form the nozzle. The deposited material will therefore be uniformly
distributed.
The distance from nozzle to surface of the matrix material is in general
larger for
spraying techniques than for printing techniques. The distance between the
nozzle of
the print head and surface of the matrix material is defined in the text.
These features
makes printing more precise and efficient than spraying,, enabling printing in
individual
and discrete locations on the matrix material, and providing a uniform
distribution of a
smaller volume of the printer composition than that required by conventional
techniques, such as spraying (please refer to text for more detail on this
subject).
Figure 2: Figure 2A and 2B illustrate a container without and with a a matrix
material,
respectively. The bottom of the inner tray is marked (1), the sidewall is
marked (2), the
mark on the sidewall is marked (3), the inner tray notch is marked (4), the
base is
marked (5), the handle is marked (6), the sealing surface for the lid is
marked (7) and
the lid is marked (8).
Figure 3: Figures 3A and 3B illustrate a container containing a matrix
material. The
bottom of the inner tray is marked (1), the sidewall is marked (2), the mark
on the
sidewall is marked (3), the base is marked (5), the handle is marked (6), the
sealing
surface for the lid is marked (7) and the lid is marked (8).
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Figure 4: Figure 4 illustrates a preferred container for a matrix material
termed
Teacup100. The bottom of the inner tray is marked (1), the sidewall is marked
(2), the
mark on the sidewall is marked (3), the inner tray notch is marked (4), the
base is
marked (5), and the handle is marked (6). The length (200.4 mm) and width
(130.35
mm) of the base is indicated.
Figure 5: Figure 5 illustrates a preferred container for a matrix material
termed
Teacup50. The bottom of the inner tray is marked (1), the sidewall is marked
(2), the
mark on the sidewall is marked (3), the inner tray notch is marked (4), the
base is
marked (5), and the handle is marked (6). The length (137.3 mm) and width
(130.35
mm) of the base is indicated.
Figure 6: Figure 6 illustrates a preferred container for a matrix material
termed
Teacup12-7. The bottom of the inner tray is marked (1), the sidewall is marked
(2), the
mark on the sidewall is marked (3), the inner tray notch is marked (4), the
base is
marked (5), and the handle is marked (6). The length (97.4 mm) and width
(130.35
mm) of the base is indicated.
Figure 7: Figure 7 illustrates the printing of two different fluid or liquid
compositions
each comprising at least one agent or bioactive agent (composition A and
composition
B), wherein printing occurs at different and discrete positions for each
composition onto
the surface of a matrix material. The fluid or liquid compositions A and B may
comprise
agents or bioactive agents which are not compatible when comprised in the same
fluid
or liquid composition, and the printing technology allows for said
incompatible agents or
bioactive agents to be printed separately but in close proximity to each
other, for
example in alternating positions on the surface of a matrix material. Figure
7A
illustrates the printing of two different fluid or liquid compositions from a
sideview; figure
7A is a topview of a matrix material which has been imprinted with
compositions A and
B in alternating discrete positions on the surface of the matrix material.
Detailed description of the invention
Embodiments of the present invention are disclosed herein below with a view of
disclosing both the present invention and equivalents thereof which are within
reach of
a skilled person having read the present application.
21
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Deposition of a pharmaceutical composition onto a surface by printing
The present invention in one embodiment relates to a medical device comprising
a
composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, which is deposited in
discrete and
individual positions onto the surface of the device, such as onto the surface
of a matrix
material of the device. The deposition of the composition is preferably
achieved by
printing the fluid or liquid composition onto the surface of the device, such
as in a
manner achieved by inkjet printing or any similar form of printing technology.
It follows that a fluid or liquid composition according to the present
invention may be
any liquid or gaseous composition, and covers any solution, suspension and
emulsion.
In one embodiment, the fluid or liquid composition is a particulate
composition, which
may be liquid, gaseous, solid or dry. A particulate composition may be
employed if the
size of the particles does not exceed the nozzle diameter which the
composition exits
from the print head (see below).
Printing the composition onto the surface of the device by using e.g. inkjet
printing
technologies does not involve a direct contact between a printing head and the
surface
of the device. To position a drop by printing is more precise and should be
distinguished from e.g. spraying or coating the composition onto the device,
or by
otherwise contacting the device with the composition e.g. by contacting the
device with
the composition in any suitable fluid or liquid form, including dipping the
device into a
composition in liquid form.
Printing allows for a more uniform distribution of the composition. Further,
the
composition can be positioned at individual and discrete locations or
positions on the
surface of the matrix when using printing technology, thus dramatically
increasing the
precision of the deposited composition. Indeed, printing allows for a more
uniform
distribution of a small volume of a liquid composition, consequently reducing
the
swelling of the matrix material onto which the composition is printed,
applying a smaller
and more precise amount of the bioactive agent comprised in the composition,
and
reducing wastage of said liquid composition than conventional techniques such
as
spraying.
Further, with the printing technology, two or more separate compositions being
contained in separate reservoirs and being printed from separate printing
heads or
expelled from different channels of the same print head may each be printed
onto
discrete and non-overlapping positions of the same matrix material. This
allows for
22
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
printing in discrete and/or alternating positions onto the same matrix
material of two or
more compositions each comprising one or more agents or bioactive agents which
are
incompatible when contained in the same liquid compositions.
Various suitable printing technologies are disclosed in more detail herein
below.
Printing technologies
Printing technologies may operate by propelling various size (mostly tiny)
droplets of
liquid, fluid or molten material onto a media. 'Inkjet printers' or 'bubblejet
printers' are
the most common type of computer printer for the general consumer due to their
low
cost, high quality of output, capability of printing in vivid color, and ease
of use.
Printing technologies may be used to deposit materials directly on substrates
or
matrixes. A piezoelectric printer is an example of a printing technology
capable of
deposing materials onto a substrate. An advantage of the material deposition
technique
or printing technique is the precision available with this technology, which
may be
required for some industrial applications. Further, reduced amounts of
material may be
used, thus reducing costs by using expensive materials more efficiently by
placing
material only where needed. This yields a more uniform distribution on the
surface of
the matrix of the pharmaceutical composition. The fluid or liquid composition
to be
printed (or 'jetted') must be compatible with the print head used and must
have its
viscosity as well as it surface tension within a specific range within
operating
temperature. The fluid to be printed may be e.g. a bio-ink, a fluid or liquid
composition,
such as a pharmaceutical composition, or a gaseous composition, and the fluid
or
liquid composition may contain one or more agents or bioactive agent(s).
In one embodiment of the present invention, a method for depositing material
of a
composition onto the surface of a substrate or matrix material is disclosed.
The
material to be deposited is in a preferred embodiment printed onto the surface
of the
matrix material. Printing may comprise 'inkjet' printing technologies or other
printing
technologies. The material to be printed may be a pharmaceutical composition,
that in
one embodiment comprises one or more or agents or bioactive agent(s). In one
embodiment, the bioactive agent is thrombin. In yet an embodiment, the matrix
material
is a gelatin-based sponge.
23
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Inket printing
There are three main technologies in use in contemporary inkjet printers:
thermal,
piezoelectric, and continuous.
Thermal inkjets: Most consumer inkjet printers (Lexmark, Hewlett-Packard,
Canon) use
print cartridges with a series of tiny electrically heated chambers
constructed by
photolithography. To produce an image, the printer runs a pulse of current
through the
heating elements causing a steam explosion in the chamber to form a bubble,
which
propels a droplet of ink or fluid onto the substrate (hence Canon's tradename
of
Bubblejet for its inkjets). The ink's or fluid's surface tension as well as
the condensation
and thus contraction of the vapor bubble, pulls a further charge of ink or
fluid into the
chamber through a narrow channel attached to an ink or fluid reservoir. The
bubblejet
technology has been used for uniformly coating pharmaceutically active
compounds
onto medical appliances such as a stent, e.g. WO 2003/004072.
Piezoelectric inkjets: Most commercial and industrial inkjet printers use a
piezoelectric
material in a fluid-filled chamber behind each nozzle instead of a heating
element.
When a voltage is applied, the piezoelectric material changes shape or size,
which
generates a pressure pulse in the fluid forcing a droplet from the nozzle.
This is
essentially the same mechanism as the thermal inkjet but generates the
pressure pulse
using a different physical principle. Piezoelectric inkjet allows a wider
variety of fluids
than thermal or continuous inkjet printers.
Piezoelectricity is the ability of some materials (notably crystals and
certain ceramics)
to generate an electric potential in response to applied mechanical stress.
This may
take the form of a separation of electric charge across the crystal lattice.
If the material
is not short-circuited, the applied charge induces a voltage across the
material. The
word is derived from the Greek piezein, which means to squeeze or press. The
piezoelectric effect is reversible in that materials exhibiting the direct
piezoelectric
effect (the production of electricity when stress is applied) also exhibit the
converse
piezoelectric effect (the production of stress and/or strain when an electric
field is
applied). For example, lead zirconate titanate crystals will exhibit a maximum
shape
change of about 0.1% of the original dimension. The effect finds useful
applications
such as the production and detection of sound, generation of high voltages,
electronic
frequency generation, microbalances, and ultra fine focusing of optical
assemblies. It is
24
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
also the basis of a number of scientific instrumental techniques with atomic
resolution,
the scanning probe microscopies.
Continuous inkjet: The continuous inkjet method is used commercially for
marking and
coding of products and packages. In continuous inkjet technology, a high-
pressure
pump directs liquid from a reservoir through a gunbody and a microscopic
nozzle,
creating a continuous stream of droplets. A piezoelectric crystal creates an
acoustic
wave as it vibrates within the gunbody and causes the stream of liquid to
break into
droplets at regular intervals -64,000 to 165,000 drops per second may be
achieved.
The droplets are subjected to an electrostatic field created by a charging
electrode as
they form, the field varied according to the degree of drop deflection
desired. This
results in a controlled, variable electrostatic charge on each droplet.
Charged droplets
are separated by one or more uncharged "guard droplets" to minimize
electrostatic
repulsion between neighboring droplets. The charged droplets pass through an
electrostatic field and are directed (deflected) by electrostatic deflection
plates to print
on the receptor material (substrate), or allowed to continue on undeflected to
a
collection gutter for re-use. The more highly charged droplets are deflected
to a greater
degree. Only a few percent of the droplets are actually used to print, the
majority being
recycled. One of its advantages is the very high velocity (-50 m/s) of the
droplets,
which allows for a relatively long distance between print head and substrate.
Another
advantage is freedom from nozzle clogging as the jet is always in use,
therefore
allowing volatile solvents such as ketones and alcohols to be employed, giving
the fluid
the ability to "bite" into the substrate and dry quickly. The system requires
active
solvent regulation in order to accommodate for solvent evaporation during the
time of
flight (time between nozzle ejection and gutter recycling) and from the
venting process
whereby air that is drawn into the gutter along with the unused drops is
vented from the
reservoir.
Print heads and nozzles of the printing device
The printing technology according to the present invention in one embodiment
employs
one or more printing heads or print heads, wherein each printing head
comprises one
or more nozzles.
A nozzle is a mechanical device designed to control the characteristics of a
fluid flow
as it exits (or enters) an enclosed chamber or pipe via an orifice. A print
head is the
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
element of a printer that applies the fluid or liquid composition to the
substrate or matrix
material; thus being connected to one or more reservoirs comprising a fluid or
liquid
composition.
In one embodiment, one printing head with one nozzle is used. In another
embodiment,
one printing head with multiple individual printing nozzles is used. In
another
embodiment, two or more printing heads each with one nozzle are used. In yet
another
embodiment, two or more printing heads each with multiple individual printing
nozzles
are used.
Each print head may be connected to one or more reservoir(s) comprising a
fluid or
liquid composition. It follows, that the nozzles of any one print head may be
connected
via the same channels to the same reservoir thus ejecting the same fluid or
liquid
composition, or the nozzles of any one print head may be connected via
separate
channels to separate reservoirs thus ejecting separate fluid or liquid
compositions. In
one embodiment, a print head comprises 256 nozzles, composed of 4 times 64
adressable channels which may be connected to four separate reservoirs.
The fluid or liquid composition will be expelled from the nozzle(s) of the
print head(s) in
the form of droplets or particles.
The nozzle may be any type of nozzle, and the print head may be any type of
print
head. In one embodiment, the nozzle is a deformable hose that is forced to
eject
droplets by punching the hose with a piston. An example of a printing system
comprising such a nozzle is the PipeJetTM dispensing technology of the BioSpot
systems (BioFluidix GmbH).
In one embodiment, the nozzles are actuated by a high-voltage fire pulse. In
one
embodiment, the print head ejects droplets at a velocity in the range of 0.1-
100 m/sec;
such as 0.1-1 m/sec, for example 1-2 m/sec, such as 2-3 m/sec, for example 3-4
m/sec, such as 4-5 m/sec, for example 5-6 m/sec, such as 6-7 m/sec, for
example 7-8
m/sec, such as 8-9 m/sec, for example 9-10 m/sec, such as 10-15 m/sec, for
example
15-20 m/sec, such as 20-30 m/sec, for example 30-40 m/sec, such as 40-50
m/sec, for
example 50-60 m/sec, such as 60-70 m/sec, for example 70-80 m/sec, such as 80-
90
m/sec, for example 90-100 m/sec.
26
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The nozzle diameter may be in the range of 1-1000 microns; such as 1-5
microns, for
example 5-10 microns, such as 10-20 microns, for example 20-30 microns, such
as 30-
40 microns, for example 40-50 microns, such as 50-60 microns, for example 60-
70
microns, such as 70-80 microns, for example 80-90 microns, such as 90-100
microns,
for example 100-200 microns, such as 200-300 microns, for example 300-400
microns,
such as 400-500 microns, for example 500-600 microns, such as 600-700 microns,
for
example 700-800 microns, such as 800-900 microns, for example 900-1000
microns.
A print head may comprise any number of nozzles or addressable jets. In one
embodiment, one print head comprises 4 times 64 nozzles making a total of 256
nozzles on one print head. Any number of nozzles per print head may be
employed,
such as 4, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048; or any number in the range
of 1-50,
50-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-450, 450-
500,
500-600, 600-700, 700-800, 800-900, 900-1000, 1000-1100, 1100-1200, 1200-1300,
1300-1400, 1400-1500, 1500-1600, 1600-1700, 1700-1800, 1800-1900, 1900-2000,
2000-2500, 2500-3000, 3000-4000, 4000-5000, 5000-10,000 nozzles per print
head.
In one embodiment, one print head may comprise more than one independent
piezoelectric slices each with a number of addressable channels. The nozzles
may be
arranged on the print head in any pattern, such as in a single line or in
multiple lines.
In one embodiment, the print head contains means for selecting which nozzles
to fire at
which point in time, such as a serial-to-parrallel converter.
The printing head(s) of the printing system may move with respect to the
surface of the
matrix material onto which a composition will be deposited.
Distance between the nozzle(s) and the surface
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the nozzle(s) of the printing
head(s) and
the surface of the substrate or matrix material are not in direct liquid
contact, but the
distance between surface and nozzle is kept at a minimum.
27
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In particular, the distance between the nozzle and the surface is lower when
using the
printing technology than when spraying a composition onto a surface which
results in a
very precise location of each droplet.
A print head of a printing device used for depositing or printing a fluid or
liquid
composition deposits the fluid or liquid composition in a vertical manner onto
a surface
of a matrix material. The fluid or liquid composition in droplet form is thus
transferred
perpendicular to the surface of the matrix material or substrate. Each droplet
of the fluid
or liquid composition thus traverses an essentially identical distance with an
essentially
identical velocity from the nozzle of the print head to the surface of the
matrix material.
This greatly increases the precision of deposition, thus achieving a uniform
distribution
and reducing waste.
In one embodiment, the distance traversed by any droplet from the print head
or
nozzle(s) to the surface of the matrix material is less than 10 mm. The
distance
between the surface of the matrix material and the print head or nozzle may be
less
than 0.01 mm, such as less than 0.02 mm, for example less than 0.03 mm, such
as
less than 0.04 mm, for example less than 0.05 mm, such as less than 0.06 mm,
for
example less than 0.07 mm, such as less than 0.08 mm, for example less than
0.09
mm, such as less than 0.1 mm, for example less than 0.2 mm, such as less than
0.3
mm, for example less than 0.4 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, for example less
than
0.6 mm, such as less than 0.7 mm, for example less than 0.8 mm, such as less
than
0.9 mm, for example less than 1.0 mm, such as less than 1.1 mm, for example
less
than 1.2 mm, such as less than 1.3 mm, for example less than 1.4 mm, such as
less
than 1.5 mm, for example less than 1.6 mm, such as less than 1.7 mm, for
example
less than 1.8 mm, such as less than 1.9 mm, for example less than 2.0 mm, such
as
less than 2.1 mm, for example less than 2.2 mm, such as less than 2.3 mm, for
example less than 2.4 mm, such as less than 2.5 mm, for example less than 2.6
mm,
such as less than 2.7 mm, for example less than 2.8 mm, such as less than 2.8
mm, for
example less than 3.0 mm, such as less than 3.5 mm, for example less than 4.0
mm,
such as less than 4.5 mm, for example less than 5.0 mm, such as less than 6.0
mm, for
example less than 7.0 mm, such as less than 8.0 mm, for example less than 9.0
mm,
such as less than 10.0 mm. This is illustrated in Fig. 1.
In another embodiment of the invention, the distance between the surface of
the matrix
material and the print head or nozzle(s) is in the range 0.01 to 10.0 mm; for
example
0.01-0.02 mm, such as 0.02-0.03, for example 0.03-0.04, such as 0.04-0.05, for
28
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
example 0.05-0.06, such as 0.06-0.07, for example 0.07-0.08, such as 0.08-
0.09, for
example 0.1-0.2, such as 0.2-0.3, for example 0.3-0.4, such as 0.4 -0.5, for
example
0.5-0.6, such as 0.6-0.7, for example 0.7-0.8, such as 0.8-0.9, for example
0.9-1.0,
such as 1.0-1.1, for example 1.1-1.2, such as 1.2-1.3, for example 1.3-1.4,
such as 1.4-
1.5, for example 1.5-1.6, such as 1.6-1.7, for example 1.7-1.8, such as 1.8-
1.9, for
example 1.9-2.0, such as 2.0-2.1, for example 2.1-2.2, such as 2.2-2.3, for
example
2.3-2.4, such as 2.4-2.5, for example 2.5-2.6, such as 2.6-2.7, for example
2.7-2.8,
such as 2.8-2.9, for example 2.9-3.0, such as 3.0-3.5, for example 3.5-4.0,
such as 4.0-
4.5, for example 4.5-5.0, such as 5.0-6.0, for example 6.0-7.0, such as 7.0-
8.0, for
example 8.0-9.0, such as 9.0-10.0 mm.
In another embodiment of the invention, the distance between the surface of
the matrix
material and the print head or nozzle(s) is in the range 0.01-10.0 mm, such as
0.02-
10.0, for example 0.03-10.0, such as 0.04-10.0, for example 0.05-10.0, such as
0.06-
10.0, for example 0.07-10.0, such as 0.08-10.0, for example 0.1-10.0, such as
0.2-
10.0, for example 0.3-10.0, such as 0.4 -10.0, for example 0.5-10.0, such as
0.6-10.0,
for example 0.7-10.0, such as 0.8-10.0, for example 0.9-10.0, such as 1.0-
10.0, for
example 1.1-10.0, such as 1.2-10.0, for example 1.3-10.0, such as 1.4-10.0,
for
example 1.5-10.0, such as 1.6-10.0, for example 1.7-10.0, such as 1.8-10.0,
for
example 1.9-10.0, such as 2.0-10.0, for example 2.1-10.0, such as 2.2-10.0,
for
example 2.3-10.0, such as 2.4-10.0, for example 2.5-10.0, such as 2.6-10.0,
for
example 2.7-10.0, such as 2.8-10.0, for example 2.9-10.0, such as 3.0-10.0,
for
example 3.5-10.0, such as 4.0-10.0, for example 4.5-10.0, such as 5.0-10.0,
for
example 6.0-10.0, such as 7.0-10.0, for example 8.0-10.0, such as 9.0-10.0 mm.
In another embodiment of the invention, the distance between the surface of
the matrix
material and the print head or nozzle(s) is in the range 0.01-0.02 mm, such as
0.01-
0.03, for example 0.01-0.04, such as 0.01-0.05, for example 0.01-0.06, such as
0.01-
0.07, for example 0.01-0.08, such as 0.01-0.09, for example 0.01-0.2, such as
0.01-
0.3, for example 0.01-0.4, such as 0.01-0.5, for example 0.01-0.6, such as
0.01-0.7, for
example 0.01-0.8, such as 0.01-0.9, for example 0.01-1.0, such as 0.01-1.1,
for
example 0.01-1.2, such as 0.01-1.3, for example 0.01-1.4, such as 0.01-1.5,
for
example 0.01-1.6, such as 0.01-1.7, for example 0.01-1.8, such as 0.01-1.9,
for
example 0.01-2.0, such as 0.01-2.1, for example 0.01-2.2, such as 0.01-2.3,
for
example 0.01-2.4, such as 0.01-2.5, for example 0.01-2.6, such as 0.01-2.7,
for
example 0.01-2.8, such as 0.01-2.9, for example 0.01-3.0, such as 0.01-3.5,
for
29
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
example 0.01-4.0, such as 0.01-4.5, for example 0.01-5.0, such as 0.01-6.0,
for
example 0.01-7.0, such as 0.01-8.0, for example 0.01-9.0, such as 0.01-10.0
mm.
In one embodiment, each droplet of the printed fluid or liquid composition
traverses a
distance from nozzle the to surface of a substrate or matrix material that
varies
between each droplet within a range of 0.01% to a maximum of 10%; such as 0.01
to
0.1%, for example 0.1 to 1%, such as 1 to 2%, for example 2 to 3 %, such as 3
to 4 %,
for example 4 to 5%, such as 5 to 6%, for example 6 to 7%, such as 7 to 8 %,
for
example 8 to 9%, such as 9 to 10%.
In one embodiment, each droplet of the printed fluid or liquid composition
traverses a
distance from nozzle the to surface of a substrate or matrix material with a
velocity that
varies between each droplet within a range of 0.01% to a maximum of 10%; such
as
0.01 to 0.1%, for example 0.1 to 1%, such as 1 to 2%, for example 2 to 3%,
such as 3
to 4 %, for example 4 to 5%, such as 5 to 6%, for example 6 to 7%, such as 7
to 8 %,
for example 8 to 9%, such as 9 to 10 %.
The perpendicular mode of deposition of droplets and the shorter distance
between
nozzle and surface of the matrix material makes printing more efficient than
spraying.
With printing, one may print all the way to the edge of the surface of the
matrix
material, whereas a spraying technique will deposit a composition in an angled
way,
thereby 'over-spraying' to reach the edges of the surface. This has to do with
both the
angled spraying, the generation of aerosols and the greater distance from
nozzle to
surface when spraying. The angled deposition of a fluid or liquid composition
with
spraying causes the distance for each droplet to vary greatly. Thus, the
composition
will be deposited at higher density in the middle of the spray and a lower
density at the
edge of the spray, resulting in a less uniform distribution and promoting a
concentration
gradient. Thus, printing may occur essentially without generating aerosols.
Differences between spraying and printing are illustrated in Figure 1.
The material of the composition to be deposited on the surface of a matrix
material is
deposited in a discrete manner, that is, in discrete locations or positions on
the surface
of the matrix material.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a device comprising a matrix
material,
comprising discretely deposited material. The discretely deposited material
may be
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
denoted 'islands'. These islands thus comprise discrete positions on the
surface of the
matrix material of the device. The islands may comprise a pharmaceutical
composition.
Droplet size of the fluid or liquid composition
When printing a fluid or liquid composition onto a surface of a matrix
material, the
amount of liquid deposited per position on the matrix surface; i.e. the volume
of each
droplet, is in the pico liter (pL) to nano liter (nL) range. In one
embodiment, the amount
of liquid deposited per position on the matrix surface; i.e. the volume of
each droplet is
less than 100 nL, such as less than 90 nL, for example less than 80 nL, such
as less
than 70 nL, for example less than 60 nL, such as less than 50 nL, for example
less
than 40 nL, such as less than 30 nL, for example less than 20 nL, such as less
than 10
nL, for example less than 1 nL or 1000 pL, such as less than 900 pL, for
example less
than 800 pL, such as less than 700 pL, for example less than 600 pL, such as
less than
500 pL, for example less than 400 pL, such as less than 300 pL, for example
less than
250 pL, such as less than 200 pL, for example less than 150 pL, such as less
than 100
pL, for example less than 90 pL, such as less than 80 pL, for example less
than 70 pL,
such as less than 60 pL, for example less than 50 pL, such as less than 40 pL,
for
example less than 30 pL, such as less than 20 pL, for example less than 10 pL,
such
as less than 9 pL, for example less than 8 pL, such as less than 7 pL, for
example less
than 6 pL, such as less than 5 pL, for example less than 4 pL, such as less
than 3 pL,
for example less than 2 pL, such as less than 1 pL per position.
In another embodiment, the amount of liquid deposited per position on the
surface of
the matrix; i.e. the volume of each droplet, is in the range of 0.1 pL to 100
nL; such as
0.1-1 pL, for example 1-5 pL, such as 5-10 pL, for example 10-20 pL, such as
20-30
pL, for example 30-40 pL, such as 40-50 pL, for example 50-60 pL, such as 60-
70 pL,
for example 70-80 pL, such as 80-90 pL, for example 90-100 pL, such as 100-110
pL,
for example 110-120 pL, such as 120-130 pL, for example 130-140 pL, such as
140-
150 pL, for example 150-160 pL, such as 160-170 pL, for example 170-180 pL,
such as
180-190 pL, for example 190-200 pL, such as 200-250 pL, for example 250-300
pL,
such as 300-350 pL, for example 350-400 pL, such as 400-450 pL, for example
450-
500 pL, such as 500-550 pL, for example 550-600 pL, such as 600-650 pL, for
example
650-700 pL, such as 700-750 pL, for example 750-800 pL, such as 800-850 pL,
for
example 850-900 pL, such as 900-950 pL, for example 950-1000 pL or 1 nL, such
as
1-2 nL, for example 2-3 nL, such as 3-4 nL, for example 4-5 nL, such as 5-6
nL, for
example 6-7 nL, such as 7-8 nL, for example 8-9 nL, such as 9-10 nL, for
example 10-
15 nL, such as 15-20 nL, for example 20-25 nL, such as 25-30 nL, for example
30-35
31
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
nL, such as 35-40 nL, for example 40-45 nL, such as 45-50 nL, for example 50-
60 nL,
such as 60-70 nL, for example 70-80 nL, such as 80-90 nL, for example 90-100
nL.
In another embodiment, the amount of liquid deposited per position on the
surface of
the matrix; i.e. the volume of each droplet, is in the range of 0.1 pL-100 nL,
for example
1 pL -100 nL, such as 5 pL -100 nL, for example 10 pL -100 nL, such as 20 pL -
100 nL,
for example 30 pL -100 nL, such as 40 pL -100 nL, for example 50 pL -100 nL,
such as
60 pL -100 nL, for example 70 pL -100 nL, such as 80 pL -100 nL, for example
90 pL -
100 nL, such as 100 pL -100 nL, for example 110 pL -100 nL, such as 120 pL -
100 nL,
for example 130 pL -100 nL, such as 140 pL -100 nL, for example 150 pL -100
nL,
such as 160 pL -100 nL, for example 170 pL -100 nL, such as 180 pL -100 nL,
for
example 190 pL -100 nL, such as 200 pL -100 nL, for example 250 pL -100 nL,
such as
300 pL -100 nL, for example 350 pL -100 nL, such as 400 pL -100 nL, for
example 450
pL -100 nL, such as 500 pL -100 nL, for example 550 pL -100 nL, such as 600 pL
-100
nL, for example 650 pL -100 nL, such as 700 pL -100 nL, for example 750 pL -
100 nL,
such as 800 pL -100 nL, for example 850 pL -100 nL, such as 900 pL -100 nL,
for
example 950 pL -100 nL, such as 1-100 nL, for example 2-100 nL, such as 3-100
nL,
for example 4-100 nL, such as 5-100 nL, for example 6-100 nL, such as 7-100
nL, for
example 8-100 nL, such as 9-100 nL, for example 10-100 nL, such as 15-100 nL,
for
example 20-100 nL, such as 25-100 nL, for example 30-100 nL, such as 35-100
nL, for
example 40-100 nL, such as 45-100 nL, for example 50-100 nL, such as 60-100
nL, for
example 70-100 nL, such as 80-100 nL, for example 90-100 nL.
In yet another embodiment, the amount of liquid deposited per position on the
surface
of the matrix; i.e. the volume of each droplet, is in the range of 0.1-1 pL,
for example
0.1 -5 pL, such as 0.1 -10 pL, for example 0.1 -20 pL, such as 0.1 -30 pL, for
example
0.1 -40 pL, such as 0.1 -50 pL, for example 0.1 -60 pL, such as 0.1 -70 pL,
for example
0.1 -80 pL, such as 0.1 -90 pL, for example 0.1 -100 pL, such as 0.1 -110 pL,
for
example 0.1 -120 pL, such as 0.1 -130 pL, for example 0.1 -140 pL, such as 0.1
-150
pL, for example 0.1 -160 pL, such as 0.1 -170 pL, for example 0.1 -180 pL,
such as 0.1
-190 pL, for example 0.1 -200 pL, such as 0.1 -250 pL, for example 0.1 -300
pL, such
as 0.1 -350 pL, for example 0.1 -400 pL, such as 0.1 -450 pL, for example 0.1 -
500 pL,
such as 0.1 -550 pL, for example 0.1 -600 pL, such as 0.1 -650 pL, for example
0.1 -
700 pL, such as 0.1 -750 pL, for example 0.1 -800 pL, such as 0.1 -850 pL, for
example
0.1 -900 pL, such as 0.1 -950 pL, for example 0.1 -1000 pL or 1 nL, such as
0.1 pL -2
nL, for example 0.1 pL -3 nL, such as 0.1 pL -4 nL, for example 0.1 pL -5 nL,
such as
0.1 pL -6 nL, for example 0.1 pL -7 nL, such as 0.1 pL -8 nL, for example 0.1
pL -9 nL,
32
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
such as 0.1 pL -10 nL, for example 0.1 pL -15 nL, such as 0.1 pL -20 nL, for
example
0.1 pL -25 nL, such as 0.1 pL -30 nL, for example 0.1 pL -35 nL, such as 0.1
pL -40 nL,
for example 0.1 pL -45 nL, such as 0.1 pL -50 nL, for example 0.1 pL -60 nL,
such as
0.1 pL -70 nL, for example 0.1 pL -80 nL, such as 0.1 pL -90 nL, for example
0.1 pL -
100 nL.
The droplet size for each droplet is preferably essentially identical, wherein
the droplet
size of any two droplets expelled from a printer according to the present
invention may
vary less that 10%, such as less than 8%, for example less than 6%, such as
less than
4%, for example less than 2%, such as less than 1%. The droplet size of any
two
droplets expelled from a printer according to the present invention may vary
in the
range of 0.1-10%, such as 0.1-1%, for example 1-2%, such as 2-3%, for example
3-
4%, such as 4-5%, for example 5-6%, such as 6-7%, for example 7-8%, such as 8-
9%,
for example 9-10%.
The total volume of fluid or liquid composition to be deposited by printing in
the form of
droplets in a preferred embodiment essentially does not result in any swelling
of the
matrix material.
Distance between droplets deposited onto a surface by printing
When printing a fluid or liquid composition onto a surface of a matrix
material, the
droplets expelled from the nozzles of the print head are preferably deposited
onto said
surface with a certain predetermined distance between every two droplets.
In one embodiment, the distance between every two droplets deposited by
printing
onto the matrix surface is less than 2 mm, such as less than 1.9 mm, for
example less
than 1.8 mm, such as less than 1.7 mm, for example less than 1.6 mm, such as
less
than 1.5 mm, for example less than 1.4 mm, such as less than 1.3 mm, for
example
less than 1.3 mm, such as less than 1.2 mm, for example less than 1.1 mm, such
as
less than 1.0 mm, for example less than 0.9 mm, such as less than 0.8 mm, for
example less than 0.7 mm, such as less than 0.6 mm, for example less than 0.5
mm,
such as less than 0.4 mm, for example less than 0.3 mm, such as less than 0.2
mm, for
example less than 0.1 mm, such as less than 0.09 mm, for example less than
0.08 mm,
such as less than 0.07 mm, for example less than 0.06 mm, such as less than
0.05
mm, for example less than 0.04 mm, such as less than 0.03 mm, for example less
than
0.02 mm, such as less than 0.01 mm.
33
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In another embodiment, the distance between every two droplets deposited by
printing
onto the matrix surface is in the range of 0.01 to 2 mm; for example 0.01-0.02
mm,
such as 0.02-0.03 mm, for example 0.03-0.04 mm, such as 0.04-0.05 mm, for
example
0.05-0.06 mm, such as 0.06-0.07 mm, for example 0.07-0.08 mm, such as 0.08-
0.09
mm, for example 0.09-0.1 mm, such as 0.1-0.2 mm, for example 0.2-0.3 mm, such
as
0.3-0.4 mm, for example 0.4-0.5 mm, such as 0.5-0.6 mm, for example 0.6-0.7
mm,
such as 0.7-0.8 mm, for example 0.8-0.9 mm, such as 0.9-1.0 mm, for example
1.0-1.1
mm, such as 1.1-1.2 mm, for example 1.2-1.3 mm, such as 1.3-1.4 mm, for
example
1.4-1.5 mm, such as 1.5-1.6 mm, for example 1.6-1.7 mm, such as 1.7-1.8 mm,
for
example 1.8-1.9 mm, such as 1.9-2.0 mm.
In another embodiment, the distance between every two droplets deposited by
printing
onto the matrix surface is in the range of 0.01-2.0 mm, such as 0.02-2.0 mm,
for
example 0.03-2.0 mm, such as 0.04-2.0 mm, for example 0.05-2.0 mm, such as
0.06-
2.0 mm, for example 0.07-2.0 mm, such as 0.08-2.0 mm, for example 0.09-2.0 mm,
such as 0.1-2.0 mm, for example 0.2-2.0 mm, such as 0.3-2.0 mm, for example
0.4-2.0
mm, such as 0.5-2.0 mm, for example 0.6-2.0 mm, such as 0.7-2.0 mm, for
example
0.8-2.0 mm, such as 0.9-2.0 mm, for example 1.0-2.0 mm, such as 1.1-2.0 mm,
for
example 1.2-2.0 mm, such as 1.3-2.0 mm, for example 1.4-2.0 mm, such as 1.5-
2.0
mm, for example 1.6-2.0 mm, such as 1.7-2.0 mm, for example 1.8-2.0 mm, such
as
1.9-2.0 mm.
In yet another embodiment, the distance between every two droplets deposited
by
printing onto the matrix surface is in the range of 0.01-0.02 mm, such as 0.01-
0.03 mm,
for example 0.01-0.04 mm, such as 0.01-0.05 mm, for example 0.01-0.06 mm, such
as
0.01-0.07 mm, for example 0.01-0.08 mm, such as 0.01-0.09 mm, for example 0.01-
0.1
mm, such as 0.01-0.2 mm, for example 0.01-0.3 mm, such as 0.01-0.4 mm, for
example 0.01-0.5 mm, such as 0.01-0.6 mm, for example 0.01-0.7 mm, such as
0.01-
0.8 mm, for example 0.01-0.9 mm, such as 0.01-1.0 mm, for example 0.01-1.1 mm,
such as 0.01-1.2 mm, for example 0.01-1.3 mm, such as 0.01-1.4 mm, for example
0.01-1.5 mm, such as 0.01-1.6 mm, for example 0.01-1.7 mm, such as 0.01-1.8
mm,
for example 0.01-1.9 mm, such as 0.01-2.0 mm.
The distance between every two droplets deposited by printing onto the matrix
surface
is preferably essentially identical, wherein the distance may vary less that
10%, such
as less than 8%, for example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for example
less
34
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
than 2%, such as less than 1%. The droplet size of any two droplets expelled
from a
printer according to the present invention may vary in the range of 0.1-10%,
such as
0.1-1%, for example 1-2%, such as 2-3%, for example 3-4%, such as 4-5%, for
example 5-6%, such as 6-7%, for example 7-8%, such as 8-9%, for example 9-10%.
Droplet evaporation
When tiny droplets of a fluid pharmaceutical composition comprising one or
more
bioactive agents is printed onto the surface of a matrix or a device, a
subsequent
drying step, including a lyophilisation step, of the matrix or device is not
required; the
reason being that the tiny droplets printed in discrete positions on the
surface of the
matrix or the device will readily evaporate. This has the further advantage of
avoiding
any undesirable swelling of the matrix material ¨ a swelling which accompanies
most if
not all state-of-the-art spraying technologies.
Thus, in one embodiment, the fluid droplets comprising one or more bioactive
agents
which are printed onto the surface of a matrix or the surface of a device
according to
the present invention will not exceed a size that allows the droplets to
evaporate within
maximum 30 seconds, such as less than 25 seconds, for example less than 20
seconds, such as less than 15 seconds, for example less than 10 seconds, such
as
less than 5 seconds, for example less than 1 second after being printed onto
the
surface of the matrix or the surface of the device.
In one embodiment, the fluid droplets comprising one or more bioactive agents
which
are printed onto the surface of a matrix or the surface of a device according
to the
present invention will not exceed a size that allows the droplets to evaporate
within 0.1-
1 second, such as 1-2, for example 2-3, such as 3-4, for example 4-5, such as
5-6, for
example 6-7, such as 7-8, for example 8-9, such as 9-10, for example11-12,
such as
12-13, for example 13-14, such as 14-15, for example 15-16, such as 16-17, for
example 17-18, such as 18-19, for example 19-20, such as 20-25, for example 25-
30
seconds after being printed onto the surface of the matrix or the surface of
the device.
The above-cited time for evaporation can be achieved by controlling droplet
size,
temperature of the droplet and temperature of the surface of the matrix or the
device
onto which the droplet is printed. Further, modifying the surface properties
of the
underlying matrix material (hydrophobicity, chemical heterogeneity, roughness)
may
alter evaporation time.
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The evaporation of the fluid droplets on the surface of a substrate can in
principle be
aided in various ways. In principle the droplets can evaporate on the surface
without
dissolution of the surface, or the fluid can be a solvent for the surface and
thus be
absorbed in the surface, thereby effectively aiding in the evaporation
process.
It is preferred that the droplets evaporate without dissolving or interacting
with the
surface of the matrix material or the device comprising said matrix material.
Thus, as a
consequence of the rapid evaporation of the fluid part of the droplet printed
onto the
surface of the matrix, the matrix is printed with the pharmaceutical
composition forming
part of the droplet essentially without swelling and/or essentially without
resulting in any
other physical change of the surface structure of the matrix material or
device.
When a droplet evaporates on the surface of a matrix material or device
without
dissolution of the surface material, different evaporation modes can be
observed. A
droplet can evaporate with the contact angle being essentially constant while
the
contact radius decreases (constant angle mode). Alternatively, the contact
radius can
remain essentially constant while the contact angle decreases, in which case
the
droplet becomes more flat over time (constant radius mode or pinning).
Alternatively
both of the above-mentioned modes can occur, in which case both the contact
angle
and the contact radius will change during evaporation (non-constant mode).
Usually, droplets evaporate in different modes. Thus, the use of tiny,
uniformly sized
droplets that evaporates rapidly upon contacting the surface of a matrix
material or a
device will add to the uniformity of printing of the compositions onto the
surface of the
matrix material or the device.
Operating temperature
The temperature of the fluid or liquid composition, or the temperature of the
environment wherein the fluid or liquid composition is to be printed, is in
one
embodiment the ambient temperature. In another embodiment, the temperature is
in
the range from sub-zero degrees celcius to 150 degrees celcius; such as -100 C
to -
50 C, for example -50 C to 0 C, such as 0-10 C, for example 10-20 C, such as
20-30
C, for example 30-40 C, such as 40-50 C, for example 50-60 C, such as 60-70 C,
for example 70-80 C, such as 80-90 C, for example 90-100 C, such as 100-125 C,
for example 125-150 C.
36
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Deposition of one or more pharmaceutical compositions by other methods than
printing
The present invention in one embodiment relates to a medical device comprising
a
composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, which is deposited onto a
matrix
material e.g. onto the surface of the matrix material, wherein said matrix
material
comprising a pharmaceutical composition is comprised in a container according
to the
present invention. The deposition of the composition onto the matrix may in
one
embodiment be performed by any method know in the art such as by printing,
spraying,
soaking, dipping, coating, saturating, pressuring, sprinkling, pouring,
spreading,
greasing, smearing, dabbing, rubbing or painting the pharmaceutical
composition onto
a premade matrix or by dipping of a premade matrix into the pharmaceutical
composition. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition can be deposited
into or
onto the matrix during preparation of said matrix e.g. by mixing it into one
or more of
the matrix material components.
Bioactive agents of the pharmaceutical composition
In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical
composition
initially in fluid or liquid form, comprising one or more bioactive agents,
optionally in
combination with further active agents or substances, thus comprising a
pharmaceutical composition that includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier
and
one or more bioactive agents, such as thrombin or thrombin in combination with
fibrinogen, or thrombin and fibrinogen in combination with Factor XIII, or
thrombin and
fibrinogen and Factor XIII in combination with tranexamic acid.
The pharmaceutical composition is in one embodiment printed onto a surface of
the
matrix of the device, thereby depositing the agents of the composition onto
the surface
of the matrix in a controlled manner. One or more of said compositions may be
printed
each at one or more discrete positions on the surface of the matrix material.
Non-limiting examples of useful biologically active agents which can be
present alone
or in combination with the above-cited bioactive agents selected from the
group of
thrombin or thrombin in combination with fibrinogen, or thrombin and
fibrinogen in
combination with Factor XIII, or thrombin and fibrinogen and Factor XIII in
combination
with tranexamic acid, include the following expanded therapeutic categories:
hemostatic and anti-fibrinolytic agents, wound healing or promoting agents,
adhesives
and surfactants anabolic agents, antacids, anti-asthmatic agents, anti-
cholesterolemic
37
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
and anti-lipid agents, anti-coagulants, anti-convulsants, anti-diarrheals,
anti-emetics,
anti-infective agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anti-manic agents, anti-
nauseants, anti-
neoplastic agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-pyretic and analgesic agents,
anti-
spasmodic agents, anti-thrombotic agents, anti-uricemic agents, anti-anginal
agents,
anti-histamines, anti-tussives, appetite suppressants, biologicals, cerebral
dilators,
coronary dilators, decongestants, diuretics, diagnostic agents, erythropoietic
agents,
expectorants, gastrointestinal sedatives hyperglycemic agents, hypnotics,
hypoglycemic agents, ion exchange resins, laxatives, mineral supplements,
mucolytic
agents, neuromuscular drugs, peripheral vasodilators, psychotropics,
sedatives,
stimulants, thyroid and anti-thyroid agents, uterine relaxants, vitamins,
antigenic
materials, analgetics and prodrugs.
Specific examples of useful biologically active substances from the above
categories
include : (a) anti-neoplastics such as androgen inhibitors, anti-metabolites,
cytotoxic
agents, immunomodulators ; (b) anti-tussives such as dextromethorphan,
dextromethorphan hydrobromide, noscapine, carbetapentane citrate, and
chlophedianol hydrochloride ; (c) antihistamines such aschlorpheniramine
maleat,
phenindamine tartrate,zyrilamine mafeate, doxylamine succinate, and
phenyltcloxamine citrate; (d) decongestants such as phenylephrine
hydrochloride,
chenylpropanolamine hydrochloride, pseudoephedrine hydrochloride, and
ephedrine;
(e) various alkaloid such as codeine phosphate, codeine sulfate and morphine-(
mineral supplements such as potassium chloride, zinc chloride, calcium
carbonates,
magnesium oxide, and other alkali metal and alkaline earth metal salts ; (g)
ion
exchange resins such as cholestryramine ; (h) anti-arrhythmics such as N-
acetylprocainamide ; (i) antipyretics and analgesics such as acetaminophen,
aspirin
and ibuprofen; (j) appetite suppressants such as phenyl-propanolamine
hydrochloride
or caffeine; (k) expectorants such as guaifenesin; (I) antacids such as
aluminum
hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide; (m) biologicals such as peptides,
polypeptides,
proteins and amino acids, hormones, interferons or cytokines and other
bioactive
peptidic compounds, such as hGH, tPA, calcitonin, ANF, EPO and insulin; (n)
anti-
infective agents such as anti-fungals, RTI anti-virals, antiseptics and
antibiotics; and (o)
antigenic materials, particularly those useful in vaccine applications.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be prepared from a wide range of
materials.
Without being limited thereto, such materials include diluents, binders and
adhesives,
lubricants, disintegrants, colorants, bulking agents (an additive that
increases the bulk
38
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
of a substance), flavorings, sweeteners, and miscellaneous materials such as
buffers
and absorbents in order to prepare a particular medicated suppository.
Concentration of the bioactive agent of the fluid or liquid composition
Bioactive agents of the fluid or liquid composition according to the present
invention
may be used in any suitable concentration, i.e. a pharmaceutical relevant
concentration
for achieving a biological effect.
In one embodiment, the bioactive agent is an enzyme, said enzyme being present
in
the fluid or liquid composition at a concentration of less than 1,000,000
IU/ml, such as
less than 950,000 IU/ml, for example less than 900,000 IU/ml, such as less
than
850,000 IU/ml, for example less than 800,000 IU/ml, such as less than 750,000
IU/ml,
for example less than 700,000 IU/ml, such as less than 650,000 IU/ml, for
example less
than 600,000 IU/ml, such as less than 550,000 IU/ml, for example less than
500,000
IU/ml, such as less than 450,000 IU/ml, for example less than 400,000 IU/ml,
such as
less than 350,000 IU/ml, for example less than 300,000 IU/ml, such as less
than
250,000 IU/ml, for example less than 200,000 IU/ml, such as less than 150,000
IU/ml,
for example less than 100,000 IU/ml, such as less than 95,000 IU/ml, for
example less
than 90,000 IU/ml, such as less than 85,000 IU/ml, for example less than
80,000 IU/ml,
such as less than 75,000 IU/ml, for example less than 70,000 IU/ml, such as
less than
65,000 IU/ml, for example less than 60,000 IU/ml, such as less than 55,000
IU/ml, for
example less than 50,000 IU/ml, such as less than 45,000 IU/ml, for example
less than
40,000 IU/ml, such as less than 35,000 IU/ml, for example less than 30,000
IU/ml, such
as less than 25,000 IU/ml, for example less than 20,000 IU/ml, such as less
than
15,000 IU/ml, for example less than 10,000 IU/ml, such as less than 9,500
IU/ml, for
example less than 9,000 IU/ml, such as less than 8,500 IU/ml, for example less
than
8,000 IU/ml, such as less than 7,500 IU/ml, for example less than 7,000 IU/ml,
such as
less than 6,500 IU/ml, for example less than 6,000 IU/ml, such as less than
5,500
IU/ml, for example less than 5,000 IU/ml, such as less than 4,500 IU/ml, for
example
less than 4,000 IU/ml, such as less than 3,500 IU/ml, for example less than
3,000
IU/ml, such as less than 2,500 IU/ml, for example less than 2,000 IU/ml, such
as less
than 1,500 IU/ml, for example less than 1,000 IU/ml, such as less than 750
IU/ml, for
example less than 500 IU/ml, such as less than 450 IU/ml, for example less
than 400
IU/ml, such as less than 350 IU/ml, for example less than 300 IU/ml, such as
less than
250 IU/ml, for example less than 200 IU/ml, such as less than 150 IU/ml, for
example
39
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
less than 100 IU/ml, such as less than 50 IU/ml, for example less than 10
IU/ml, such
as less than 1 IU/ml.
In one embodiment, the bioactive agent is an enzyme, said enzyme being present
in
the fluid or liquid composition at a concentration in the range of 1 Um! to
1,000,000
IU/m1; such as 1-10 IU/ml, for example 10-50 IU/ml, such as 50-100 IU/ml, for
example
100-150 IU/ml, such as 150-200 IU/ml, for example 200-250 IU/ml, such as 250-
300
IU/ml, for example 300-350 IU/ml, such as 350-400 IU/ml, for example 400-450
IU/ml,
such as 450-500 IU/ml, for example 500-750 IU/ml, such as 750-1000 IU/ml, for
example 1000-1500 IU/ml, such as 1500-2000 IU/ml, for example 2000-2500 IU/ml,
such as 2500-3000 IU/ml, for example 3000-3500 IU/ml, such as 3500-4000 IU/ml,
for
example 4000-4500 IU/ml, such as 4500-5000 IU/ml, for example 5000-5500 IU/ml,
such as 5500-6000 IU/ml, for example 6000-6500 IU/ml, such as 6500-7000 IU/ml,
for
example 7000-7500 IU/ml, such as 7500-8000 IU/ml, for example 8000-8500 IU/ml,
such as 8500-9000 IU/ml, for example 9000-9500 IU/ml, such as 9500-10,000
IU/ml,
for example 10,000-11,000 IU/ml, such as 11,000-12,000 IU/ml, for example
12,000-
13,000 IU/ml, such as 13,000-14,000 IU/ml, for example 14,000-15,000 IU/ml,
such as
15,000-16,000 IU/ml, for example 16,000-17,000 IU/ml, such as 17,000-18,000
IU/ml,
for example 18,000-19,000 IU/ml, such as 19,000-20,000 IU/ml, for example
20,000-
25,000 IU/ml, such as 25,000-30,000 IU/ml, for example 30,000-35,000 IU/ml,
such as
35,000-40,000 IU/ml, for example 40,000-45,000 IU/ml, such as 45,000-50,000
IU/ml,
for example 50,000-55,000 IU/ml, such as 55,000-60,000 IU/ml, for example
60,000-
65,000 IU/ml, such as 65,000-70,000 IU/ml, for example 70,000-75,000 IU/ml,
such as
75,000-80,000 IU/ml, for example 80,000-85,000 IU/ml, such as 85,000-90,000
IU/ml,
for example 90,000-95,000 IU/ml, such as 95,000-100,000 IU/ml, for example
100,000-
150,000 IU/ml, such as 150,000-200,000 IU/ml, for example 200,000-250,000
IU/ml,
such as 250,000-300,000 IU/ml, for example 300,000-350,000 IU/ml, such as
350,000-
400,000 IU/ml, for example 400,000-450,000 IU/ml, such as 450,000-500,000
IU/ml, for
example 500,000-550,000 IU/ml, such as 550,000-600,000 IU/ml, for example
600,000-650,000 IU/ml, such as 650,000-700,000 IU/ml, for example 700,000-
750,000
IU/ml, such as 750,000-800,000 IU/ml, for example 800,000-850,000 IU/ml, such
as
850,000-900,000 IU/ml, for example 900,000-950,000 IU/ml, such as 950,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml.
In another embodiment, the bioactive agent is an enzyme, said enzyme being
present
in the fluid or liquid composition at a concentration in the range of 1-
1,000,000 IU/ml,
for example 10-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 50-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 100-
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
1,000,000 IU/MI, such as 150-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 200-1,000,000 IU/ml,
such
as 250-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 300-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 350-1,000,000
IU/ml, for example 400-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 450-1,000,000 IU/ml, for
example
500-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 750-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 1000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
such as 1500-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 2000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 2500-
1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 3000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 3500-1,000,000
IU/ml, for
example 4000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 4500-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 5000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 5500-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 6000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
such as 6500-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 7000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 7500-
1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 8000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 8500-1,000,000
IU/ml, for
example 9000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 9500-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 10,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 11,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 12,000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
such as 13,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 14,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as
15,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 16,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 17,000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
for example 18,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 19,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for
example
20,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 25,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 30,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 35,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 40,000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
such as 45,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 50,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as
55,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 60,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 65,000-1,000,000
IU/ml,
for example 70,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 75,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for
example
80,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 85,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 90,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 95,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 100,000-1,000,000
IU/ml, such as 150,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 200,000-1,000,000 IU/ml,
such
as 250,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 300,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as
350,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 400,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 450,000-
1,000,000
IU/ml, for example 500,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 550,000-1,000,000 IU/ml,
for
example 600,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 650,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example
700,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 750,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 800,000-
1,000,000 IU/ml, such as 850,000-1,000,000 IU/ml, for example 900,000-
1,000,000
IU/ml, such as 950,000-1,000,000 IU/ml.
In yet nother embodiment, the bioactive agent is an enzyme, said enzyme being
present in the fluid or liquid composition at a concentration in the range of
such as 1-10
IU/ml, for example 1-50 IU/ml, such as 1-100 IU/ml, for example 1-150 IU/ml,
such as
1-200 IU/ml, for example 1-250 IU/ml, such as 1-300 IU/ml, for example 1-350
IU/ml,
such as 1-400 IU/ml, for example 1-450 IU/ml, such as 1-500 IU/ml, for example
1-750
IU/ml, such as 1-1000 IU/ml, for example 1-1500 IU/ml, such as 1-2000 IU/ml,
for
41
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
example 1-2500 IU/ml, such as 1-3000 IU/ml, for example 1-3500 IU/ml, such as
1-
4000 IU/ml, for example 1-4500 IU/ml, such as 1-5000 IU/ml, for example 1-5500
IU/ml, such as 1-6000 IU/ml, for example 1-6500 IU/ml, such as 1-7000 IU/ml,
for
example 1-7500 IU/ml, such as 1-8000 IU/ml, for example 1-8500 IU/ml, such as
1-
9000 IU/ml, for example 1-9500 IU/ml, such as 1-10,000 IU/ml, for example 1-
11,000
IU/ml, such as 1-12,000 IU/ml, for example 1-13,000 IU/ml, such as 1-14,000
IU/ml, for
example 1-15,000 IU/ml, such as 1-16,000 IU/ml, for example 1-17,000 IU/ml,
such as
1-18,000 IU/ml, for example 1-19,000 IU/ml, such as 1-20,000 IU/ml, for
example 1-
25,000 IU/ml, such as 1-30,000 IU/ml, for example 1-35,000 IU/ml, such as 1-
40,000
IU/ml, for example 1-45,000 IU/ml, such as 1-50,000 IU/ml, for example 1-
55,000
IU/ml, such as 1-60,000 IU/ml, for example 1-65,000 IU/ml, such as 1-70,000
IU/ml, for
example 1-75,000 IU/ml, such as 1-80,000 IU/ml, for example 1-85,000 IU/ml,
such as
1-90,000 IU/ml, for example 1-95,000 IU/ml, such as 1-100,000 IU/ml, for
example 1-
150,000 IU/ml, such as 1-200,000 IU/ml, for example 1-250,000 IU/ml, such as 1-
300,000 IU/ml, for example 1-350,000 IU/ml, such as 1-400,000 IU/ml, for
example 1-
450,000 IU/ml, such as 1-500,000 IU/ml, for example 1-550,000 IU/ml, such as 1-
600,000 IU/ml, for example 1-650,000 IU/ml, such as 1-700,000 IU/ml, for
example 1-
750,000 IU/ml, such as 1-800,000 IU/ml, for example 1-850,000 IU/ml, such as 1-
900,000 IU/ml, for example 1-950,000 IU/ml, such as 1-1,000,000 IU/ml.
In one embodiment, the bioactive agent is present in the fluid or liquid
composition at a
concentration of less than 1,000,000 mg/ml, such as less than 900,000 mg/ml,
for
example less than 800,000 mg/ml, such as less than 700,000 mg/ml, for example
less
than 600,000 mg/ml, such as less than 500,000 mg/ml, for example less than
400,000
mg/ml, such as less than 300,000 mg/ml, for example less than 200,000 mg/ml,
such
as less than 100,000 mg/ml, for example less than 90,000 mg/ml, such as less
than
80,000 mg/ml, for example less than 70,000 mg/ml, such as less than 60,000
mg/ml,
for example less than 50,000 mg/ml, such as less than 40,000 mg/ml, for
example less
than 30,000 mg/ml, such as less than 20,000 mg/ml, for example less than
10,000
mg/ml, such as less than 9000 mg/ml, for example less than 8000 mg/ml, such as
less
than 7000 mg/ml, for example less than 6000 mg/ml, such as less than 5000
mg/ml, for
example less than 4000 mg/ml, such as less than 3000 mg/ml, for example less
than
2000 mg/ml, such as less than 1000 mg/ml, for example less than 900 mg/ml,
such as
less than 800 mg/ml, for example less than 700 mg/ml, such as less than 600
mg/ml,
for example less than 500 mg/ml, such as less than 400 mg/ml, for example less
than
300 mg/ml, such as less than 200 mg/ml, for example less than 100 mg/ml, such
as
less than 10 mg/ml, for example less than 1 mg/ml, such as less than 1000
ug/ml, for
42
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
example less than 900 ug/ml, such as less than 800 ug/ml, for example less
than 700
ug/ml, such as less than 600 ug/ml, for example less than 500 ug/ml, such as
less than
400 ug/ml, for example less than 300 ug/ml, such as less than 200 ug/ml, for
example
less than 100 ug/ml, such as less than 10 ug/ml, for example less than 1
ug/ml, such
as less than 1000 ng/ml, for example less than 900 ng/ml, such as less than
800 ng/ml,
for example less than 700 ng/ml, such as less than 600 ng/ml, for example less
than
500 ng/ml, such as less than 400 ng/ml, for example less than 300 ng/ml, such
as less
than 200 ng/ml, for example less than 100 ng/ml, such as less than 10 ng/ml,
for
example less than 1 ng/ml.
In one embodiment, the bioactive agent is present in the fluid or liquid
composition at a
concentration in the range of 1 ng/ml to 1,000,000 mg/ml; such as 1-10 ng/ml,
for
example 10-100 ng/ml, such as 100-200 ng/ml, for example 300-400 ng/ml, such
as
400-500 ng/ml, for example 500-600 ng/ml, such as 600-700 ng/ml, for example
700-
800 ng/ml, such as 800-900 ng/ml, for example 900-1000 ng/ml, such as 1-10
ug/ml,
for example 10-100 ug/ml, such as 100-200 ug/ml, for example 200-300 ug/ml,
such as
300-400 ug/ml, for example 400-500 ug/ml, such as 500-600 ug/ml, for example
600-
700 ug/ml, such as 700-800 ug/ml, for example 800-900 ug/ml, such as 900-1000
ug/ml, for example 1-10 mg/ml, such as 10-100 mg/ml, for example 100-200
mg/ml,
such as 200-300 mg/ml, for example 300-400 mg/ml, such as 400-500 mg/ml, for
example 500-600 mg/ml, such as 600-700 mg/ml, for example 700-800 mg/ml, such
as
800-900 mg/ml, for example 900-1000 mg/ml, such as 1000-2000 mg/ml, for
example
2000-3000 mg/ml, such as 3000-4000 mg/ml, for example 4000-5000 mg/ml, such as
5000-6000 mg/ml, for example 6000-7000 mg/ml, such as 7000-8000 mg/ml, for
example 8000-9000 mg/ml, such as 9000-10,000 mg/ml, for example 10,000-20,000
mg/ml, such as 20,000-30,000 mg/ml, for example 30,000-40,000 mg/ml, such as
40,000-50,000 mg/ml, for example 50,000-60,000 mg/ml, such as 60,000-70,000
mg/ml, for example 70,000-80,000 mg/ml, such as 80,000-90,000 mg/ml, for
example
90,000-100,000 mg/ml, such as 100,000-200,000 mg/ml, for example 200,000-
300,000
mg/ml, such as 300,000-400,000 mg/ml, for example 400,000-500,000 mg/ml, such
as
500,000-600,000 mg/ml, for example 600,000-700,000 mg/ml, such as 700,000-
800,000 mg/ml, for example 800,000-900,000 mg/ml, such as 900,000-1,000,000
mg/ml.
In another embodiment, the bioactive agent is present in the fluid or liquid
composition
at a concentration in the range of 1 ng/m1-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 10
ng/ml -
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 100 ng/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 300 ng/ml -
43
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 400 ng/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 500 ng/ml -
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 600 ng/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 700 ng/ml -
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 800 ng/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 900 ng/ml -
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 10 ug/ml -
1,000,000
mg/ml, such as 100 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 200 ug/ml -1,000,000
mg/ml,
such as 300 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 400 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml,
such
as 500 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 600 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, such as
700
ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 800 ug/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 900
ug/ml -
1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 1-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 10-1,000,000 mg/ml,
for
example 100-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 200-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 300-
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 400-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 500-1,000,000 mg/ml,
such as 600-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 700-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 800-
1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 900-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 1000-1,000,000
mg/ml,
for example 2000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 3000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example
4000-
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 5000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 6000-1,000,000
mg/ml,
such as 7000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 8000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 9000-
1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 10,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 20,000-1,000,000
mg/ml, for example 30,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 40,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for
example 50,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 60,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example
70,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 80,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 90,000-
1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 100,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 200,000-
1,000,000
mg/ml, such as 300,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 400,000-1,000,000 mg/ml,
such
as 500,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 600,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as
700,000-
1,000,000 mg/ml, for example 800,000-1,000,000 mg/ml, such as 900,000-
1,000,000
mg/ml.
In yet another embodiment, the bioactive agent is present in the fluid or
liquid
composition at a concentration in the range of 1-10 ng/ml, for example 1-100
ng/ml,
such as 1-200 ng/ml, for example 1-400 ng/ml, such as 1-500 ng/ml, for example
1-600
ng/ml, such as 1-700 ng/ml, for example 1-800 ng/ml, such as 1-900 ng/ml, for
example 1-1000 ng/ml, such as 1 ng/m1-10 ug/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -100
ug/ml, such
as 1 ng/ml -200 ug/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -300 ug/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -400
ug/ml, for
example 1 ng/ml -500 ug/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -600 ug/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -
700
ug/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -800 ug/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -900 ug/ml, such as 1
ng/ml -
1000 ug/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -10 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -100 mg/ml, for
example 1
ng/ml -200 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -300 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -400 mg/ml,
such
as 1 ng/ml -500 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -600 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -700
mg/ml,
44
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
for example 1 ng/ml -800 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -900 mg/ml, for example 1
ng/ml -
1000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -2000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -3000 mg/ml, such
as 1
ng/ml -4000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -5000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -6000
mg/ml, for
example 1 ng/ml -7000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -8000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -
9000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -10,000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -20,000 mg/ml,
such
as 1 ng/ml -30,000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -40,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -
50,000
mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -60,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -70,000 mg/ml, for
example 1 ng/ml -80,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -90,000 mg/ml, for example 1
ng/ml -
100,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -200,000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -300,000
mg/ml,
such as 1 ng/ml -400,000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -500,000 mg/ml, such as 1
ng/ml
-600,000 mg/ml, for example 1 ng/ml -700,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -800,000
mg/ml,
for example 1 ng/ml -900,000 mg/ml, such as 1 ng/ml -1,000,000 mg/ml.
The concentration of the bioactive agent in each droplet is preferably
essentially
identical, wherein the concentration of any two droplets expelled from a
printer
according to the present invention may vary less that 10%, such as less than
8%, for
example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for example less than 2%, such as
less
than 1%. The concentration of any two droplets may vary in the range of 0.1-
10%, such
as 0.1-1%, for example 1-2%, such as 2-3%, for example 3-4%, such as 4-5%, for
example 5-6%, such as 6-7%, for example 7-8%, such as 8-9%, for example 9-10%.
Uniform distribution
When printing a fluid or liquid composition onto a matrix material according
to the
present invention, the composition will be distributed in a uniform manner on
the matrix
material, i.e. there will be essentially no concentration gradient of the
composition
throughout the matrix material. This may be regarded as a uniform pattern
arising from
the uniform distribution. Further, deposition using the print technology is
also very
precise, allowing the specific deposition onto discrete locations of the
matrix material.
The uniform distribution arises from the use of a predetermined and
essentially fixed
ratio between droplet volume, distance between every two droplets and the
concentration of the bioactive material of the droplet. Achieving such a ratio
is possible
using the print technology, and permits the deposition of an essentially
identical
amount or volume of fluid or liquid composition and/or bioactive agent per
area unit of
the matrix material. Achieving such a uniform distribution is not possible to
obtain from
conventional techniques such as spraying.
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Specific and numeric values for droplet volume or size, distance between every
two
droplets and the droplet concentration of the bioactive material of the
composition are
given herein above. The predetermined values for use in any embodiment to
determine
the ratio between droplet volume, distance between every two droplets and the
concentration of the droplet may be chosen from any of the herein disclosed
values.
A uniform distribution of a pharmaceutical composition initially in fluid or
liquid form
may be defined as a distribution wherein any two area units differ in volume
of the
printed composition or concentration of bioactive agent by the most 10%, such
as by
the most 8%, for example by the most 6%, such as by the most 4%, for example
by the
most 2%, such as by the most 1%. Any two area units has a uniform distribution
that
may vary in the range of 0.1-10%, such as 0.1-1%, for example 1-2%, such as 2-
3%,
for example 3-4%, such as 4-5%, for example 5-6%, such as 6-7%, for example 7-
8%,
such as 8-9%, for example 9-10%.
A uniform distribution also arises from essentially all the fluid or liquid
composition
leaving the nozzle of the print head contacts the matrix material, whereby
essentially
no fluid or liquid composition is wasted in the process. The amount of fluid
or liquid
composition not contacting the matrix material is less that 10%, such as less
than 8%,
for example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for example less than 2%, such
as
less than 1%.
Hemostatic and anti-fibrinolytic agents
Hemostatic agents, or pro-coagulants or thrombotic agents, are agents that
induce
hemostasis. Thus, they shift the balance in favor of blood coagulation or
clotting. Anti-
fibrinolytic agents are also hemostatic agents, in that they prevent the
degradation of
the formed blood clot.
In a preferred embodiment, the device according to the present invention is a
hemostatic device. The hemostatic device may thus be imprinted with hemostatic
agents.
The hemostatic device described herein may be used as a medicament.
Accordingly, in
a further aspect the present invention relates to a method of promoting
hemostasis in a
patient in need thereof, said method comprising printing a pharmaceutical
composition
as defined herein onto a device, and using the device to promote hemostasis.
46
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Below are listed non-limiting examples of hemostatic agents that in one
embodiment
may be included in the composition that is printed onto the device of the
present
invention.
Specific examples of hemostatic agents include coagulation factors selected
from the
group consisting of prothrombin and/or thrombin, fibrinogen and/or fibrin,
Factor V
and/or Va, Factor VII and/or Vila, Factor VIII and/or Villa, Factor IX and/or
IXa, Factor
X and/or Xa, Factor XI and/or Xla, Factor XII and/or XI la, Factor XIII and/or
X111a, and
combinations thereof. Such compounds may be of any mammalian origin, such as
of
porcine or human origin, or may be obtained by recombinant means by methods
well-
known to the skilled person.
Coagulation factor concentrates are used to treat hemophilia, to reverse the
effects of
anticoagulants, and to treat bleeding in patients with impaired coagulation
factor
synthesis or increased consumption. Prothrombin complex concentrate,
cryoprecipitate
and fresh frozen plasma are commonly-used coagulation factor products.
Recombinant
activated human factor VII is are increasingly popular in the treatment of
major
bleeding.
Fibronectin is excreted by fibroblasts in the proliferative pase of wound
healing. Fibrin
and fibronectin cross-link together and form a plug that traps proteins and
particles and
prevents further blood loss. This fibrin-fibronectin plug is also the main
structural
support for the wound until collagen is deposited.
Additional agents that may be comprised in the composition to promote
hemostasis
include calcium ions to aid coagulation, and desmopressin which improve
platelet
function by activating arginine vasopressin receptor 1A.
Anti-fibrinolytic agents may be selected from the group consisting of
tranexamic acid,
aminocaproic acid, aprotinin, pepstatin, leupeptin, antipain, chymostatin,
gabexate, and
mixtures thereof. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention,
tranexamic acid
comprises part of the composition, if any anti-fibrinolytic agent is comprised
in the
composition.
Further, the use of adsorbent chemicals, such as zeolites, and other
hemostatic agents
is also being explored for use in sealing severe injuries quickly.
47
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
QuikClot brand hemostatic agent is manufactured by Z-Medica Corporation. The
original QuikClot is a granular product that can be poured directly on wounds
to stop
bleeding. It stops bleeding by adsorbing water from the blood thereby
concentrating the
clotting factors, activating platelets and promoting steps in the coagulation
cascade. It
is composed of zeolite, a molecular sieve that traps molecules in a molecular
"cage"
and holding the trapped species by forming hydrogen bonds. The bond formation
generates heat, which has been a drawback to the original QuikClot brand
hemostatic
agent. Newer versions of the product have been developed by Z-Medica that have
reduced and eliminated the exothermic reaction.
Other examples of suitable biologically absorbable materials with hemostatic
or even
wound healing effects include gelatin, collagen, chitin, chitosan, alginate,
cellulose,
polyglycolic acid, polyacetic acid and mixtures thereof. It will be understood
that various
forms thereof, such as linear or cross-linked forms, salts, esters and the
like may also
be used as the biologically absorbable material to be included in the
haemostatic
powder of the invention.
"Biologically absorbable" is a term which in the present context is used to
describe that
the materials of which the said powder are made can be degraded in the body to
smaller molecules having a size which allows them to be transported into the
blood
stream. By said degradation and absorption the materials will gradually be
removed
from the site of application. For example, denatured gelatin can be degraded
by
proteolytic tissue enzymes to absorbable smaller molecules, whereby the
denatured
gelatin powder when applied in tissues typically is absorbed within about 3-6
weeks
and when applied on bleeding surfaces and mucous membranes typically within 3-
5
days.
Pro-thrombin and/or Cryoprecipitate Chymostatin
thrombin
Fibrinogen and/or fibrin Fresh frozen plasma Gabexate
Factor V and/or Va Fibronectin Zeolites
Factor VII and/or Vila Calcium ions Gelatin
Factor VIII and/or Villa Desmopressin Collagen
Factor IX and/or IXa Tranexamic acid Chitin
Factor X and/or Xa Aminocaproic acid Chitosan
Factor XI and/or Xla Aprotinin Alginate
Factor XII and/or XI la Pepstatin Cellulose
Factor XIII and/or XIlla Leupeptin Polyglycolic acid
Prothrombin complex Antipain Polyacetic acid
concentrate
Table 1: Hemostatic and anti-fibrinolytic agents
48
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Wound healing promoting agents
In one embodiment, the device according to the present invention is a wound
healing
device. The wound healing device may thus be imprinted with wound healing or
wound
healing promoting agents. A wound healing agent may be an agent that
accelerates
the wound healing process.
The wound healing device described herein may be used as a medicament.
Accordingly, in a further aspect the present invention relates to a method of
promoting
wound healing in a patient in need thereof, said method comprising printing a
pharmaceutical composition as defined herein onto a device, and using the
device to
promote wound healing.
Below are listed non-limiting examples of wound healing agents that in one
embodiment may be included in the composition that is printed onto the device
of the
present invention.
Wound healing agents may be present on the device alone, may be combined or
used
together or in coordination with e.g. an antibiotic, antifungal, or antiviral
substance or
substances to accelerate the healing of sores or other infection-damaged
tissue
simultaneously or sequentially with the treatment of the underlying infection.
Further, growth factors to promote healing may also be employed in the
composition
for printing onto the device to promote wound healing.
Adrenaline or other substances capable of constricting blood vessels thereby
reducing
local blood flow may also be employed in the composition for printing onto the
device to
promote wound healing. Factors that trigger vasoconstriction can be of
exogenous
origin, such as medication and endogenous as well, as a response from the body
itself.
Examples of medications include: anti-histamines such as H1 receptor
antagonists
including Diphenhydramine, Loratadine, Meclizine and Quetiapine; inhibitors of
histamine release such as mast cell stabilizers including Cromoglicate
(cromolyn) and
Nedocromil; caffeine; decongestants such as Ephedrine, Oxymetazoline,
Phenylephrine, Pseudoephedrine, Tramazoline, phenylpropanolamine (PPA) and
Xylometazoline that work on adrenoreceptor al.
Active wound healing compounds can be combined with or used simultaneously or
sequentially with other tissue healing promoters, such as epidermal growth
factor,
49
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
fibroblast growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, transforming growth
factor
alpha, transforming growth factor beta, and insulin-like growth factor 1
(Brunt, J. V.,
and Tilansner, A., Biotechnology 6:25-30 (1988)) to promote a more rapid
healing of
damaged tissue.
It is also useful to imprint the device according to the invention with
corticosteroid and
anti-inflammatory agents to accelerate the healing of lesions in patients
suffering from
allergic or inflammatory processes, since steroids are known to slow the
healing of
wounds.
The following compounds can be printed onto the surface of the device
according to
the present invention in a method for the treatment of wounds. These include,
but are
not limited to: allantoin, retinoic acid, aloe vera, glycine, vitamin A, the B
vitamins,
especially nicotinamide, vitamins C and E, antibacterial agents (e.g.,
quaternary
ammonium compounds, bacitracin, neomycin and polymyxin), comfrey root
preparations, platelets and/or platelet extracts, ribonucleosides, proline,
lysine, elastin,
glycosaminoglycans, spermidine, spermine, putrescine, angiogenic factors,
zinc, alpha-
1 antitrypsin, SLPI (Secretory Leukocyte Protease Inhibitor), and various
peptide
growth factors such as the somatomedins, lamin, EGF (epidermal growth factor),
IGF1/2 (insulin-like growth factor 1 or 2), PDGF (platelet derived growth
factor), FGF
(fibroblast growth factor), TGF (transforming growth factor), MDGF (macrophage-
derived growth factor), NGF (neuron growth factor), PDECGF (Platelet Derived
Endothelial Cell Growth Factor), KGF (Keratinocyte Growth Factor), and TNF
(Tumor
Necrosis Factor). The pharmaceutically active device of the invention may also
be used
in conjunction with synthetic skin in treating burns and other wounds, and in
supporting
the healing of skin or corneal transplants.
Antimicrobial agents may be selected from bactericidal or bacteriostatic
agents, such
as antibiotics and sulphonamides, antiviral compounds, antimycotic agents and
anti-
infectives. Antibiotics may be selected from e.g. p-lactams, penicillins,
cephalosporins,
monobactams, macrolides, polymyxins, tetracyclines, chloramphenicol,
thrimethoprim,
aminoglycosides, clindamycin, and metronidazole; sulphonamides may as an
example
be selected from sulphadimidine or sulphadimethoxin; antimycotic agents may be
selected from amphotericin B, ketoconazol and miconazol; and antiviral agent
from
idoxuridine and azidothymidin. Suitable antiinfectives may as an example be
selected
from halogens, chlorohexidine and quarternary ammonium compounds. Other
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
examples of bactericidal or bacteriostatic compounds include silver ions, in
particular in
the form of silver ion complexes.
Medical or veterinary indications for the use of the invention include, but
are not limited
to the following situations. The pharmaceutical compositions can be used to
accelerate
the healing of mechanical wounds or abrasions of the skin or other tissues
which are
exposed by mechanical injury to the skin or gastrointestinal mucosa of the
body. The
invention can also be used to accelerate the healing of burns inflicted upon
the skin,
and any underlying tissues which may be exposed by such injury. The burns may
be
those caused by heat, ionizing radiation, ultraviolet radiation including
sunlight,
electricity, or chemical substances.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically active device according to the present
invention is also useful in conditions in which normal wound healing is
impaired.
Examples of types of wounds that heal poorly or slowly include venous stasis
ulcers,
decubitus ulcers, and cutaneous and alimentary tract wounds, or ulcers in
patients with
diabetes, and in patients subjected to irradiation, cancer chemotherapy (e.g.
with
adriamycin or cyclophosphamide), and topical or systemic anti-inflammatory
glucocorticosteriods.
Further, the compositions may be used to accelerate the healing of surgical
incisions in
any part of the body, external or internal, into which device according to the
present
invention may be introduced. The compositions can also be used to accelerate
the
healing of ischemic ulcers, pressure sores, bed sores, or ulcers caused by
diabetes or
other disease processes.
Adrenaline Platelets and/or platelet p-lactams
extracts
Diphenhydramine Ribonucleosides Penicillins
Loratadine Proline Cephalosporins
Meclizine Lysine Monobactams
Quetiapine Elastin Macrolides
Cromoglicate (cromolyn) Glycosaminoglycans Polymyxins
Nedocromil Spermidine Tetracyclines
Caffeine Spermine Chloramphenicol
Ephedrine Putrescine Thrimethoprim
Oxymetazoline Angiogenic factors Aminoglycosides
Phenylephrine, Zinc Clindamycin
Pseudoephedrine Somatomedins Metronidazole
Tramazoline Lamin Sulphadimidine
51
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Phenylpropanolamine FGF Sulphadimethoxin
(P PA)
Xylometazoline PDGF Amphotericin B
Corticosteroid TGF Ketoconazol
Allantoin IGF Miconazol
Retinoic acid EGF ldoxuridine
Aloe vera MDGF Azidothymidin
Glycine NGF Halogens
Vitamin A KGF Chlorohexidine
The B vitamins, especially TNF Silver ions
nicotinamide
Vitamin C PDECGF alpha-1 antitrypsin
Vitamin E Bacitracin SLPI
Comfrey root preparations Neomycin
Quaternary ammonium Polymyxin
compounds
Table 2: Wound healing agents
Adhesive agents
Suitable agents, which may improve the adhesive properties (or the tackiness)
of the
composition are well-known to the person skilled in the art. One class of
suitable
agents includes saccharides, such as monosaccharides, disaccharides,
oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, and combinations thereof.
When used herein the term "saccharide", as well as the terms "monosaccharide",
"disaccharide", "oligosaccharide" and "polysaccharide", also encompasses
derivatives
thereof, such as saccharides comprising one or more aminosugar units. In the
present
context, an aminosugar unit is a sugar unit wherein at least one of the
hydroxy groups
available in the sugar unit has been substituted by an amino group or an
alkanoylated
amino group such as an acetylated amino group. Accordingly, it will be
understood that
saccharides containing one or more glucosamine and/or N-acetylglucosamine
unit(s)
are also encompassed by the above-mentioned terms. Apart from the aminosugar
units, the saccharide may contain unsubstituted sugar units or sugar units
substituted
with e.g. alkoxy (such as 2,3-dimethylglucose) or acyloxy.
Specific examples of monosaccharides include glucose, mannose, fructose,
threose,
gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose, galactose, sorbose, altrose,
tallose, idose,
rhamnose, allose, and derivatives thereof, e.g. pentosamines, hexosamines,
such as
glucosamine or N-acetylglucosamine, and glucoronic acid. In particular glucose
is
preferred.
52
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Specific examples of disaccharides include sucrose, maltose, lactose,
cellubiose as
well as derivatives thererof. In particular sucrose is preferred.
Specific examples of polysaccharides include glycogen, chitin, chitosan,
starch such as
potato starch, as well as combinations thereof. Specific examples of
polysaccharide
derivatives include glycosaminoglycans such as chondroitin, chondroitin
sulfate,
hyaluronic acid, dermatan sulfate and keratan sulfate; aminated dextrans
including
DEAE-dextran; aminated starch, aminated glycogen, aminated cellulose, aminated
pectin, and salts, complexes, derivatives and mixtures thereof.
In an interesting embodiment of the invention, the composition further
comprises an
agent which improves the adhesive properties of said composition, where said
agent is
selected from the group consisting of glucose, sucrose, and a mixture thereof.
Other examples of agents which improve the adhesive properties of the
composition
include hydrocarbon resins, rosin resins and terpene resins. Hydrocarbon
resins are
commercially available under the tradenames Escorez from Exxon Mobil;
Regalite ,
Piccotac and Picco from Eastman; Indopol from BP or Arkon . Examples of
rosin
esters include esters of hydrogenated wood rosin e.g. pentaerythritol ester of
hydrogenated wood rosin, esters of partially hydrogenated wood rosin e.g.
pentaerythritol esters of partially hydrogenated wood rosin, esters of wood
rosin, esters
of modified wood rosin, esters of partially dimerized rosin, esters of tall
oil rosin, esters
of dimerized rosin, and similar rosins, and combinations and mixtures thereof.
Such
rosin esters are commercially available under the tradenames Foral , Foralyn ,
Pentalyn , Permalyn and Staybelite .
Further examples of agents which improve the adhesive properties of the
composition
include Gum Karaya, sometimes known as Sterculia gum, Gum Arabicum, Gum
Karrageenan, celluloseethers, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, Manuba
Honey, casein, alginates or fatty acid esters, such as the fatty acid esters
disclosed in
WO 95/26715, and gecko-like or gecko-inspired medical adhesives.
Thus, in an interesting embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises
at least
one agent which improves the adhesive properties of the composition.
Evidently, the
exact amount of agent may vary depending on what specific agent is being used,
but
the composition typically comprises 0.1-50% (w/w) of the agent, based on the
total
53
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
weight of the composition. Preferably, and in particular when the agent which
improves
the adhesive properties of the composition is a saccharide, the composition
comprises
1-25% (w/w), such as 5-20% (w/w), e.g. 5-15% (w/w), 5-10% (w/w), or 10-15%
(w/w),
based on the total weight of the composition.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition according to the present
invention
is printed onto an adhesive surface of a matrix material.
Glucose hexosamines aminated dextrans
mannose glucosamine aminated starch
fructose N-acetylglucosamine aminated glycogen
threose glucoronic acid aminated cellulose
gulose Sucrose aminated pectin
arabinose maltose Hydrocarbon resins
ribose lactose Rosin resins
erythrose cellubiose Terpene resins
lyxose glycogen Gum Karaya
galactose chitin Gum Arabicum
sorbose chitosan Gum Karrageenan
altrose starch Sodium carboxymethylcellu
lose
tallose chondroitin Manuba Honey
idose chondroitin sulfate Casein
rhamnose hyaluronic acid Alginates
allose dermatan sulfate Fatty acid esters
pentosamines keratan sulfate Gecko-like adhesive
Table 3: Adhesive agents
Surfactant agents
In another interesting embodiment of the invention, the composition further
comprises
an agent which improves the surfactant properties of said composition, where
said
agent is selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants, cationic
surfactants,
non-ionic surfactants and surface active biological modifiers.
Examples of anionic surfactants include surfactants selected from the group
consisting
of potassium laurate, triethanolamine stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium
dodecylsulf ate, alkyl polyoxyethylene sulfates, sodium alginate, dioctyl
sodium
sulfosuccinate, phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl inositol,
phosphatidylserine,
phosphatidic acid and their salts, glyceryl esters, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, bile
acids and their salts, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid,
taurocholic acid,
glycodeoxycholic acid, and calcium carboxymethylcellulose. In particular
sodium lauryl
sulfate is preferred.
54
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
Examples of cationic surfactants include surfactants selected from the group
consisting
of quaternary ammonium compounds, benzalkonium chloride,
cetyltrimethylammonium
bromide, chitosans and lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride.
Examples of non-ionic surfactants include surfactants selected from the group
consisting of polyoxyethylene fatty alcohol ethers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan
fatty acid
esters, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, sorbitan esters, polyoxyethylene
sorbitan
esters (such as Tween 80 or Tween 20), glycerol monostearate, polyethylene
glycols,
polypropylene glycols, cetyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol,
aryl alkyl
polyether alcohols, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, polaxamines,
methylcellulose, hydroxycellulose, hydroxy propylcellulose, hydroxy
propylmethylcellu lose, noncrystalline cellulose, polysaccharides, starch,
starch
derivatives, hydroxyethylstarch, polyvinyl alcohol, Pluronic F68 and
polyvinylpyrrolidone.
Potassium laurate Glycodeoxycholic acid Aryl alkyl polyether
alcohols
Triethanolamine Calcium carboxymethylcellu lose Polyoxyethylene-
stearate polyoxypropylene
copolymers
Sodium lauryl sulfate Benzalkonium chloride Polaxamines
Sodium dodecylsulfate Cetyltrimethylammonium Methylcellulose
bromide
Alkyl polyoxyethylene Chitosans Hydroxycellu lose
sulfates
Sodium alginate Lauryldimethylbenzylammonium Hydroxy propylcellulose
chloride
Dioctyl sodium Polyoxyethylene fatty alcohol Hydroxy
sulfosuccinate ethers propylmethylcellulose
Phosphatidyl glycerol Polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty Noncrystalline
cellulose
acid esters
Phosphatidyl inositol Polyoxyethylene fatty acid Polysaccharides
esters
Phosphatidylserine Sorbitan esters Starch
Phosphatidic acid Polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters Starch derivatives
Glyceryl esters Glycerol monostearate Hydroxyethylstarch
Bile acids and their salts Polyethylene glycols Polyvinyl alcohol
Cholic acid Polypropylene glycols Polyvinylpyrrolidone
Deoxycholic acid Cetyl alcohol Albumin
Glycocholic acid Cetostearyl alcohol
Taurocholic acid Stearyl alcohol
Table 4: Surfactants
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Other bioactive agents
Below are listed further non-limiting examples of bioactive agents that in one
embodiment may be included in the composition that is printed onto the surface
of the
matrix of the present invention.
Analgetics are pharmaceutical that may be used to alleviate pain. In
generalanalgetics
may belong to one of 3 groups, i) opiodanalgetics, ii) weak non-opiod
analgetics and iii)
psychopharmacological drugs, lidocain analogues and antiepileptica. In a
preferred
embodiment of the present invention the analgetic is lidocain.
To further illustrate, antimetabolites which can be formulated in the subject
polymers
include, but are not limited to, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, cytosine
arabinoside (ara-
C), 5-azacytidine, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, and fludarabine phosphate.
Antitumor antibiotics may include but are not limited to doxorubicin,
daunorubicin,
dactinomycin, bleomycin, mitomycin C, plicamycin, idarubicin, and
mitoxantrone.
Vinca alkaloid and epipodophyiotoxins may include, but are not limited to
vincristine,
vinblastine, vindesine, etoposide and teniposide.
Nitrosoureas can also be provided including carmustine, lomustine, semustine
and
streptozocin.
Hormonal therapeutics can also be included in the pharmaceutical composition,
such
as corticosteriods (cortisone acetate, hydrocortisone, prednisone,
prednisolone,
methylprednisolone and dexamethasone), estrogens, (diethylstibesterol,
estradiol,
esterified estrogens, conjugated estrogen, chlorotiasnene), progestins
(medroxyprogesterone acetate, hydroxy progesterone caproate, megestrol
acetate),
antiestrogens (tamoxifen), aromastase inhibitors (aminoglutethimide),
androgens
(testosterone propionate,methyltestosterone, fluoxymesterone,testolactone),
antiandrogens (flutamide), LHRH analogues (leuprolide acetate), and endocrines
for
prostate cancer (ketoconazole).
Other compounds which in one embodiment may be included in the composition of
the
present invention include those classified as e. g. investigational drugs, and
can
include, but are not limited to alkylating agents such as Nimustine AZQ, BZQ,
cyclodisone, DADAG, CBI 0-227, CY233, DABIS maleat, EDMN, Fotemustine,
56
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Hepsulfam, Hexamethylmelamine, Mafosamide, MDMS, PCNU, Spiromustine, TA077,
TCNU and Temozolomide ; antimetabolites, such as acivicin, Azacytidine, 5-aza-
deoxycytidine, A-TDA,Benzylidene glucose, Carbetimer, CB3717,Deazaguanine
mesylate, DODOX, Doxifluridine, DUP-785,10-EDAM, Fazarabine, Fludarabine,
MZPES, MMPR, PALA, PLAC, TCAR, TMQ, TNC-P and Piritrexim; antitumor
antibodies, such as AMPAS, BWA770U, BWA773U, BWA502U, Amonafide, m-AMSA,
0I-921, Datelliptium, Mitonafide, Piroxantrone, Aclarubicin, Cytorhodin,
Epirubicin,
esorubicin,Idarubicin, lodo-doxorubicin, Marcellomycin, Menaril,
Morpholinoanthracyclines, Pirarubicin, SM-5887 ; microtubule spindle
inhibitors, such
as Amphethinile, Nave!bine, and Taxol; thealkyl-lysophospholipids, such as
BM41-440,
ET-18-00H3, and Hexacyclophosphocholine; metallic compounds, such as Gallium
Nitrate, 0L286558, 0L287110, Cycloplatam, DWA2114R, NK121, lproplatin,
Oxaliplatin, Spiroplatin, Spirogermanium, and Titanium compounds; novel
compounds
such as, for example Aphidoicolin glycinate, Ambazone, BSO, Caracemide, DSG,
Didemnin, DMFO, Elsamicin, Espertatrucin, Flavone acetic acid, HMBA, HHT, ICRF-
187, lododeoxyuridine, lpomeanol, Liblomycin, Lonidamine, LY186641, MAP, MTQ,
Merabarone SK, F104864, Suramin,Tallysomycin, Teniposide, THU, 2721,
Toremifene,
Trilosane, and zindoxifene.
Antitumor drugs that are radiation enhancers can also be formulated in the
subject
controlled release formulation. Examples of such drugs include, for example,
the
chemotherapeutic agents 5'-fluorouracil, mitomycin, cisplatin and its
derivatives, taxol,
bleomycins, daunomycins, and methamycins.
In one embodiment, the biologically active agent is selected from the group
consisting
of polysaccharides, growth factors, hormones, anti-angiogenesis factors,
interferons or
cytokines, and pro-drugs. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the
biologically active
substance is a therapeutic drug or pro-drug, most preferably a drug selected
from the
group consisting of chemotherapeutic agents and other antineoplastics,
antibiotics,
anti-virals, anti-fungals, anti-inflammatories, anticoagulants, an antigenic
materials.
Further examples of medicaments according to the present invention are
antimicrobial
agents, analgesics,antiinflammatory agents, counterirritants, coagulation
modifying
agents, diuretics, sympathomimetics, anorexics, antacids and other
gastrointestinal
agents, antiparasitics, antidepressants, antihypertensives, anticholinergics,
stimulants,
antihormones, central and respiratory stimulants, drug antagonists, lipid-
regulating
agents, uricosurics, cardiacglycosides, electrolytes, ergot and derivatives
thereof,
57
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
expectorants, hypnotics and sedatives, antidiabetic agents, dopaminergic
agents,
antiemetics, muscle relaxants, parasympathomimetics, anticonvulsants,
antihistamines,
(3-blockers, purgatives, antiarrhythmics, contrast materials,
radiopharmaceuticals,
antiallergic agents, tranquilizers, vasodilators, antiviral agents,
andantineoplastic or
cytostatic agents or other agents with anticancer properties, or a combination
thereof.
Other suitable medicaments may be selected from contraceptives and vitamins as
well
as micro and macronutrients.
Further bioactive agents which may be comprised in the ocmposition in
accordance
with the present invention include, without limitation: antiinfectives such as
antibiotics
and antiviral agents; analgesics and analgesic combinations; anorexics;
antihelmintics ;
antiarthritics; antiasthmatic agents ;anticonvulsants ; antidepressants;
antidiuretic
agents; antidiarrleals ; antihistamines; antiinflammatory agents; antimigraine
preparations; antinauseants;ahtineoplastics ;antiparkinsonism drugs;
antipruritics ;
antipsychotics; antipyretics, antispasmodics; anticholinergics ;
sympathomimetics;
xanthine derivatives ; cardiovascular preparations including calcium channel
blockers
and beta-blockers such as pindolol and antiarrhythmics; antihypertensives ;
diuretics;
vasodilators including general coronary, peripheral and cerebral ; central
nervous
system stimulants ; cough and cold preparations, including decongestants;
hormones
such as estradiol and other steroids, including corticosteroids; hypnotics;
immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants; parasympatholytics ; psychostimulants ;
sedatives; and tranquilizers ; and naturally derived or genetically engineered
proteins,
polysaccharides, glycoproteins, or lipoproteins.
Further specific examples of bioactive agents include acebutolol,
acetaminophen,
acetohydoxamic acid,acetophenazine, acyclovir, adrenocorticoids, allopurinol,
alprazolam, aluminum hydroxide, amantadine, ambenonium, amiloride,
aminobenzoate
potassium, amobarbital, amoxicillin, amphetamine,ampicillin, androgens,
anesthetics,
anticoagulants, anticonvulsants-dione type, antithyroid medicine, appetite
suppressants, aspirin, atenolol, atropine, azatadine, bacampicillin, baclofen,
beclomethasone, belladonna, bendroflumethiazide, benzoyl peroxide,
benzthiazide,
benztropine, betamethasone, bethanechol, biperiden,bisacodyl, bromocriptine,
bromodiphenhydramine, brompheniramine,buclizine, bumetanide, busulfan,
butabarbital, butaperazine, caffeine, calcium carbonate, captopril,
carbamazepine,
carbenicillin, carbidopa & levodopa, carbinoxamine inhibitors, carbonic
anhydsase,carisoprodol, carphenazine, cascara,cefaclor, cefadroxil,
cephalexin,
cephradine, chlophedianol, chloral hydrate, chlorambucil, chloramphenicol,
58
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
chlordiazepoxide, chloroquine, chlorothiazide, chlorotrianisene,
chlorpheniramine,
chlorpromazine, chlorpropamide, chlorprothixene, chlorthalidone,
chlorzoxazone,
cholestyramine, cimetidine, cinoxacin,clemastine, clidinium, clindamycin,
clofibrate,
clomiphere, clonidine, clorazepate,cloxacillin, colochicine, coloestipol,
conjugated
estrogen, contraceptives, cortisone, cromolyn, cyclacillin,cyclandelate,
cyclizine,
cyclobenzaprine, cyclophosphamide, cyclothiazide, cycrimine,
cyproheptadine,danazol,
danthron, dantrolene, dapsone, dextroamphetamine, dexamethasone,
dexchlorpheniramine, dextromethorphan, diazepan, dicloxacillin, dicyclomine,
diethylstilbestrol, diflunisal, digitalis, diltiazen, dimenhydrinate,
dimethindene,
diphenhydramine,diphenidol, diphenoxylate & atrophive, diphenylopyraline,
dipyradamole, disopyramide,disulfiram, divalporex, docusate calcium, docusate
potassium,docusate sodium, doxyloamine, dronabinol ephedrine, epinephrine,
ergoloidmesylates, ergonovine, ergotamine,erythromycins, esterified estrogens,
estradiol, estrogen, estrone, estropipute, etharynic acid,ethchlorvynol,
ethinyl
estradiol,ethopropazine, ethosaximide, ethotoin, fenoprofen, ferrous fumarate,
ferrous
gluconate, ferrous sulfate, flavoxate, flecainide, fluphenazine,
fluprednisolone,
flurazepam, folic acid, furosemide, gemfibrozil, glipizide, glyburide,
glycopyrrolate, gold
compounds,griseofiwin, guaifenesin, guanabenz, guanadrel, guanethidine,
halazepam,
haloperidol, hetacillin, hexobarbital, hydralazine,hydrochlorothiazide,
hydrocortisone
(cortisol),hydroflunethiazide, hydroxychloroquine, hydroxyzine, hyoscyamine,
ibuprofen, indapamide, indomethacin, insulin, iofoquinol, iron-polysaccharide,
isoetharine, isoniazid, isopropamide isoproterenol, isotretinoin, isoxsuprine,
kaolin &
pectin, ketoconazole, lactulose, levodopa, lincomycin liothyronine, liotrix,
lithium,
loperamide, lorazepam, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium
trisilicate, maprotiline, meclizine, meclofenamate,
medroxyproyesterone,melenamic
acid, melphalan, mephenytoin,mephobarbital, meprobamate, mercaptopurine;
mesoridazine, metaproterenol, <RTI metaxalone, methamphetamine, methaqualone,
metharbital, methenamine,methicillin, methocarbamol,
methotrexate,methsuximide,
methyclothinzide, methylcellulos, methyidopa, methylergonovine,
methylphenidate,
methylprednisolone, methysergide, metoclopramide, metolazone, metoprolol,
metronidazole, minoxidil, mitotane, monamine oxidase inhibitors, nadolol,
nafcillin,
nalidixic acid, naproxen, narcotic analgesics, neomycin, neostigmine, niacin,
nicotine,
nifedipine, nitrates, nitrofurantoin, nomifensine, norethindrone,norethindrone
acetate,
norgestrel, nylidrin, nystatin, orphenadrine, oxacillin, oxazepam, oxprenolol,
oxymetazoline, oxyphenbutazone, pancrelipase, pantothenic acid, papaverine,
para-
aminosalicylic acid, paramethasone, paregoric, pemoline, penicillamine,
penicillin,
penicillin-v, pentobarbital, perphenazine, phenacetin, phenazopyridine,
pheniramine,
59
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
phenobarbital,phenolphthalein, phenprocoumon, phensuximide,phenylbutazone,
phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, phenyltoloxamine, phenytoin, pilocarpine,
pindolol, piper acetazine, piroxicam, poloxamer, polycarbophil calcium,
polythiazide,
potassium supplements, pruzepam, prazosin, prednisolone, prednisone,
primidone,
probenecid,probucol, procainamide, procarbazine,prochlorperazine,
procyclidine,
promazine, promethazine, propantheline, propranolol, pseudoephedrine,
psoralens,
syllium, pyridostigmine, pyrodoxine,pyrilamine, pyrvinium, quinestrol,
quinethazone,
uinidine, quinine, ranitidine, rauwolfia alkaloid, riboflavin, rifampin,
ritodrine, alicylates,
scopolamine, secobarbital, senna, sannosides a & b, simethicone, sodium
bicarbonate,
sodium phosphate, sodium fluoride, spironolactone, sucrulfate,sulfacytine,
sulfamethoxazole, sulfasalazine, sulfinpyrazone, sulfisoxazole, sulindac,
talbutal,
tamazepam, terbutaline, terfenadine, terphinhydrate,
teracyclines,thiabendazole,
thiamine, thioridazine, thiothixene, thyroblobulin, thyroid, thyroxine,
ticarcillin, timolol,
tocainide,tolazamide, tolbutamide,tolmetin trozodone, tretinoin,
triamcinolone,
trianterene, triazolam, trichlormethiazide, tricyclic
antidepressants,tridhexethyl,
trifluoperazine, triflupromazine, trihexyphenidyl, trimeprazine,
trimethobenzamine,
trimethoprim,tripclennamine, triprolidine,valproic acid, verapamil, vitamin A,
vitamin B-
12, vitamin C, vitamin D, vitamin E, vitamin K, xanthine, and the like.
Further examples of medicaments include, but are not limited to,
antihistamines (e. g.,
dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, chlorpheniramine and dexchlorpheniramine
maleate), analgesics (e. g., aspirin, codeine, morphine, dihydromorphone,
oxycodone,
etc.), anti-inflammatory agents (e. g., naproxyn, diclofenac, indomethacin,
ibuprofen,
acetaminophen, aspirin, sulindac), gastrointestinals. and anti-emetics (e. g.,
metoclopramide), anti-epileptics (e. g., phenytoin, meprobamate and
nitrazepam),
vasodilators (e. g., nifedipine, papaverine,diltiazem and nicardipine), anti-
tussive
agents and expectorants (e. g., codeine phosphate), anti-asthmatics (e. g.
theophylline), anti-spasmodics (e. g. atropine, scopolamine), hormones (e. g.,
insulin,
heparin), diuretics (e. g., ethacrynic acid,bendroflumethiazide), anti-
hypotensives (e.
g.,propranolol, clonidine), bronchodilators (e.g., albuterol), anti-
inflammatory steroids
(e. g., hydrocortisone, triamcinolone, prednisone), antibiotics (e. g.,
tetracycline),
antihemorrhoidals, hypnotics, psychotropics, antidiarrheals, mucolytics,
sedatives,
decongestants, laxatives, antacids, vitamins, stimulants (including apetite
suppressants
such as phenylpropanolamine). The above list is not meant to be exclusive.
Other types of medicaments include flurazepam, nimetazepam, nitrazepam,
perlapine,
estazolam, haloxazolam, sodium valproate, sodium cromoglycate, primidone,
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
alclofenac, perisoxal citrate, clidanac, indomethacin, sulpyrine, flufenamic
acid,
ketoprofen, sulindac, metiazinic acid, tolmetin sodium, fentiazac, naproxen,
fenbufen,
protizinic acid, pranoprofen, flurbiprofen, diclofenac sodium, mefenamic acid,
ibuprofen, aspirin, dextran sulfate, carindacillin sodium, and the like.
The medicament may be in the form of a physiologically active polypeptide,
which is
selected from the group consisting of insulin, somatostatin, somatostatin
derivatives,
growth hormone, prolactin, adrenocorticotrophic hormone, melanocyte
stimulating
hormone, thyrotropin releasing hormone, its salts or its derivatives, thyroid
stimulating
hormone, luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, vasopressin,
vasopressin
derivatives, oxytocin, carcitonin, parathyroid hormone, glucagon, gastrin,
secretin,
pancreozymin, cholecystokinin, angiotensin, human placentalactogen, human
chorionic
gonadotropin, enkephalin, enkephalin derivatives, endorphin, interferon (in
one or more
of the forms alpha, beta, and gamma), urokinase, kallikrein, thymopoietin,
thymosin,
motilin, dynorphin, bombesin, neurotensin, caerulein, bradykinin, substance P,
kyotorophin, nerve growth factor, polymyxin B, colistin, gramicidin,
bacitracin,
bleomycin and neocarzinostatin.
Furthermore, the bioactive agent may be a polysaccharide, such as heparin, an
antitumor agent such as lentinan, zymosan and PS-K (krestin), anaminoglycoside
such
as e. g. gentamycin, streptomycin, kanamycin, dibekacin, paromomycin,
kanendomycin, lipidomycin, tobramycin, amikacin, fradiomycin and sisomicin, a
beta-
lactam antibiotic, such as e. g. a penicillin, such as e. g. sulbenicillin,
mecillinam,
carbenicillin, piperacillin and ticarcillin, thienamycin, and cephalosporins
such
ascefotiam, cefsulodine, cefmenoxime, cefmetazole, cefazolin, cefotaxime,
cefoperazone, ceftizoxime andmoxalactam, or a nucleic acid drug such as e. g.
citicoline and similar antitumor agents, for example cytarabine and 5-FU (5-
fluorouracil).
Certain monomericsubunits of the present invention may exist in particular
geometric or
stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds,
including cis-and trans-isomers, R-and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-
isomers, (L)-
isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling
within the
scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a
substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures
thereof, are
intended to be included in this invention.
61
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
For the purposes of this application, unless expressly noted to the contrary,
a named
amino acid shall be construed to include both the D or L stereoisomers,
preferably the
L stereoisomer.
If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present
invention is
desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a
chiral
auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the
auxiliary
group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers. Alternatively, where
the
molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic
functional
group, such ascarboxyl, diastereomeric salts are formed with an appropriate
optically-
active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed
by
fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and
subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
Antibiotic agents
An antibiotic is a chemotherapeutic agent that inhibits or abolishes the
growth of micro-
organisms, such as bacteria, fungi, or protozoa. Below is a list of antibiotic
agents that
in one embodiment may be comprised in the pharmaceutical composition to be
printed
onto the surface of a matrix material.
Antibiotics are well known to those of skill in the art, and include, for
example,
penicillins, cephalosporins, tetracyclines, ampiciflin, aureothicin,
bacitracin,
chloramphenicol, cycloserine, erythromycin, gentamicin, gramacidins,
kanamycins,
neomycins, streptomycins, tobramycin, and vancomycin. Further antibiotic
agents are
listed in Table 5 below:
Amikacin, Anisomycin, Apramycin, Azithromycin, Blasticidine, Brefeldin A,
Butirosin,
Butirosin A, Chloramphenicol, Chlortetracycline hydrochloride, Clindamycin 2-
phosphate,
Clindamycin hydrochloride, Clotrimazole, Cycloheximide, Demeclocycline
hydrochloride,
Dibekacin sulfate salt, Dihydrostreptomycin sesquisulfate, Dihydrostreptomycin
solution,
Doxycycline hyclate, Duramycin, Emetine dihydrochloride hydrate, Erythromycin,
Temephos
PESTANAL , Erythromycin estolate, Erythromycin ethyl succinate, Erythromycin
stearate,
Fusidic acid sodium salt, Fusidic acid sodium salt, G 418 disulfate salt,
Gentamicin solution,
Gentamicin sulfate, Gentamicin-Glutamine solution, Helvolic acid, Hygromycin
B, Hygromycin
B solution, Josamycin, Josamycin solution, Kanamycin B sulfate salt, Kanamycin
disulfate salt,
Kanamycin monosulfate, Kanamycin solution, Kirromycin, Lincomycin
hydrochloride,
Lincomycin standard solution, Meclocycline sulfosalicylate salt, Mepartricin,
Midecamycin,
Minocycline hydrochloride, Neomycin solution, Neomycin trisulfate salt
hydrate, Neomycin B,
Netilmicin sulfate salt, Nitrofurantoin crystalline, Nourseothricin sulfate,
Oleandomycin
phosphate salt, Oleandomycin triacetate, Oxytetracycline dehydrate,
Oxytetracycline
hemicalcium salt, Oxytetracycline hydrochloride, Paromomycin sulfate salt,
Puromycin
dihydrochloride, Rapamycin, Ribostamycin sulfate salt, Rifampicin, Rifamycin
SV sodium salt,
62
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Rosamicin, Sisomicin sulfate salt, Spectinomycin dihydrochloride hydrate,
Spectinomycin
dihydrochloride pentahydrate, Spectinomycin standard solution, Spiramycin,
Spiramycin
solution (mixture of spiramycin I, II and III), Streptomycin solution,
Streptomycin sulfate salt,
Tetracycline, Tetracycline hydrochloride, Thiamphenicol, Tobramycin,
Tobramycin sulfate salt,
Tunicamycin A1, Tunicamycin C2, Tunicamycin, Tylosin solution, Tylosin
tartrate, Viomycin
sulfate salt, Virginiamycin M1, (S)-(+)-Camptothecin, 10-Deacetylbaccatin III,
5-Azacytidine, 7-
Aminoactinomycin D, 8-Quinolinol crystalline, 8-Quinolinol hemisulfate salt
crystalline, 9-
Dihydro-13-acetylbaccatin III, Aclarubicin, Aclarubicin hydrochloride,
Actinomycin D,
Actinomycin DMannitol, Actinomycin I, Actinomycin V, Aphidicolin, Bafilomycin
Al, Bleomycin
sulfate, Capreomycin sulfate, Chromomycin A3, Cinoxacin, Ciprofloxacin, cis-
Diammineplatinum(II) dichloride, Coumermycin Al, Cytochalasin B, Cytochalasin,
Dacarbazine, Daunorubicin hydrochloride, Distamycin A hydrochloride,
Doxorubicin
hydrochloride, Echinomycin, Enrofloxacin, Etoposide, Flumequine, Formycin A,
Fumagillin,
Ganciclovir, Gliotoxin, Lomefloxacin hydrochloride, Metronidazole, Mithramycin
A, Mitomycin
C, Nalidixic acid, Nalidixic acid sodium salt, Netropsin dihydrochloride
hydrate, Nitrofurantoin,
Nogalamycin, Nonactin, Novobiocin sodium salt, Ofloxacin, Oxolinic acid,
Paclitaxel,
Phenazine methosulfate, Phleomycin, Pipemidic acid, Rebeccamycin, Sinefungin,
Streptonigrin, Streptozocin, Succinylsulfathiazole, Sulfadiazine,
Sulfadimethoxine,
Sulfaguanidine, Sulfamethazine, Sulfamonomethoxine, Sulfanilamide,
Sulfaquinoxaline sodium
salt, Sulfasalazine, Sulfathiazole sodium salt, Trimethoprim, Trimethoprim
lactate salt,
Tubercidin, 5-Azacytidine, Cordycepin, Formycin A, Tubercidin, (+)-6-
Aminopenicillanic acid, 7-
Aminodesacetoxycephalosporanic acid, Amoxicillin, Ampicillin, Ampicillin
sodium salt,
Ampicillin trihydrate, Azlocillin sodium salt, Bacitracin, Bacitracin zinc
salt, Carbenicillin
disodium salt, Cefaclor, Cefamandole lithium salt, Cefamandole nafate,
Cefamandole sodium
salt, Cefmetazole sodium salt, Cefoperazone sodium salt, Cefotaxime sodium
salt, Cefsulodin
sodium salt, Cefsulodin sodium salt hydrate, Ceftriaxone sodium salt,
Cephalexin hydrate,
Cephalosporin C zinc salt, Cephalothin sodium salt, Cephapirin sodium salt,
Cephradine,
Cloxacillin sodium salt, Cloxacillin sodium salt monohydrate, D-O-
Penicillamine hydrochloride,
D-Cycloserine, Dicloxacillin sodium salt monohydrate, D-Penicillamine,
Econazole nitrate salt,
Ethambutol dihydrochloride, Lysostaphin, Moxalactam sodium salt, Nafcillin
sodium salt
monohydrate, Nikkomycin, Nikkomycin Z, Nitrofurantoin, Oxacillin sodium salt,
Penicillic acid,
Penicillin G potassium salt, Penicillin G sodium salt hydrate, Penicillin G
sodium salt,
Phenethicillin potassium salt, Phenoxymethylpenicillinic acid potassium salt,
Phosphomycin
disodium salt, Pipemidic acid, Piperacillin sodium salt, Piperacillin sodium
salt, Ristomycin
monosulfate, ristocetin A, Ristocetin B, Ristomycin monosulfate, Vancomycin
hydrochloride, 2-
Mercaptopyridine N-oxide sodium salt, 4-Bromocalcimycin A23187, Alamethicin,
Amphotericin B, Calcimycin A23187, Calcimycin A23187 hemi(calcium-magnesium)
salt,
Calcimycin A23187 hemicalcium salt, Calcimycin A23187 hemimagnesium salt,
Chlorhexidine
diacetate salt monohydrate, Chlorhexidine diacetate salt hydrate,
Chlorhexidine digluconate,
Clotrimazole, Colistin sodium methanesulfonate, Colistin sulfate salt,
Econazole nitrate salt,
Hydrocortisone 21-acetate VETRANAL , Filipin complex, Gliotoxin, Gramicidin A,
Gramicidin,
Gramicidin, mixture of gramicidins A, B, C, and D, lonomycin calcium salt,
Lasalocid A sodium
salt, Lonomycin A sodium salt, Monensin sodium salt, N-(6-Aminohexyl)-5-chloro-
l-
naphthalenesulfonamide hydrochloride, Narasin, Nigericin sodium salt, Nisin,
Nonactin,
Nystatin, Phenazine methosulfate, Pimaricin, Polymyxin B, Polymyxin B sulfate
salt, DL-
Penicillamine acetone adduct hydrochloride monohydrate, Praziquantel,
Salinomycin,
Surfactin, Valinomycin, (+)-Usnic acid, ( )-Miconazole nitrate salt, (S)-(+)-
Camptothecin, 1-
Deoxymannojirimycin hydrochloride, 1-Deoxymannojirimycin hydrochloride, 1-
Deoxynojirimycin
hydrochloride, 2-Hepty1-4-hydroxyquinoline N-oxide, Cordycepin, 1,10-
Phenanthroline
hydrochloride monohydrate, 6-Diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, 8-Quinolinol, 8-
Quinolinol hemisulfate
salt, Antimycin A, Antimycin Al, Antimycin A2, Antimycin A3, Antipain,
Ascomycin, Azaserine,
Bafilomycin Al, Bafilomycin Bl, Cerulenin, Chloroquine diphosphate salt,
Cinoxacin,
Ciprofloxacin, Mevastatin, Concanamycin A, Concanamycin C, Coumermycin Al,
L(+)-Lactic
acid, Cyclosporin A, Econazole nitrate salt, Enrofloxacin, Etoposide,
Flumequine, Formycin A,
Furazolidone, Fusaric acid, Geldanamycin, Gliotoxin, Gramicidin A, Gramicidin
C, Gramicidin,
mixture of gramicidins A, B, C, and D, Herbimycin A, lndomethacin, lrgasan
Lomefloxacin
hydrochloride, Mycophenolic acid, Myxothiazol, N-(6-Aminohexyl)-5-chloro-l-
naphthalenesulfonamide hydrochloride, Nalidixic acid, Nalidixic acid sodium
salt, Netropsin
63
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
dihydrochloride hydrate, Niclosamide, Nikkomycin, N-Methyl-l-deoxynojirimycin,
Nogalamycin,
Nonactin, Novobiocin sodium salt, Ofloxacin, Oleandomycin triacetate,
Oligomycin, Oligomycin
A, Oligomycin B, Oligomycin C, Oxolinic acid, Piericidin A, Pipemidic acid,
Radicicol,
Rapamycin, Rebeccamycin, Sinefungin, Staurosporine, Stigmatellin,
Succinylsulfathiazole,
Sulfadiazine, Sulfadimethoxine, Sulfaguanidine, Sulfamethazine,
Sulfamonomethoxine,
Sulfanilamide, Sulfaquinoxaline sodium salt, Sulfasalazine, Sulfathiazole
sodium salt,
Sulfathiazole sodium salt, Triacsin C, Trimethoprim, Trimethoprim,
Trimethoprim lactate salt,
Vineomycin Al, Tectorigenin, Paracelsin.
Table 5: Antibiotic agents
Indicators contained in the pharmaceutical composition
In one embodiment, the fluid or liquid composition to be printed onto a matrix
material
according to the present invention comprises one or more indicators. An
indicator as
used herein means a detector such as a chemical detector capable of detecting
the
presence of a condition or another chemical.
Detection of a condition by the indicator as printed onto the sponge may occur
by e.g. a
colour reaction, whereby one condition causes the composition comprising the
indicator to acquire a certain colour change and another condition causes the
composition comprising the indicator to acquire another certain colour change
or
alternatively no colour change. A colour change or the absence of a colour
change is
thus indicative of a certain condition. A colour reaction is a type of a
visual indicator.
Thus, the indicator may in one embodiment be a visual indicator, such as a
colour
indicator.
In one embodiment, the indicator is a pH indicator, capable of revealing the
pH
condition in the skin or wound contacting area of the matrix material
according to the
present invention, selected from the non-limiting group of Bicarbonate
indicator,
Gentian violet (Methyl violet), Leucomalachite green, Thymol blue, Methyl
yellow,
Bromophenol blue, Congo red, Methyl orange, Bromocresol green, Methyl red,
Methyl
red / Bromocresol green, Azolitmin, Bromocresol purple, Bromothymol blue,
Phenol
red, Neutral red, Naphtholphthalein, Cresol Red, Phenolphthalein,
Thymolphthalein,
Alizarine Yellow R, and a universal indicator. A universal indicator is a pH
indicator that
transitions through numbers 3-12 on the pH chart. A universal indicator is
typically
composed of water, methanol, propan-1-ol, phenolphthalein sodium salt, methyl
red
sodium salt, bromothymol blue monosodium salt, and thymol blue monosodium
salt.
64
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
It follows that any pH indicators may be used alone or in combination in the
composition according to the present invention.
A blood type (also called a blood group) is a classification of blood based on
the
presence or absence of inherited antigenic substances on the surface of red
blood cells
(RBCs). These antigens may be proteins, carbohydrates, glycoproteins, or
glycolipids,
depending on the blood group system, and some of these antigens are also
present on
the surface of other types of cells of various tissues. Several of these red
blood cell
surface antigens, that stem from one allele (or very closely linked genes),
collectively
form a blood group system. Blood types are inherited and represent
contributions from
both parents. A total of 30 human blood group systems are now recognized by
the
International Society of Blood Transfusion (ISBT).
The indicator may an indicator of the blood type of an individual, capable of
detecting
the blood type of the ABO-system. According to this system, a person has the
blood
type of either type A (AO or AA), B (BO or BB), AB or 0 (00). Type A has the A
antigen, and anti-B antibodies; Type B has the B antigen, and anti-A
antibodies; Type
AB has the A and B antigens, and no antibodies; Type 0 has no antigens, and
both
anti-A and anti-B antibodies.
The indicator may also be an indicator of the blood type of an individual,
capable of
detecting the blood type of the rhesus-system. According to this system, a
person has
the blood type of either rhesus negative or rhesus positive.
In one embodiment, the indicator is a blood type indicator, capable of
revealing the
blood type of an individual by contacting a wound area with the matrix
material
according to the present invention, such as an agglutination-type reaction.
Agglutination-type reactions are known from e.g. the Coombs test.
An indicator may also one that is capale of detecting any type of disease or
condition,
such as the following non-limiting examples: Allergy, Autoimmune Diseases,
Blood
Diseases, Cancer, Blood Cholesterol, Diabetes, Genetic Testing, Drug
Screening,
Environmental Toxins, Nutrition, Gastrointestinal Diseases, Heart Diseases,
Hormones,
Metabolism (sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, blood urea nitrogen
(BUN),
magnesium, creatinine, glucose and/or calcium), Infectious Diseases, Kidney
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Diseases, Liver Diseases, Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD's) and Thyroid
Disease.
The one or more bioactive agents disclosed herein above may be comprised in
the
same fluid or liquid composition contained in the same reservoir and expelled
from the
same print head comprising one or more nozzles, or the one or more bioactive
agents
may be comprised in separate fluid or liquid compositions contained in
separate
reservoirs and expelled from separate print heads each comprising one or more
nozzles or expelled from different channels of the same print head.
In one embodiment, two or more fluid or liquid compositions each comprising
one or
more bioactive agents may be imprinted at the same or different discrete
positions on
the surface of said matrix material.
Incompatible agents or bioactive agents in separate compositions
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a matrix material
comprising a
surface and a plurality of open and interconnected cells, wherein the surface
of said
matrix comprises two different pharmaceutical compositions, wherein the two
pharmaceutical compositions comprises different agents or bioactive agents
which are
incompatible, and wherein said two pharmaceutical compositions are printed
onto said
surface in discrete and non-overlapping locations.
Two or more different fluid or liquid compositions each comprising at least
one agent or
bioactive agent may thus be imprinted at different and discrete positions on
the surface
of a matrix material. This is especially relevant when said agents or
bioactive agents
are not compatible when comprised in the same fluid or liquid composition for
various
reasons, and when said incompatible agents or bioactive agents may be printed
separately but in close proximity to each other, for example in alternating
positions on
the surface of a matrix material. Printing of a fluid or liquid composition in
individual and
discrete locations with very high precision is possible only with the print
technique; it is
not possible using e.g. the spray-technique or any other conventional
technique known
at present.
Incompatibility may arise from the two agents or bioactive agents
inappropriately
interacting when in contact in the same position in either a fluid or liquid
composition or
66
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
on the surface of a matrix material. Thus, interaction between substances or
bioactive
agent may be controlled and postponed until desired with the printing
technology.
In one embodiment, interaction of two agents or bioactive agents capable of
interacting
with each other, which are printed in close proximity to each other on the
surface of a
matrix material according to the present invention, is initiated by wetting of
the matrix
material, by compression of the matrix material, by contacting or rubbing the
surface of
the matrix material against another surface or any other means.
The two or more fluid or liquid compositions may each comprise one agent or
bioactive
agent which may be an enzyme and its substrate, respectively; an enzyme, its
substrate and a catalyst, respectively; one component of a two-component glue
and
another component of said two-component glue; or thrombin and fibrinogen.
In a particular embodiment the two individual compositions each comprise one
component of a two-component glue, such as a surgical glue, which constitute
two
different fluid or liquid compositions that are printed onto separate and
discrete
positions of the surface of a matrix material.
The matrix material of the device
The device according to the present invention in a preferred embodiment
comprises a
matrix consisting of a matrix material, onto which a composition is printed on
the
surface of the matrix material.
In one embodiment, the matrix material comprises one or more polymers selected
form
the group consisting of collagen, gelatin, polyurethane, polysiloxanes
(silicone),
hydrogels, polyacrylam ides, chitosan, sodium polyacrylate, agarose,
alginates, xanthan
gum, guar gum, arabic gum, agar gum, Locust Bean gum, Carrageenan gum, Xanthan
gum, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, Ghatti gum, Furcelleran gum, chitin,
cellulose,
methylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl
methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hyaluronic acid, pectin, starch,
glycogen,
pentosans, polyoxyethylene, polyAMPS (poly(2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-
propanesulfonic
acid), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyglycolic acid, polyacetic
acid, acrylate
polymers, polyhydroxyalkyl acrylates, methacrylates, polyvinyl lactams,
polyvinyl
alcohols, polyoxyalkylenes, polyacrylamides, polyacrylic acid, polystyrene
sulfonates,
synthetic hydrocolloids such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone,
67
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
5-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3,3-dimethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-methyl-N-
viny1-2-
pyrrolidone, 3-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-methyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-
ethyl-N-
viny1-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-valerolactam, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam,
hydroxyalkyl
acrylates and methacrylates, (such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2,3-
dihydroxypropyl methacrylate), acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, tertiary amino-
methacrylimide, (e.g. trimethylamino-methacrylimide), crotonic acid, pyridine,
water
soluble amides, (such as N-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide and -methacrylamide, N-(3-
hydroxpropyl)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxyethyl) methacrylamide, N-(1,1-dimethy1-3-
oxabutyl)acrylamide N-[2-(dimethylamine)ethyl]acrylamide and -methacrylamide,
Ni3-
(dimethylamino)-2-hydroxylpropylynethacrylamide, and N-E1,1-dimethy1-2-
(hydroxymethyl)-3-oxabutyl]acrylamide); water-soluble hydrazine derivatives,
(such as
trialkylamine methacrylimide, and dimethyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)amine
methacrylimide);
mono-olefinic sulfonic acids and their salts, (such as sodium ethylene
sulfonate,
sodium styrene sulfonate, 2-acrylamideo-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid), 1-vinyl-
imidazole, 1-vinyl-indole, 2-vinyl imidazole, 4(5)-vinyl-imidazole, 2-viny1-1-
methyl-
imidazole, 5-vinyl-pyrazoline, 3-methyl-5-isopropenyl-pyrazole, 5-methylene-
hydantoin,
3-vinyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacrylyI-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacryly1-5-methy1-2-
oxazolidone, 3-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazolidone, 2- and 4-vinyl-pyridine, 5-vinyl-
2-methyl-
pyridine, 2-vinyl-pyridine-l-oxide, 3-isopropenyl-pyridine, 2- and 4-vinyl-
piperidine, 2-
and 4-vinyl-quinoline, 2,4-dimethy1-6-vinyl-s-triazine, 4-acrylyl-morpholine,
Oxidized
Regenerated Cellulose (ORC), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), Polylactic
acid
(PLA), Extracellular matrix (ECM), and mixtures thereof.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the matrix of the device
is a
sponge. In yet another preferred embodiment, the sponge is a gelatin-sponge or
a
collagen-sponge or a gelatin- or collagen-comprising sponge.
The gelatin typically originates from a porcine source, but may originate from
other
animal sources, such as from bovine or fish sources. The gelatin may also be
synthetically made, i.e. made by recombinant means.
The collagen typically originates from a bovine source, but may originate from
other
animal sources. The collagen may also be synthetically made, i.e. made by
recombinant means.
68
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
The gelatin or collagen matrix may be commercially available. Non-limiting
examples of
commercially available gelatin or collagen matrixes include Spongostan TM,
Surgifoarn ,
Surgiflo0 (all Ferrosan NS), Collastat (Kendall Co.), AviteneTM (Avicon
Inc.), Surgicel
(Johnson & Johnson) and Gelfoam (Pfizer).
In one embodiment of the present invention, the material comprising the matrix
has
some defined physical characteristics relating to the reconformation rate. The
reconformation rate of the matrix material refers to the elasticity of the
matrix material,
and is typically determined by a method based on the rate at which the sponge
regains
its original size and shape, as described in Example 1. In one embodiment of
the
invention, the matrix material has a reconformation rate of no more than 10
seconds,
such as no more than 9 seconds, for example no more than 8 seconds, such as no
more than 7 seconds, for example no more than 6 seconds, such as no more than
5
seconds, for example no more than 4 seconds, such as no more than 3 seconds,
for
example no more than 3 seconds, such as no more than 1 second.
The physical characteristics defining the matrix material may also relate to
the
Compression modulus (or Young's modulus). The modulus is a measure of the
hardness or softness of a material and is equal to stress divided by strain.
Stress is
equal to pressure. Strain or deflection is equal to the ratio of the change in
thickness to
the original thickness of the material. The lower the modulus, the softer the
material. In
short; the ratio of stress to strain in compression. To test this property,
ASTM D695 is
the standard test method in the USA, and the analogous test to measure
compressive
strength in the ISO system is ISO 604.
The modulus of the matrix material according to the present invention may be
in the
range of 0.1-50 GPa, such as 0.1-1, for example 1-2, such as 2-3, such as 3-4,
for
example 4-5, such as 5-6, for example, 6-7, such as 7-8, for example 8-9, such
as 9-
10, for example 10-20, such as 20-30, for example 30-40, such as 40-50 GPa.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the pore size of the matrix
material has a
normal distribution around 0.1-1.0 mm. The pore size may be less than 10 mm,
such
as less than 9 mm, for example less than 8 mm, such as less than 7 mm, for
example
less than 6 mm, such as less than 5 mm, for example less than 4 mm, such as
less
than 3 mm, for example less than 2.9 mm, such as less than 2.8 mm, for example
less
than 2.7 mm, such as less than 2.6 mm, for example less than 2.5 mm, such as
less
than 2.4 mm, for example less than 2.3 mm, such as less than 2.2 mm, for
example
less than 2.1 mm, such as less than 2 mm, for example less than 1.9 mm, such
as less
69
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
than 1.8 mm, for example less than 1.7 mm, such as less than 1.6 mm, for
example
less than 1.5 mm, such as less than 1.4 mm, for example less than 1.3 mm, such
as
less than 1.2 mm, for example less than 1.1 mm, such as less than 1.0 mm, for
example less than 0.9 mm, such as less than 0.8 mm, for example less than 0.7
mm,
such as less than 0.6 mm, for example less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.4
mm, for
example less than 0.3 mm, such as less than 0.2 mm, for example less than 0.1
mm,
such as less tan 0.05, for example less than 0.01 mm.
In yet an embodiment, the pore size of the matrix material is in the range of
0.01-0.1
mm, such as 0.1-0.2 mm, for example 0.2-0.3 mm, such as 0.3-0.4 mm, for
example
0.4-0.5 mm, such as 0.5-0.6 mm, for example 0.6-0.7 mm, such as 0.7-0.8 mm,
for
example 0.8-0.9 mm, such as 0.9-1 mm, for example 1-1.1 mm, such as 1.1-1.2
mm,
for example 1.2-1.3 mm, such as 1.3-1.4 mm, for example 1.4-1.5 mm, such as
1.5-1.6
mm, for example 1.6-1.7 mm, such as 1.-1.8 mm, for example 1.8-1.9 mm, such as
2-
2.1 mm, for example 2.1-2.2 mm, such as 2.2-2.3 mm, for example 2.3-2.4 mm,
such
as 2.4-2.5 mm, for example 2.5-2.6 mm, such as 2.6-2.7 mm, for example 2.7-2.8
mm,
such as 2.8-2.9 mm, for example 2.9-3 mm, such as 3-4 mm, for example 4-5 mm,
such as 5-6 mm, for example 6-7 mm, such as 7-8 mm, for example 8-9 mm, such
as
9-10 mm.
In another embodiment of the present invention, the surface of the matrix
material has
some defined properties relating to the porous or uneven surface of the matrix
material.
Porosity is a measure of the void spaces in a material, and is measured as a
fraction,
between 0-1, or as a percentage between 0-100%. The porosity of the surface
may
thus rely on the pore size of the material of the matrix.
By modifying the surface properties of the underlying matrix material
(hydrophobicity,
chemical heterogeneity, roughness), the evaporation process of the tiny
droplets can
be tuned in a definite way.
In one embodiment, the hydrophobicity of the surface of the matrix material
may be
modulated to increase evaporation. In chemistry, hydrophobicity refers to the
physical
property of a molecule (known as a hydrophobe) that is repelled from a mass of
water.
Hydrophobic molecules tend to be non-polar and thus prefer other neutral
molecules
and nonpolar solvents. Hydrophobic molecules in water often cluster together
forming
micelles. Water on hydrophobic surfaces will exhibit a high contact angle
(meaning that
the droplet will make the least possible contact area with the surface).
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In another embodiment, the roughness of the surface of the matrix material can
be
modulated to increase evaporation. This may depend on pore size.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention
comprises the bioactive agent thrombin, as described in detail below. The
composition
is printed onto the surface of the matrix. In a preferred embodiment, the
surface of the
matrix contains less than 300 IU/cm2 (international units per square
centimeter), such
as less than 290, for example less than 280, such as 270, for example less
than 260,
such as less than 250, for example less than 240, such as 230, for example
less than
220, such as less than 210, for example less than 200, such as 190, for
example less
than 180, such as less than 170, for example less than 160, such as 150, for
example
less than 140, such as less than 130, for example less than 120, such as 110,
for
example less than 100 IU/cm2, such as less than 95, for example less than 90,
such as
85, for example less than 80, such as less than 75, for example less than 70,
such as
65, for example less than 60, such as less than 55, for example less than 50,
such as
45, for example less than 40, such as less than 35, for example less than 30,
such as
25, for example less than 20, such as less than 15, for example less than 10,
such as
5, for example less than 1 IU/cm2.
In another preferred embodiment, the surface of the matrix contains between 1-
5
IU/cm2, such as 5-10, for example 10-15, such as 15-20, for example 20-25,
such as
25-30, for example 30-35, such as 35-40, for example 40-45, such as 45-50, for
example 50-55, such as 55-60, for example 60-65, such as 65-70, for example 70-
75,
such as 75-80, for example 80-85, such as 85-90, for example 90-95, such as 95-
100,
for example 100-110, such as 110-120, for example 120-130, such as 130-140,
for
example 140-150, such as 150-160, for example 160-170, such as 170-180, for
example 180-190, such as 190-200, for example 200-210, such as 210-220, for
example 220-230, such as 230-240, for example 240-250, such as 250-260, for
example 260-270, such as 270-280, for example 280-290, such as 290-300 IU/cm2.
In one embodiment of the present invention, different dimensions of the device
comprising a matrix material may be engaged. Thus, the dimensions of the
matrix
material (length, width and height) may be less than 15 cm long, less than 10
cm wide
and less than 2 cm high.
71
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Furthermore, different shapes of the device comprising a matrix material may
be
engaged. Non-limiting examples include a square form, circular form,
rectangular form,
cubic form, spherical form and pyramid-shaped forms.
Different colors of the device comprising a matrix material may be engaged.
Non-
limiting examples include red, pink, yellow, blue, green, white, black, brown,
purple,
orange, grey and turquoise.
In one embodiment, these colours may aide in identifying the device according
to the
composition that has been printed onto the surface of the matrix material of
the device.
Thus, for example a purple device may signal that thrombin is printed onto the
gelatin-
based sponge of the matrix material of said device.
Different types of the device comprising a matrix material may be engaged.
Thus, the
device may comprise a sponge, a gel, a bandage, a swab, a dressing and a
patch.
The temperature of the matrix material employed in the present invention may
be
adjusted to be within the range of 5-70 C, such as 5-10, for example 10-15,
such as
15-20, for example 20-25, such as 25-30, for example 30-40, such as 40-50, for
example 50-60, such as 60-70 C.
Sterilization of the matrix or the device
In one embodiment of the present invention, the device according to the
present
invention comprises a matrix and a pharmaceutical composition that has been
printed
onto the surface of a matrix or a device by printing, such as printing by any
suitable
state-of-the-art printing technology. The matrix or the device is preferably
sterile and
contained in a sterile, pre-packaged, ready-to-use container.
The sterilization preferably occurs after the packaging step. Sterilization
refers to any
process that effectively kills or eliminates transmissible agents (such as
fungi, bacteria,
viruses, prions and spore forms etc.) from e.g. a surface or equipment.
Sterilization can
be achieved through application of heat, chemicals, irradiation, high pressure
or
filtration. Heat sterilization include autoclaving (uses steam at high
temperatures);
radiation sterilization include X-rays, gamma rays, UV light and subatomic
particles;
chemical sterilization include using ethylene oxide gas, ozone, chlorine
bleach,
glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, ortho phthalaldehyde, hydrogen peroxide and
peracetic
acid.
72
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The composition to be printed onto the matrix of device
Besides comprising at least one agent or bioactive agent as discussed below,
the
composition subject to inkjet printing will in a preferred embodiment have
certain
characteristics, which makes it compatible for printing, such as inkjet
printing.
The composition can also be referred to as the print medium. The composition
may in
one embodiment comprise a solvent and at least one agent or bioactive agent.
The solvent or fluid component of the composition may be an aqueous medium.
The
aqueous medium may contain salts, such as sodium chloride, dissolved therein,
and
thus the aqueous medium may be saline.
In another embodiment, the solvent or fluid component of the composition is a
volatile
fluid. A volatile liquid is a liquid with a high vapor pressure or low boiling
point. In other
words, a volatile liquid may evaporate at room temperature or vaporize easily.
In one embodiment, a water content stabilizer such as sorbitol,
polysaccaharides or
polyols may be added to the composition.
Viscosity
The viscosity of a liquid may be increased by adding a substance that
increases the
viscosity of the liquid. Such substances may be long chain molecules
(polymers) that
are soluble in that liquid; and gelatin, starch, polyethlyleneoxide,
polyvinylalcohol and
polyethyleneglycols (macrogol) are examples hereof.
In another embodiment, a substance that increases the viscosity of the liquid
may be
added to the composition, selected from the non-limiting list of acacia,
alginic acid,
bentonite, carbomer, carboxymethylcellu lose calcium, carboxymethylcellu lose
sodium,
cetostearyl alcohol, colloidal silicon dioxide, guar gum, hydroxyethyl
cellulose,
hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl
methylcellulose
phtalate, magnesium aluminium silicate, methylcellulose, microcrystalline
cellulose,
polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, sodium alginate, sucrose, tragacanth, gelatin,
starch,
albumin, casein, polyethlyleneoxide, polyvinylalcohol, polyethyleneglycols
(macrogol),
glycerine (1,2,3-propanetriol) and glycol (1,2-propanediol).
73
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The viscosity of the composition to be printed onto the surface of the matrix
must be
compatible with the print technology, and therefore must have its viscosity
within a
specific range.
Viscosity is a measure of the resistance of a fluid to being deformed by
either shear
stress or extensional stress. It is commonly perceived as "thickness", or
resistance to
flow. Viscosity describes a fluid's internal resistance to flow and may be
thought of as a
measure of fluid friction. Thus, water is "thin", having a lower viscosity,
while vegetable
oil is "thick" having a higher viscosity. All real fluids (except superfluids)
have some
resistance to stress, but a fluid which has no resistance to shear stress is
known as an
ideal fluid or inviscid fluid.
The SI physical unit of dynamic viscosity is the pascal-second (Pa.$), which
is identical
to 1 kg=rn-1=s-1. If a fluid with a viscosity of one Pa.s is placed between
two plates, and
one plate is pushed sideways with a shear stress of one pascal, it moves a
distance
equal to the thickness of the layer between the plates in one second.
The cgs physical unit for dynamic viscosity is the poise (P), named after Jean
Louis
Marie Poiseuille. It is more commonly expressed, particularly in ASTM
standards, as
centipoise (cps). The centipoise is commonly used because water has a
viscosity of
1.0020 cps (at 20 C; the closeness to one is a convenient coincidence). The
relation
between poise and pascal-seconds is:
1 P = 1 g=cm-1=s-1
10 P = 1 kg=rn-1=s-1 = 1 Pa.s
1 cps = 0.001 Pa.s = 1 mPa.s
In one embodiment of the invention, the viscosity of the composition to be
deposited or
printed onto the surface of the matrix is more than 1 cps, such as more than 5
cps, for
example more than 10 cps, such as more than 20 cps, for example more than 30
cps,
such as more than 40 cps, for example more than 50 cps, such as more than 60
cps,
for example more than 70 cps, such as more than 80 cps, for example more than
90
cps, such as more than 100 cps, for example more than 150 cps, such as more
than
200 cps, for example more than 250 cps, such as more than 300 cps, for example
more than 350 cps, such as more than 400 cps, for example more than 500 cps,
such
as more than 550 cps, for example more than 600 cps, such as more than 650
cps, for
example more than 700 cps, such as more than 750 cps, for example more than
800
74
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
cps, such as more than 850 cps, for example more than 900 cps, such as more
than
950 cps, for example more than 1000 cps, such as more than 1100 cps, for
example
more than 1200 cps, such as more than 1300 cps, for example more than 1400
cps,
such as more than 1500 cps, for example more than 1600 cps, such as more than
1700 cps, for example more than 1800 cps, such as more than 1900 cps, for
example
more than 2000 cps, such as more than 2250 cps, for example more than 2500
cps,
such as more than 2750 cps, for example more than 3000 cps.
In another embodiment of the invention, the viscosity of the composition to be
deposited or printed onto the surface of the matrix is in the range 1-5 cps,
such as 5-10
cps, for example 10-15 cps, such as 15-20 cps, for example 20-30 cps, such as
30-40
cps, for example 40-50 cps, such as 50-60 cps, for example 60-70 cps, such as
70-80
cps, for example 80-90 cps, such as 90-100 cps, for example 100-150 cps, such
as
150-200 cps, for example 200-250 cps, such as 250-300 cps, for example 300-350
cps, such as 350-400 cps, for example 400-450 cps, such as 450-500 cps, for
example
500-550 cps, such as 550-600 cps, for example 600-650 cps, such as 700-750
cps, for
example 750-800 cps, such as 800-850 cps, for example 850-900 cps, such as 900-
950 cps, for example 950-1000 cps, such as 1000-1100 cps, for example 1100-
1200
cps, such as 1200-1300 cps, for example 1300-1400 cps, such as 1400-1500 cps,
for
example 1500-1600 cps, such as 1600-1700 cps, for example 1700-1800 cps, such
as
1800-1900 cps, for example 1900-2000 cps, such as 2000-2250 cps, for example
2250-2500 cps, such as 2500-2750 cps, for example 2750-3000 cps.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the viscosity of the composition
is in the
range of 0.1-20 cps; for example 0.1-1 cps, such as 1-2 cps, for example 2-3
cps, such
as 3-4 cps, for example 4-5 cps, such as 5-6 cps, for example 6-7 cps, such as
7-8
cps, for example 8-9 cps, such as 9-10 cps, for example 10-11 cps, such as 11-
12 cps,
for example 12-13 cps, such as 13-14 cps, for example 14-15 cps, such as 15-16
cps,
for example 16-17 cps, such as 17-18 cps, for example 18-19 cps, such as 19-20
cps.
Surface tension
Surface tension is an attractive property of the surface of a liquid. It is
what causes the
surface portion of liquid to be attracted to another surface, such as that of
another
portion of liquid. Applying Newtonian physics to the forces that arise due to
surface
tension accurately predicts many liquid behaviors that are so commonplace that
most
people take them for granted. Applying thermodynamics to those same forces
further
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
predicts other more subtle liquid behaviors. Surface tension has the dimension
of force
per unit length (N/m or Newton per meter), or of energy per unit area (dyn/cm2
or dyne
per square centimeter).
In physics, dyne (meaning power, force) is a unit of force specified in the
centimetre-
gram-second (CGS) system of units, a predecessor of the modern SI. One dyne is
equal to exactly 10 micronewtons. Equivalently, the dyne is defined as "the
force
required to accelerate a mass of one gram at a rate of one centimetre per
second
squared": 1 dyn = 1 g=cm/s2= 10-5 kg=m/s2= 10 IA
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the surface tension of the
composition is in
the range of 0.020 to 0.050 N/m; for example 0.020-0.022 N/m, such as 0.022-
0.024
N/m, for example 0.024-0.026 N/m, such as 0.026-0.028 N/m, for example 0.028-
0.030
N/m, such as 0.030-0.032 N/m, for example 0.032-0.034 N/m, such as 0.034-0.036
N/m, for example 0.036-0.038 N/m, such as 0.038-0.040 N/m, for example 0.040-
0.042
N/m, such as 0.042-0.044 N/m, for example 0.044-0.046 N/m, such as 0.046-0.048
N/m, for example 0.048-0.050 N/m.
pH
pH is a measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution. Aqueous solutions
at 25 C with
a pH less than seven are considered acidic, while those with a pH greater than
seven
are considered basic (alkaline). When a pH level is 7.0, it is defined as
'neutral' at 25 C
because at this pH the concentration of H30+ equals the concentration of OH-
in pure
water. The normal pH of blood is in the range of 7.35 - 7.45. pH is formally
dependent
upon the activity of hydronium ions (H30 ); pH = -log10 (aH ).
The pH of the compositions employed in the invention may be adjusted by the
addition
of organic or inorganic acids or bases. Useful compositions may have a
preferred pH of
from about 2 to 10, depending upon the type of composition being used. Typical
inorganic acids include hydrochloric, phosphoric, and sulfuric acids. Typical
organic
acids include methanesulfonic, acetic, and lactic acids. Typical inorganic
bases include
alkali metal hydroxides and carbonates. Typical organic bases include ammonia,
triethanolamine and tetramethylethlenediamine.
76
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Formulation of the bioactive agent of the composition
The composition printed onto the surface of a matrix material may be further
adapted to
comprise controlled release formulation, incorporation into microspheres
and/or
aerogels or the like.
Controlled release
Time release technology, also known as Sustained-release (SR), extended-
release
(ER, XR, or XL), time-release or timed-release, controlled-release (CR), or
continuous-
release (CR); refers to a composition formulated to dissolve slowly and
release a drug
or agent over time. The advantages of sustained-release compositions are that
they
can often be used less frequently than instant-release formulations of the
same drug or
agent, and that they keep steadier levels of the drug in the bloodstream.
Sustained-
release compositions are formulated so that the active ingredient is embedded
in a
matrix of insoluble substance so that the dissolving drug or agent has to find
its way out
through the holes in the matrix. In some CR formulations the matrix physically
swells
up to form a gel, so that the drug has first to dissolve in matrix, then exit
through the
outer surface.
In one embodiment, the composition according to the present invention is a
controlled
release composition, wherein the bioactive agent(s) of the composition is
released from
said composition in a prolonged manner. The bioactive agent may be released
from the
composition printed onto the surface of a matrix during a period of between 1
minute to
14 days; such as 1 to 5 minutes, for examples to 15 minutes, such as 15 to 30
minutes, for example 30 to 45 minutes, such as 45 to 60 minutes, for example
60 to 75
minutes, such as 75 to 90 minutes, for example 90 to 120 minutes, such as 120
to 150
minutes, for example 150 to 180 minutes, such as 180 to 210 minutes, for
example 210
to 240 minutes, such as 4 hours to 5 hours, for example 5 to 6 hours, such as
6 to 7
hours, for example 7 to 8 hours, such as 8 to 9 hours, for example 9 to 10
hours, such
as 10 to 11 hours, for example 11 to 12 hours, such as 12 to 13 hours, for
example 13
to 14 hours, such as 14 to 15 hours, for example 15 to 16 hours, such as 16 to
17
hours, for example 17 to 18 hours, such as 18 to 19 hours, for example 19 to
20 hours,
such as 20 to 21 hours, for example 21 to 22 hours, such as 22 to 23 hours,
for
example 23 to 24 hours, such as 24 to 30 hours, for example 30 to 36 hours,
such as
36 to 42 hours, for example 42 to 48 hours, such as 48 to 54 hours, for
example 54 to
60 hours, such as 60 to 66 hours, for example 66 to 72 hours, such as 3 days
to 3.5
77
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
days, for example 3.5 to 4 days, such as 4 to 4.5 days, for example 4.5 to 5
days, such
as 5 to 5.5 days, for example 5.5 to 6 days, such as 6 to 6.5 days, for
example 6.5 to 7
days, such as 7 to 8 days, for example 8 to 9 days, such as 8 to 10 days, for
example
to 11 days, such as 11 to 12 days, for example 12 to 13 days, such as 13 to 14
5 days.
The controlled release formulation may be any controlled release formulation
known to
the skilled person, such as those disclosed in WO 99/051208, WO 04/084869, WO
06/128471, WO 03/024429, WO 05/107713 and WO 03/024426 (Egalet as Applicant).
Aerogels
An aerogel is a low-density solid-state material derived from gel in which the
liquid
component of the gel has been replaced with gas. The result is an extremely
low-
density solid with several remarkable properties, most notably its
effectiveness as a
thermal insulator. Aerogels are produced by extracting the liquid component of
a gel
through supercritical drying. This allows the liquid to be slowly drawn off
without
causing the solid matrix in the gel to collapse from capillary action, as
would happen
with conventional evaporation. Aerogels may be produced from silica gels
(Silaca
aerosols), alumina (Alumina aerogels), chromia, tin oxide, agar (SEAgel),
sulfur,
chalcogens (Chalcogel), metals, cadmium selenide and carbon (Carbon aerogels).
In one embodiment, the composition according to the present invention is
capable of
forming an aerogel, wherein the bioactive agent(s) of the composition is
retained or
encapsulated in the aerogel composition on the surface of the matric material.
The one
or more encapsulated bioactive agents can in one preferred embodiment be
released
from the aerogel over time. In one embodiment the encapsulated bioactive
agents
comprises enzymes.
Microsperes
Microspheres are spherical particles composed of various natural and synthetic
materials with diameters in the micrometer range
In one embodiment, the composition comprising bioactive agent(s) according to
the
present invention is retained or encapsulated in microspheres on the surface
of the
78
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
matric material. The one or more encapsulated bioactive agents can in one
preferred
embodiment be released from the microsphere over time.
In one embodiment, the microspheres are biodegradable. Biodegradation is the
process by which organic substances are broken down by the enzymes produced by
living organisms.
Matrix comprising Thrombin
In another embodiment the present invention relates to a kit-of-parts
comprising a
matrix comprising thrombin. The matrix comprising thrombin may also comprise
further
thrombin-stabilizing agents.
The matrix comprising thrombin comprises in one embodiment one or more of the
compositions listed herein below:
- A matrix according to the present invention wherein thrombin and/or
any other
pharmaceutically active compound is printed onto said matrix
- Thrombi-Gel , Thrombi-Pad or ThrombiGel hemostatic foam (Vascular
Solutions, Inc.)
- D-Stat Dry product (D-Stat Dry, D-Stat 2 Dry) (Vascular
Solutions, Inc.)
- a gelatin foam pad and/or a gauze pad that provide a unique,
premixed, sterile,
gelatin/thrombin haemostat
- a premixed thrombin/gelatin pad
- thrombin freeze-dried into a gelatin foam
- any standard gelatin pad with thrombin
- A hemostatic paste composition comprising a hemostatic effective
amount of
thrombin in a polyethylene glycol base which is preferably prepared by
admixing an aqueous solution of thrombin and polyethylene glycol and freeze-
drying the mixture to remove substantially all of the water to yield a viscous
water soluble paste of fine particles of thrombin uniformly dispersed
throughout
the polyethylene glycol base (as described in US Patent 5595735)
- collagen paste hemostats comprising thrombin e.g. as described in US Patent
4891359
- a stable collagen sponge having thrombin therein e.g. as described
in US
Patent 4515637.
79
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
- a collagen sponge having thrombin therein e.g. as described in US
Patent
6,649,162
- FloSeal Matrix Hemostatic Sealant
- Gelfoam comprising thrombin
- Surgifoam comprising thrombin
- Surgiflo comprising thrombin
- Sponge comprising thrombin
- biologically absorbable material comprising thrombin
- Fibrinpaste based on e.g. a collagen sponge coated with fibrinogen
and/or
thrombin
- TachoSil (Nycomed)
- a collagen material (such as Avitene, Actifoam , Helistat , Instat
) comprising
thrombin
- CoStasis hemostatic device
- a cellulose material (such as Surgicel Oxycel or TabotampO) comprising
thrombin
The thrombin may be any thrombin, such as Thrombostat , Thrombin-JM1 (King
Pharmaceuticals), Recothrom (Bayer/Zymogenetics), Evithrom (OMRIX
Biopharmaceuticals/Ethicon), EvicelO or any other commercially available
thrombin.
Thrombin may also be produced from plasma using the Thrombin Activation Device
(TAD) (Thermogenesis)
Hemostasis
The present invention is directed in one aspect to regulating or controlling
or promoting
hemostasis.
Coagulation is a complex process by which blood forms solid clots. It is an
important
part of hemostasis (the cessation of blood loss from a damaged vessel) whereby
a
damaged blood vessel wall is covered by a platelet- and fibrin-containing clot
to stop
bleeding and begin repair of the damaged vessel. Disorders of coagulation can
lead to
an increased risk of bleeding and/or clotting and embolism.
Coagulation is highly conserved throughout biology; in all mammals,
coagulation
involves both a cellular (platelet) and a protein (coagulation factor)
component.
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Coagulation is initiated almost instantly after an injury to the blood vessel
damages the
endothelium (lining of the vessel). Platelets immediately form a hemostatic
plug at the
site of injury; this is called primary hemostasis. Secondary hemostasis occurs
simultaneously¨proteins in the blood plasma, called coagulation factors,
respond in a
complex cascade to form fibrin strands which strengthen the platelet plug.
Later, as
wound healing occurs, the platelet aggregate and fibrin clot are broken down.
Damage to blood vessel walls exposes collagen normally present under the
endothelium. Circulating platelets bind to the collagen with the surface
collagen-specific
glycoprotein la/I la receptor. This adhesion is strengthened further by the
large
multimeric circulating protein von Willebrand factor (vWF), which forms links
between
the platelet glycoprotein lb/IX/V and collagen fibrils.
The platelets are then activated and release the contents of their granules
into the
plasma, in turn activating other platelets. The platelets undergo a change in
their shape
which exposes a phospholipid surface for those coagulation factors that
require it.
Fibrinogen links adjacent platelets by forming links via the glycoprotein I
lb/111a. In
addition, thrombin activates platelets.
The coagulation cascade of secondary hemostasis has two pathways, the contact
activation pathway (formerly known as the intrinsic pathway) and the tissue
factor
pathway (formerly known as the extrinsic pathway) that lead to fibrin
formation. It was
previously thought that the coagulation cascade consisted of two pathways of
equal
importance joined to a common pathway. It is now known that the primary
pathway for
the initiation of blood coagulation is the tissue factor pathway. The pathways
are a
series of reactions, in which a zymogen (inactive enzyme precursor) of a
serine
protease and its glycoprotein co-factor are activated to become active
components that
then catalyze the next reaction in the cascade, ultimately resulting in cross-
linked fibrin.
Coagulation factors are generally indicated by Roman numerals, with a
lowercase a
appended to indicate an active form.
The coagulation factors are generally serine proteases (enzymes). There are
some
exceptions. For example, FVIII and FV are glycoproteins and Factor XIII is a
transglutaminase. Serine proteases act by cleaving other proteins at specific
sites. The
coagulation factors circulate as inactive zymogens.
81
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The coagulation cascade is classically divided into three pathways. The tissue
factor
and contact activation pathways both activate the "final common pathway" of
factor X,
thrombin and fibrin.
The main role of the tissue factor pathway is to generate a "thrombin burst",
a process
by which thrombin, the most important constituent of the coagulation cascade
in terms
of its feedback activation roles, is released instantaneously. FVIla
circulates in a higher
amount than any other activated coagulation factor.
Following damage to the blood vessel, endothelium Tissue Factor (TF) is
released,
forming a complex with FVII and in so doing, activating it (TF-FV11a). TF-
FVIla then
activates FIX and FX. FVII is itself activated by thrombin, FX1a, plasmin,
FXII and FXa.
The activation of FXa by TF-FVIla is almost immediately inhibited by tissue
factor
pathway inhibitor (TFPI). FXa and its co-factor FVa form the prothrombinase
complex
which activates prothrombin to thrombin. Thrombin then activates other
components of
the coagulation cascade, including FV and FVII (which activates FXI, which in
turn
activates FIX), and activates and releases FVIII from being bound to vWF.
FVIlla is the
co-factor of FIXa and together they form the tenase complex which activates FX
and so
the cycle continues.
In one embodiment of the present invention, thrombin may be a bioactive agent
comprised in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
The contact activation pathway begins with formation of the primary complex on
collagen by high-molecular weight kininogen (HMWK), prekallikrein, and FXII
(Hageman factor). Prekallikrein is converted to kallikrein and FXII becomes
FX11a.
FX1la converts FXI into FXIa. Factor Xla activates FIX, which with its co-
factor FVIlla
form the tenase complex, which activates FX to FXa. The minor role that the
contact
activation pathway has in initiating clot formation can be illustrated by the
fact that
patients with severe deficiencies of FXII, HMWK, and prekallikrein do not have
a
bleeding disorder.
The final common pathway. Thrombin has a large array of functions. Its primary
role is
the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin, the building block of a hemostatic
plug. In
addition, it activates Factors VIII and V and their inhibitor protein C (in
the presence of
thrombomodulin), and it activates Factor XIII (denoted XIlla in its activated
form), which
forms covalent bonds that crosslink the fibrin polymers that form from
activated
monomers. Following activation by the contact factor or tissue factor pathways
the
82
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
coagulation cascade is maintained in a prothrombotic state by the continued
activation
of FVIII and FIX to form the tenase complex, until it is down-regulated by the
anticoagulant pathways.
In one embodiment of the present invention, thrombin may be a bioactive agent
comprised in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. In a
further
embodiment, fibrinogen may be a bioactive agent comprised in the
pharmaceutical
composition of the present invention. In yet a further embodiment, Factor XIII
and/or
XIlla may be a bioactive agent comprised in the pharmaceutical composition of
the
present invention.
Three mechanisms keep the coagulation cascade in check. Abnormalities can lead
to
an increased tendency toward thrombosis. 1) Protein C is a major physiological
anticoagulant. It is a vitamin K-dependent serine protease enzyme that is
activated by
thrombin into activated protein C (APC). The activated form (with protein S
and
phospholipid as a cofactor) degrades Factor Va and Factor Villa. Quantitative
or
qualitative deficiency of either may lead to thrombophilia (a tendency to
develop
thrombosis). Impaired action of Protein C (activated Protein C resistance),
for example
by having the "Leiden" variant of Factor V or high levels of Factor VIII also
may lead to
a thrombotic tendency. 2) Antithrombin is a serine protease inhibitor (serpin)
that
degrades the serine proteases; thrombin and FXa, as well as Factor XI la, and
Factor
IXa. It is constantly active, but its adhesion to these factors is increased
by the
presence of heparan sulfate (a glycosaminoglycan) or the administration of
heparins
(different heparinoids increase affinity to Factor Xa, thrombin, or both).
Quantitative or
qualitative deficiency of antithrombin (inborn or acquired, e.g. in
proteinuria) leads to
thrombophilia. 3) Tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI) inhibits Factor Vila-
related
activation of Factor IX and Factor X after its original initiation.
Various substances are required for the proper functioning of the coagulation
cascade.
Calcium and phospholipid (a platelet membrane constituent) are required for
the
tenase and prothrombinase complexes to function. Calcium mediates the binding
of the
complexes via the terminal gamma-carboxy residues on Factor Xa and Factor IXa
to
the phospholipid surfaces expressed by platelets as well as procoagulant
microparticles or microvesicles shedded from them. Calcium is also required at
other
points in the coagulation cascade. Vitamin K is an essential factor to a
hepatic gamma-
glutamyl carboxylase that adds a carboxyl group to glutamic acid residues on
Factors
II, VII, IX and X, as well as Protein S, Protein C and Protein Z. Deficiency
of vitamin K
83
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
(e.g. in malabsorption), use of inhibiting anticoagulants (warfarin,
acenocoumarol and
phenprocoumon) or disease (hepatocellular carcinoma) impairs the function of
the
enzyme and leads to the formation of PIVKAs (proteins formed in vitamin K
absence)
this causes partial or non gamma carboxylation and affects the coagulation
factors
ability to bind to expressed phospholipid.
Wound healing
The present invention is directed in one aspect to regulating or controlling
or promoting
wound healing.
The outer layer of skin surrounding the body performs an important protective
function
as a barrier against infection, and serves as a means of regulating the
exchange of
heat, fluid and gas between the body and external environment.
Wounds to the skin and the underlying tissues of animals may be caused by e.g.
friction, abrasion, laceration, burning or chemical irritation. Tissue damage
may also
result from internal metabolic or physical dysfunction, including, but not
limited to, bone
protrudence, diabetes, circulatory insufficiencies, or inflammatory processes.
A wound to the skin and/or damage to the underlying tissues significantly
reduce the
protective function of the skin. Consequently, damaged skin results in an
increased risk
of infection of the underlying tissue by infectious agents such as bacteria
and vira.
Areas of damaged skin are conventionally protected by the application of a
wound or
tissue dressing which facilitates wound healing. Wound or tissue dressings
generally
provide a suitable environment for wound healing, they absorb drainage,
immobilize
the wound, promote hemostasis and protect the wound and new tissue growth from
bacterial contamination.
The healing of wounds or related forms of tissue damage generally depends on
cellular
proliferation and the formation of new connective, endothelial, and epithelial
tissue as
explained briefly herein below.
Several agents have been reported to favorably influence the cellular
processes
involved in wound healing, e.g., polypeptid growth factors, allantoin, Vitamin
A (and
84
CA 02716872 2014-02-21
derivatives), zinc, exogenous DNA, and aloe vera preparations. These compounds
operate through various poorly defined mechanisms and display varying degrees
of
effectiveness in particular applications.
When an injury occurs, cell damage comes from the precipitating event, such as
a cut,
resulting in ruptured cells and severed or crushed capillaries and other blood
vessels.
The interruption of blood flow produces anoxia, causing the death of
additional cells.
Within 15 minutes of injury the wound is filled with dead and dying cells,
extracellular
substances collagen, elastic fibers, fat and ground substances, extravasated
blood,
and possibly bacteria and viruses introduced by the injurious agent. Tissue
damage is
not restricted to the initial area of injury; it may increase over the next
several hours or
days as a result of the release of lysomal enzymes from the injured cells or
as a
consequence of swelling and infection. (See Reese et al., Role of Fibronectin
in Wound
Healing).
Coagulation, the first phase of the healing process, bridges the gap between
the injury
and the inflammatory response, the second phase of wound healing. It stops the
loss of
blood and restores some of the mechanical and physical integrity to the
damaged
tissue. The coagulation cascade is described in detail elsewhere herein.
The second phase of wound repair is the inflammatory response, which is
necessary
for subsequent phases of healing. It is initiated by the release of histamine
and
serotonin from platelets and mast cells and by kinins. Histamine and kinins
act to
increase capillary dilation, opening previously closed capillaries in the area
of injury.
The increased blood flow through the capillary beds produces two of the
characteristics
of the inflammatory response: redness and heat. Prostaglandin release within a
few
hours of injury results in the full development of the inflammatory response,
which may
last from 3 to 5 days depending on the extent of the injury. The extreme
vasodilation
produced by the factors just discussed causes a widening of the endothelial
cell
junctions lining the capillaries. Fluid and macromolecular components of blood
escape
into the tissues through the gaps, producing swelling, the third
characteristic of the
inflammatory response. If the swelling is extensive, it may interrupt blood
flow,
increasing the extent of injury as a result of anoxia. Pain, the final
characteristic of
inflammation, results from a combination of the kinins as well as the direct
effect of
lysosomal enzymes and pressure from the swelling on nerve endings.
Control of infection at the wound site is of critical importance in successful
wound
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
repair. Infections delay healing, enlarge the wound lesion, may lead to
systemic
infection, and greatly increase the likelihood of disfiguring and physically
debilitating
scars. Vasodilation of the capillary beds reduces the velocity of blood
through the
capillaries. This, along with the production of potent chemotactic factors
from the
complement fixation and the release of chemotactic agents from the damaged
tissue,
cause the accumulation of polymorphonuclear leukocytes ("PMN's") along the
walls of
the capillaries which are the host's major cellular defense against infection.
The PMN's
subsequently pass through the endothelial junctions of the capillary wall into
the site of
the injury. If bacteria are present in the wound, they may release soluble
chemotactic
factors and/or activate complement with the subsequent generation of
chemotactic
fragments. PMN's at the site of an infection or injury release substance that
affect the
PMNs' mobility, keeping them at the site. Fibronectin facilitates the
attachment of the
bacterium to the membrane of the phagocyte.
Dead cells, cellular debris, and extracellular proteins must then be removed
or
readsorbed to allow revascularization and repair to continue. Macrophages are
primarily responsible for the clearance of wound debris. Wound macrophages,
like
wound PMN's, are actively phagocytic. They migrate into the wound using the
fibers of
the fibrin clot as a scaffold to move within the clot, attaching to the fibers
through
fibronectin. The macrophages encounter, engulf, and destroy the dead cells
trapped in
the clot matrix, as well as the damaged cells from the wound margin. The
fibrin clot
itself is resolved primarily by the activation of the plasminogen that was
incorporated
into the fibers during their formation. Some of the fibrin fragments are
engulfed by
macrophages in the area. Since most of the clot fragments are released away
from the
area of the most intense macrophage activity, many of the fragments are
removed by
lymphatic drainage and thus enter the circulation. These soluble complexes are
removed by the sessile cells of the RES, primarily those of the spleen and
liver. Also,
PMN's trapped in the clot die as a result of anoxia, releasing their lysosomal
contents.
These enzymes attack the surrounding clot and dissolve it. Although the
release of
lysosomal enzymes by PMN's may be considered beneficial to the host in most
cases,
they may also increase tissue destruction and delay healing. If the PMN's
accumulate
rapidly within the wound and remain there (as in an infection), their
lysosomal enzymes
dissolve significant portions of the clot, removing the framework used by the
macrophages and fibroblasts to move into the wound and re-colonize it. These
areas of
destruction must eventually be drained or slowly removed by the macrophages.
The
dissolved portion of the clot is then replaced as part of the chronic
inflammatory
response.
86
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Repair, or fibroplasia, of the damaged tissue occurs during some of the above
stages.
Within 12 to 24 hours of injury, fibroblasts, including those at some distance
from the
wound margins, begin to move toward the area of injury and to proliferate.
This
response is apparently due to factors released by the injured tissue and
platelets and
possibly to factors released by the kinin, complement or coagulation cascades.
The
proliferating fibroblasts derive part of their nutrients from the components
of tissue
debris and cells released by macrophages. The fibroblast phase may last 2 to 4
weeks
in a skin wound, whereas it may persist several months in an injury to the
stomach or
intestines. Fibroblasts, as the macrophages did, use the fibers of the fibrin
clot as a
scaffold to move into and within the damages area. The Fibroblasts synthesize
and
secrete sufficient quantities of fibronectin to promote their own attachment
to
fibronectin deficient substrates.
Angiogenesis, or revascularization, begins with the growth of capillary beds
into the
area directly behind the fibroblasts. In the early phases of wound repair, the
capillaries
are much more numerous than in normal tissue, which probably reflects the high
oxygen and nutrient requirements of the rapidly regenerating tissue. The
capillaries are
very leaky, which facilitates the movement of cells and macromolecules into
the wound
site. Eventually, the capillaries originating from one side of the wound grow
into contact
with capillaries originating from the other sides and fuse, reestablishing
complete
circulation within the wound.
By the end of the fifth day after the injury, fibroblasts begin laying down
large quantities
of collagen. The collagen molecule is synthesized on the membrane of the
endoplastic
reticulum. It then undergoes extensive postranslational modification,
hydroxylation,
glycosylation, and further steps to form the procollagen molecule. The
procollagen
molecule is then secreted and is further modified to tropocollagen by specific
serum
peptidases. These activated tropocollagen molecules quickly polymerize to form
increasingly large collagen fibers. Thereafter, crosslinking among the
collagen fibers
occurs. The collagen network in effect replaces the fibrin clot as the major
structural
element of the wound. This becomes particularly important during the
remodeling
phase of wound healing.
Reepithelialization begins to occur within a few hours of injury as the
attachment of the
epithelial cells to the dermis loosened near the margin of the wound, and the
cells
begin to migrate over the defect, always maintaining contact with the
mesenchymal
87
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
tissue. By 48 hours after the injury, the cells are also beginning to
proliferate to replace
the lost cells. The epithelial cells continue to divide after the bridge is
complete to form
a thicker epithelium. Wound contracture aids reepithelialization insofar as it
reduces the
size of the defect to be reepithelialized by as much as 50%. Contracture is
believed to
occur as a result of the cellular element of the granulation tissue in the
wound--the
fibroblasts and myofibroblasts.
Remodeling is the last step of wound healing. Scar tissue continues to gain
tensile
strength for several months after collagen content stabilizes. This gain in
strength
comes from the rearrangement of the collagen in the wound and perhaps from
increased crosslinking of the collagen. Collagen accumulation is the sum of
synthesis
and destruction, and both occur simultaneously during the wound healing
process.
After about 14 days, a balance between collagen synthesis and degradation is
reached. The collagenase involved in the remodeling comes from epithelial
cells, from
fibroblasts encountering new epithelium, and from macrophages that contain
collagenase in their lysosomes.
Typical wound healing takes anywhere from 5 to 21 days. This time period is of
course
longer for the immune compromised patient because such patients are frequently
unable to sufficiently stabilize the wound and ward off infection which
prevents the
proper adherence of fibrin, fibronectin or collagen at an acceptable rate at
the locus of
the wound. For example, those with vasculitis or other rheumatic or diabetic
diseases
frequently experience wound healing times far in excess of several weeks.
Diabetics
frequently develop lesions that take weeks to heal.
Others, such as those with artificial limbs, have continuous injuries at the
point of
contact between the limb and the point of attachment to the body. Burns also
present
healing problems insofar as the burned tissue is incapable of timely
production of fibrin.
Accordingly, there is a great need to shorten the duration of time necessary
for wound
or burn healing to occur.
Wound or tissue dressings
When referring to a wound or tissue dressing, it is understood that said wound
or tissue
dressings may be imprinted with the fluid or liquid composition according to
the present
invention primarily in the wound or tissue contacting area of said wound or
tissue
dressing.
88
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Types of wound and tissue dressings
"Wound" refers broadly to injuries to the skin and underlying (subcutaneous)
tissue
initiated in different ways (e.g., pressure sores from extended bed rest and
wounds
induced by trauma) and with varying characteristics. Wounds may be classified
into
one of four grades depending on the depth of the wound: i) Grade I: wounds
limited to
the epithelium; ii) Grade II: wounds extending into the dermis; iii) Grade
III: wounds
extending into the subcutaneous tissue; and iv) Grade IV (or full-thickness
wounds):
wounds wherein bones are exposed (e.g., a bony pressure point such as the
greater
trochanter or the sacrum). The present invention relates to treatment of any
type of
wound mentioned above using one or more types of wound and/or tissue dressings
as
described below.
Several types of wound or tissue dressings exist. Most wound or tissue
dressings are
designed to maintain a moist wound bed. The most commonly used wound or tissue
dressing are briefly introduced below. The present invention relates one or
more types
of wound and/or tissue dressings included the ones mentioned below printed
with one
or more pharmaceutical compositions.
Synthetic wound dressings originally consisted of two types; gauze-based
dressings
and paste bandages such as zinc paste bandages. In the mid-1980s the first
modern
wound dressings were introduced which delivered important characteristics of
an ideal
wound dressing: moisture keeping and absorbing (e.g. polyurethane foams,
hydrocolloids) and moisture keeping and antibacterial (e.g. iodine-containing
gels).
During the mid 1990s, synthetic wound dressings expanded into e.g. the
following
groups of products: 1) vapor-permeable adhesive films, 2) hydrogels, 3)
hydrocolloids,
4) alginates, 5) synthetic foam dressings, 6) silicone meshes, 7) tissue
adhesives, 8)
barrier films and 9) silver- or collagen-containing dressings.
Synthetic wound dressings can be broadly categorized into the following types
as
indicated in the table below.
89
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Type Properties
Passive products Traditional dressings that provide cover over the
wound,
e.g. gauze and tulle dressings
Interactive products Polymeric films and forms which are mostly transparent,
permeable to water vapour and oxygen, non-permeable
to bacteria, e.g. hyaluronic acid, hydrogels, foam
dressings
Bioactive products Dressings which deliver substances active in wound
healing, e.g. hydrocolloids, alginates, collagens, chitosan
Alginate dressings are highly absorbent, biodegradable dressings derived from
seaweed. They are used for wounds with moderate to large amounts of exudate,
and
for wounds requiring packing. These dressings work by combining with the wound
exudate to form a hydrophilic gel that creates a moist healing environment.
Hydrocolloid dressings are among the oldest and most frequently used wound or
tissue
dressings. They are indicated for partial thickness wounds, Stage III,
granulating Stage
IV pressure ulcers, and can be used in the treatment of venous stasis ulcers.
Hydrocolloid dressings are either occlusive (i.e. they do not allow air to
escape through
the dressing), or semi-occlusive (i.e. they do allow some air to escape
through the
dressing) and they are designed to seal the wound bed to retain and interact
with
exudate to promote healing. While absorbing exudate, the hydrocolloid dressing
forms
a gel.
Hydrogel dressings are either sheets of cross-linked polymers or hydrogel
impregnated
gauze, or non-wowen sponge, used to cover a wound. The hydrogel dressing can
be in
the form of a hydrogel sheet dressing or in the form of an amorphous hydrogel
dressing. Hydrogel sheet dressings are indicated for partial and full
thickness wounds,
wounds with necrosis or slough, and burns. An amorphous hydrogel dressing is a
soft,
formless gel comprised of either polymers or copolymers and up to 95 percent
water,
whereas a hydrogel sheet dressing is a firm sheet. Amorphous hydrogels carry
the
same indications as hydrogel sheets and they can also be used to lightly pack
full-
thickness wounds.
Foam dressings are semipermeable sheets of a polymer, such as polyurethane,
that
provide a specific, controlled moisture and temperature environment for wound
healing.
They are indicated for full-thickness wounds with moderate to heavy exudate.
Foam
dressings are non-adherent and can repel contaminants.
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Transparent film dressings are made of e.g. polyurethane, polyamide or
gelatin.
Although they are waterproof, transparent film dressings are somewhat porous
allowing
for oxygen and moisture to cross through their barriers. They are non-
absorptive so
they must be changed often for wounds with exudate. They are generally
effective on
dry wounds with necrotic tissue in need of autolytic debridement. Transparent
film
dressings are also used as a secondary material to secure e.g. non-adhesive
gauzes
and other types of dry dressings.
Composite dressings combine physically distinct components into a single
dressing,
and provide bacterial protection, absorption, and adhesion.
Gauze dressings are available in a number of forms including sponges, pads,
ropes,
strips, and rolls, gauze can also be impregnated with petroleum,
antimicrobials, and
saline. With removal of a dried dressing, there is a risk of wound damage to
the healing
skin surrounding the wound.
The following table describes some of the many different types of wound
dressings and
their main properties:
Type Properties
Gauze Dressings can stick to the wound surface and disrupt
the
wound bed when removed.Only use on minor wounds or as
secondary dressings
Tulle Dressing does not stick to wound surface. Suitable
for flat,
shallow wound. Useful in patient with sensitive skin. E.g.
Jelonet , Paranet
Semipermeable film Sterile sheet of polyurethane coated with acrylic
adhesive.
Transparent allowing wound checks. Suitable for shallow
wound with low exudate. E.g. OpSite , Tegaderm
Hydrocolloids Composed of carboxymethylcellu lose, gelatin, pectin,
elastomers and adhesives that turn into a gel when exudate is
absorbed. This creates a warm, moist environment that
promotes debridement and healing. Depending on the
hydrocolloid dressing chosen can be used in wounds with light
to heavy exudate, sloughing or granulating wounds. Available
in many forms (adhesive or non-adhesive pad, paste, powder)
but most commonly as self-adhesive pads. E.g. DuoDERM ,
Tegasorb
Hydrogels Composed mainly of water in a complex network or
fibres that
keep the polymer gel intact. Water is released to keep the
wound moist. Used for necrotic or sloughy wound beds to
rehydrate and remove dead tissue. Do not use for moderate to
91
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
heavily exudating wounds. E.g. Tegagel , lntrasite
Alginates Composed of calcium alginate (a seaweed component).
When
in contact with wound, calcium in the dressing is exchanged
with sodium from wound fluid and this turns dressing into a gel
that maintains a moist wound environment. Good for exudating
wounds and helps in debridement of sloughing wounds. Do not
use on low exudating wounds as this will cause dryness and
scabbing. Dressing should be changed daily. E.g. Kaltostat ,
Sorbsan
Polyurethane or Designed to absorb large amounts of exudates.
Maintain a
silicone foams moist wound environment but are not as useful as
alginates or
hydrocolloids for debridement. Do not use on low exudating
wounds as this will cause dryness and scabbing. E.g.
Allevyn , Lyofoam
Hydrofibre Soft non-woven pad or ribbon dressing made from
sodium
carboxymethylcellulose fibres. Interact with wound drainage to
form a soft gel. Absorb exudate and provide a moist
environment in a deep wound that needs packing.
Collagens Dressings come in pads, gels or particles. Promote
the deposit
of newly formed collagen in the wound bed. Absorb exudate
and provide a moist environment
No single dressing is suitable for all types of wounds. Often a number of
different types
of dressings will be used during the healing process of a single wound. The
present
invention relates in one embodiment to dressings with one or more of the
following
functions: 1) Maintain a moist environment at the wound/dressing interface; 2)
Absorb
excess exudate without leakage to the surface of the dressing; 3) Provide
thermal
insulation and mechanical protection; 4) Provide bacterial protection; 5)
Allow gaseous
and fluid exchange; 6) Absorb wound odor; 7) Be non-adherent to the wound and
easily removed without trauma; 8) Provide some debridement action (remove dead
tissue and/or foreign particles); 9) Be non-toxic, non-allergenic and non-
sensitizing (to
both patient and medical staff); 10) Sterile.
Wound or tissue dressings comprising an absorbent compound
In another aspect there is provided a wound or tissue dressing comprising an
absorbent compound for absorbing wound exudate, wherein said wound or tissue
dressing has been printed with one or more pharmaceutical compositions. None
limiting examples of absorbent compound is given below.
The absorbent compound in one embodiment comprises or consists of a hydrogel
forming material. The hydrogel forming material can form an amorphous
hydrogel, but
the hydrogel forming material can also be in the form of e.g. a sheet ¨ in
which case
the dressing will be a hydrogel sheet dressing.
92
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In other embodiments, the absorbent compound of the wound or tissue dressing
comprises or consists of a hydrocolloid forming material.
The absorbent compound can comprises or consist of a porous polymer suitable
for
entry of wound extrudate therein, i.e. the capillary force allows wound
extrudate to
enter into the porous polymer. The porous polymer is often hydrophilic or
sufficiently
hydrophilic to allow transport of wound extrudate.
In a still further embodiment the absorbent compound comprises or consists of
a foam
forming material.
It is important that the absorbent compound is in fluid contact with the wound
e.g.
through a gel or a matrix, such as a scaffold, or, alternatively, that the
absorbent
compound can contact the wound directly.
The bioabsorbable and/or porous material of the absorbent compound can be
adapted
for serving as scaffold for new cells to attach and proliferate. Such a
"connective"
absorbent compound can remain in place on the wound bed throughout the healing
process, and later be absorbed and replaced by new tissue. During the wound
healing
process, the connective absorbent compound will transmit wound exudate from
the
wound bed to the bioabsorbable and/or porous material of the absorbent
compound.
The absorbent compound can be a material that is absorbent to liquid while at
the
same time serves as a barrier for cell adhesion and penetration by growing
cells and
larger proteins in wound exudate. Such an absorbent compound can be referred
to as
an "absorbent barrier material". An absorbent barrier material can e.g.
prevent bacteria
present in the bioabsorbable and/or porous material of the absorbent compound
from
entering the wound itself. However, bioactive agents produced said bacteria
and
having wound healing promoting abilities are allowed to enter the wound area.
Besides absorbing wound exudate and inhibiting the loss of beneficial growth
factors
from the scaffold material, the absorbent compound can also act as a reservoir
for
liquids to hydrate the wound. The features of non-adhesion and resistance to
penetration by cells provide the important advantage that the absorbent
barrier material
93
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
- and any subsequent connective compound - is easily removed and/or replaced
as
needed without causing trauma to growing cells or tissue.
If desirable, the absorbent compound can be in contact with a further
compound, such
as a breathable film that can serve as a barrier to the entry of contaminants
into the
wound bed. One example of such a barrier is a topfilm.
The absorbent compound can be any of the materials used in wound care.
Materials
that can be used as an absorbent compound include fabrics, foams or fibers of
e.g.
polyester, polypropylenes, polyethylenes and the which are optionally bonded
to
polyester film (such as Kendall's Novenette). Other suitable materials
include, but are
not limited to, natural and synthetic polymeric absorbents, hydrocolloids,
superabsorbents, and cellulosic absorbents. Cellulosic materials include
cotton, rayon,
wood and cellulose.
The superabsorbent compound may be in any suitable form. Typical
superabsorbents
include starch grafted copolymers of acrylate salts, starch grafted copolymers
of
acrylamide salts, polyacrylate salts and the like, including mixtures thereof.
Superabsorbent compounds and composites are easily prepared or commercially
available. Once such product is the composite air laid superabsorbent pad (dry
forming
process and the superabsorbent fiber flock SAFF) sold by Hanfspinnern Steen &
Company. The superabsorbent may also be a delayed released web superabsorbent.
Superabsorbent webs that may be used in the present invention to serve as, or
to be
incorporated into, the absorbent compound can also include carded or random
webs
made from, for example, cotton, rayon, polyethylene, polyester, or wool.
Another
suitable web is a spun-laced web made from polyester, polypropylene, or
polyethylene.
The superabsorbent webs may also be in the form of tissues either single ply
or
multiple ply and either creped or uncreped. De!net, a product of Applied
Extrusion
Technologies which consists of a range of materials manufactured from
polyethylene or
polypropylene using extrusion embossing and orientation processes may also be
used
as a web for preparing a superabsorbent web.
Superabsorbent webs can be formed by any convenient means, e.g., by slightly
94
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
moistening or misting a web. After misting, a powdered superabsorbent may be
applied
followed by running the web through a dry oven or heating the roll. The powder
adjacent to the moistened web will become tacky and adhere to the adjacent
material
(fibre, surface), and the loose powder would then be vacuumed off.
Alternatively, superabsorbent powder can be sandwiched between non-woven
webs/paper and subjected to moist steam which would make the superabsorbent
tacky
so that it would then stick to adjacent surfaces. The sandwiched
superabsorbent and
web would then be dried, creating a two-ply web with superabsorbent between
them.
The superabsorbent connective compound can also be heat bonded to the other
connective compounds.
The wound or tissue dressing according to the present invention can contain
from
about 5% to about 50% by weight of water, such as from about 5% to about 40%
by
weight of water, for example from about 5% to about 30% by weight of water,
such as
from about 5% to about 25% by weight of water, for example from about 5% to
about
20% by weight of water, such as from about 5% to about 15% by weight of water,
for
example from about 5% to about 10% by weight of water, such as from about 10%
to
about 40% by weight of water, for example from about 10% to about 30% by
weight of
water, such as from about 10% to about 25% by weight of water, for example
from
about 10% to about 20% by weight of water, such as from about 10% to about 15%
by
weight of water, such as from about 15% to about 40% by weight of water, for
example
from about 15% to about 30% by weight of water, such as from about 15% to
about
25% by weight of water, for example from about 15% to about 20% by weight of
water.
Absorbent compound comprising an adhesive surface
In a further embodiment the present invention relates one or more wound or
tissue
dressings comprising one or more absorbent compound(s) for absorbing wound
exudate, wherein said wound or tissue dressing has been printed with one or
more
pharmaceutical compositions and wherein said absorbent compound comprises an
adhesive surface. Non-limiting examples of an adhesive surface are given
below.
The absorbent compound can comprise at least one adhesive surface suitable for
contacting a wound or the absorbent compound can be attached to at least one
adhesive surface suitable for contacting a wound. When the absorbent compound
is
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
attached to at least one adhesive surface suitable for contacting a wound the
absorbent compound and the adhesive surface are most often manufactured
separately and only brought together during the manufacturing of the wound or
tissue
dressing according to the present invention. The adhesive surface can simply
be
positioned on or spread out over the corresponding surface of the absorbent
compound, such as the absorbent compound surface which is going to be aligned
with
the surface of a wound.
The at least one adhesive surface can be separated from the absorbent compound
by
a permeable or semi-permeable barrier allowing wound extrudate to be diverted
from
the wound to the absorbent compound. Alternatively, the at least one adhesive
surface
can itself comprise a barrier acting as a permeable or semi-permeable barrier
that
allows wound extrudate to be diverted from the wound to the absorbent
compound.
The absorbent compound can also be attached to a topfilm at least partly
sealing the
absorbent compound from the external environment. Alternatively, the absorbent
compound itself comprises a functionality acting as a topfilm at least partly
sealing the
absorbent compound from the external environment.
The topfilm is often porous and the topfilm can comprise an oxygen- and vapor-
permeable layer permitting transpiration of liquid from the absorbent
compound.
Gelatin and collagen absorbent compounds
In some embodiments the wound or tissue dressing according to the present
invention
comprises an absorbent compound comprising or consisting of gelatin and/or
collagen,
including a combination of gelatin and collagen.
When the absorbent compound comprises or consists of gelatin the gelatin can
be
cross-linked and form a matrix, such as a matrix in the form of a hydrogel.
Alternatively, the wound or tissue dressing can comprise or consist of gelatin
which is
not crosslinked. The gelatin can be in granulated or particulated form and
most often
such dressings employ hydrocolloids.
96
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
When the absorbent compound comprises or consists of collagen the collagen can
be
cross-linked and form a matrix, such as a matrix in the form of a hydrogel.
Alternatively, the wound or tissue dressing can comprise or consist of
collagen which is
not crosslinked. The collagen can be in granulated or particulated form and
most often
such dressings employ hydrocolloids.
Hyaluronic acid can be present in the dressing in a haemostasis promoting
amount in
combination with any or both of gelatin and collagen.
Alginate absorbent compounds
In one embodiment the absorbent compound comprises an optionally cross-linked
alginate compound, such as an alginate ester, for example an alginate ester
comprising propylene glycol alginate.
The degree of esterification of the alginate ester is typically from 35% to
95% and the
absorbent compound can contain from 10% to 25% by weight of the alginate
ester.
Wound or tissue dressings comprising hydrocolloids
The wound or tissue dressing can comprise a hydrocolloid, but in some
embodiments
the hydrocolloid can be omitted. In embodiments wherein a hydrocolloid is
used, the
hydrocolloid comprises about 20 to about 60 weight percent of the wound or
tissue
dressing, based on total weight.
The hydrocolloid can comprise e.g. from about 25 to about 55 weight percent of
the
composition, such as from about 30 to about 50 weight percent of the
composition. In
one embodiment, the hydrocolloid comprises about 40 weight percent of the
composition.
The hydrocolloid used in the present invention can be synthetically prepared
or
naturally occurring. Varieties of hydrocolloids within the scope of the
present invention
include synthetic polymers prepared from single or multiple monomers,
naturally
occurring hydrophilic polymers, or chemically modified naturally occurring
hydrophilic
polymers. It is preferred that the hydrocolloid is dermatologically acceptable
and non-
reactive with the skin of the patient or other components of the composition.
Preferred
97
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
examples are hydrocolloids comprising gelatin and/or collagen.
Further specific examples include hydrocolloids comprising e.g.
polyhydroxyalkyl
acrylates and methacrylates, polyvinyl lactams, polyvinyl alcohols,
polyoxyalkylenes,
polyacrylamides, polyacrylic acid, polystyrene sulfonates, natural or
synthetically
modified polysaccharides, alginates, gums, and cellulosics and modified
celluloses.
Representative polysaccharides include e.g. starch, glycogen, hemicelluloses,
pentosans, celluloses, pectin, chitosan, and chitin.
Representative gums include e.g. Arabic, Locust Bean, Guar, Agar, Carrageenan,
Xanthan, Karaya, tragacanth, Ghatti, and Furcelleran gums.
Representative modified celluloses include methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl
methyl
cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxypropyl cellulose.
Hydrocolloids which are water soluble or swellable hydrocolloids can be
selected e.g.
from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohols, powdered pectin, methyl
cellulose,
hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl
cellulose and
mixtures thereof.
Further examples of suitable hydrocolloids include synthetic polymers that may
be
either linear or crosslinked. Non-limiting examples of synthetic hydrocolloids
include
e.g. polymers prepared from N-vinyl lactams, e.g. N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-
methyl-N-
vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3,3-dimethyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone, 3-
methyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-methyl-N-vinyl-
2-
pyrrolidone, 4-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-valerolactam, and N-
vinyl-2-
caprolactam.
Other monomers useful to prepare a synthetic hydrocolloid include hydroxyalkyl
acrylates and methacrylates, (such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2,3-
dihydroxypropyl methacrylate), acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and a tertiary
amino-
methacrylimide, (e.g. trimethylamino-methacrylimide), crotonic acid, and
pyridine.
Additional monomers useful to prepare a synthetic hydrocolloid include water
soluble
98
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
amides, (such as N-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide and -methacrylamide, N-(3-
hydroxpropyl)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxyethyl) methacrylamide, N-(1,1-dimethy1-3-
oxabutypacrylamide N-[2-(dimethylamine)ethyl]acrylamide and -methacrylamide,
Ni3-
(dimethylamino)-2-hydroxylpropylynethacrylamide, and N-E1,1-dimethy1-2-
(hydroxymethyl)-3-oxabutyl]acrylamide); water-soluble hydrazine derivatives,
(such as
trialkylamine methacrylimide, and dimethyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)amine
methacrylimide);
mono-olefinic sulfonic acids and their salts, (such as sodium ethylene
sulfonate,
sodium styrene sulfonate and 2-acrylamideo-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid); and
the
following monomers containing nitrogen in the non-cyclic or cyclic backbone of
the
monomer: 1-vinyl-imidazole, 1-vinyl-indole, 2-vinyl imidazole, 4(5)-vinyl-
imidazole, 2-
vinyl-l-methyl-imidazole, 5-vinyl-pyrazoline, 3-methyl-5-isopropenyl-pyrazole,
5-
methylene-hydantoin, 3-vinyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacrylyI-2-oxazolidone, 3-
methacryly1-5-methyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazolidone, 2- and 4-
vinyl-
pyridine, 5-vinyl-2-methyl-pyridine, 2-vinyl-pyridine-l-oxide, 3-isopropenyl-
pyridine, 2-
and 4-vinyl-piperidine, 2-and 4-vinyl-quinoline, 2,4-dimethy1-6-vinyl-s-
triazine, and 4-
acrylyl-morpholine.
Hydro gels
Cross-linking of the linear polymer chains of the hydrocolloid may be desired
to
improve cohesive properties of the gel dispersed in the pressure sensitive
adhesive
matrix. When such crosslinking is desired for polymers made from vinyl
monomers
discussed above, a multi-ethylenically unsaturated compound with the ethylenic
groups
being vinyl, allyl, or methallyl groups bonded to nitrogen, oxygen or carbon
atoms can
be used.
Non-limiting examples of cross-linking agents for vinyl containing polymers
include
divinyl, diallyl, or dimethallyl esters (e.g. ethylene glycol dimethacrylate,
divinyl
succinate, divinyl adipate, divinyl maleate, divinyl oxalate, divinyl
malonate, divinyl
glutarate, diallyl itaconate, diallyl maleate, diallyl fumarate, diallyl
diglycolate, diallyl
oxalate, diallyl adipate, diallyl succinate, diallyl azelate, diallyl
malonate, diallyl
glutarate, dimethallyl maleate, dimethallyl oxalate, dimethallyl malonate,
dimethallyl
succinate, dimethallyl glutarate, and dimethallyl adipate); divinyl, diallyl
or dimethallyl
ethers (e.g. diethyleneglycol divinyl ether, butane diol divinyl ether,
ethylene glycol
divinyl ether, ethylene glycol diallyl ether, diethylene glycol diallyl ether,
butane diol
diallyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethallyl ether, diethylene glycol
dimethallyl ether, and
99
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
butane diol dimethallyl ether); divinyl, diallyl or dimethallyl amides
including bis(N-vinyl
lactams), (e.g., 3,3'-ethylene bis(N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone) and methylene-bis-
acrylamide);
and divinyl, diallyl and dimethallyl ureas.
Preferred cross-linking agents include ethylene glycol dimethacrylate,
methylene-bis-
acrylamide, diallyl maleate, and 3,3'-ethylidene bis (N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone).
For n-vinyl
lactams, the preferred crosslinking agents are diallyl maleate and 3,3'-
ethylidene bis
(N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone). For acrylates and methacrylates, the preferred
crosslinking
agents are ethylene glycol dimethacrylate and methylene-bis-acrylamide.
Wound or tissue dressings comprising humectants
The dressing can also contain a humectant to reduce the partial vapor pressure
of the
water in the wound or tissue dressing or to reduce the rate at which the wound
or
tissue dressing dries out. Suitable humectants are miscible with water to a
large extent
and are generally suitable for application to the skin.
The humectant can be e.g. glycerol and propylene glycol and the absorbent
compound
typically contains from about 10% to about 90% by weight of the humectant.
Polyols are especially suitable for the purpose and suitable polyols may
include
monopropylene glycol or glycerin (glycerol). The polyol may be present in
proportions
of 20 to 50% (by weight) of the total formulation; alternatively the range is
30 to 40%.
This relatively high proportion of polyol also ensures that if the paste
should dry out to
any degree, the resulting paste remains soft and flexible because the glycerin
may act
as a plasticiser for the polymer. When the paste is applied on a bandage, for
example,
it may therefore still be removed easily from the skin when the paste has lost
water
without the need to cut the bandage off. The polyol also has the advantage of
functioning to prevent the proliferation of bacteria in the paste when it is
in contact with
the skin or wound, particularly infected wounds.
Method for manufacturing wound or tissue dressings according to the invention
The present method is also directed to a method for manufacturing the wound or
tissue
dressing according to the invention, said method comprising the steps of
providing one
or more pharmaceutical compositions, and printing said one or more
pharmaceutical
100
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
compositions onto the wound or tissue dressing and/or with the absorbent
compound
of the wound or tissue dressing, thereby obtaining the wound or tissue
dressing
according to the invention.
The method can comprise the further step of providing the absorbent compound
with at
least one adhesive surface suitable for contacting a wound, or the further
step of
attaching at least one adhesive surface suitable for contacting a wound to the
absorbent compound.
In another further step there is provided a permeable or semi-permeable
barrier for
separating the at least one adhesive surface from the absorbent compound by
introducing said permeable or semi-permeable barrier between the absorbent
compound and the at least one adhesive surface, wherein said permeable or semi-
permeable barrier allows wound extrudate to be diverted from the wound to the
absorbent compound.
In a yet further step the method comprises providing a permeable or semi-
permeable
barrier capable of partly separating - during use - the at least one adhesive
surface
from the wound by introducing said permeable or semi-permeable barrier on the
surface of the adhesive surface, wherein said permeable or semi-permeable
barrier -
during use - allows wound extrudate to be diverted from the wound to the
absorbent
compound through the adhesive surface.
In yet further step a topfilm can be provided and attached to the absorbent
compound,
wherein said topfilm seals at least partly the absorbent compound from the
external
environment. The absorbent compound can also comprise a topfilm as an
integrated
part, wherein said topfilm at least partly seals the absorbent compound from
the
external environment. The topfilm can be porous or non-porous. In one
embodiment,
the topfilm comprises an oxygen- and vapor-permeable layer permitting
transpiration of
liquid from the absorbent compound.
Wound treatment methods
Various uses of the wound or tissue dressings according to the present
invention are
envisaged. In one embodiment there is provided a method for treating a wound
in an
101
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
individual, said method comprising the steps of contacting said wound with the
wound
or tissue dressing according to the present invention, and treating the wound.
The treatment can in principle result in healing of the wound or in
accelerated healing
of the wound. The accelerated healing can be a result of e.g. administration
of a
wound-healing promoting substance. Alternatively, the wound healing can be
promoted
by preventing bacterial or viral infection, or by reducing the risk of such an
infection
which would otherwise have prolonged the wound treatment process.
In another embodiment there is provided a method for treating damaged tissue
in an
individual, said method comprising the steps of contacting said damaged tissue
with
the wound or tissue dressing according to the invention, and treating the
damaged
tissue.
Likewise, the treatment can in principle result in healing of the damaged
tissue or in
accelerated healing of the damaged tissue. The accelerated healing can be a
result a
e.g. administration of a tissue-healing promoting substance. Alternatively,
the healing
of damaged tissue can be promoted by preventing bacterial or viral infection,
or by
reducing the risk of such an infection which would otherwise have prolonged
the
treatment of the damaged tissue.
The tissue damage can e.g. be caused by bone protrudence, by diabetes, by
circulatory insufficiencies or by undesirable inflammatory processes in an
individual.
There is also provided a method for preventing or reducing the risk of wound
or tissue
infection in an individual having suffered a wound or damaged tissue, said
method
comprising the steps of contacting said wound or tissue with the wound or
tissue
dressing according to the invention, and treating the wound or tissue at risk
of being
infected. The infectious agent at risk of infecting the wound or tissue can be
a bacteria
or a virus.
As e.g. gelatin and hyaluronic acid independently and in combination have a
haemostatic effect, there is also provided a method for promoting haemostasis
in a
wound in an individual, said method comprising the steps of contacting said
wound with
102
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
the wound dressing printed with one or more pharmaceutical compositions
according to
the invention, and promoting haemostasis in the wound.
In addition to contacting a wound or damaged tissue with the wound or tissue
dressing
according to the invention, there is also provided combination methods wherein
one or
more wound or tissue healing-promoting substance(s) are administered
simultaneously
or sequentially in any order one or more at the same time as the wound or
tissue to be
treated is contacted with the wound or tissue dressing according to the
invention. This
may be of particular importance when treating slow-healing wounds, partial
thickness
wound, deep wounds and chronic wounds.
Method for manufacturing of wound and/or tissue dressings
In a further aspect there is provided a method for manufacturing a wound or
tissue
dressing printed with one or more pharmaceutical compositions according to the
present invention, said method comprising the steps of providing one or more
pharmaceutical compositions, printing said one or more pharmaceutical
compositions
onto the wound or tissue dressing and/or onto the absorbent compound of the
wound
or tissue dressing, thereby obtaining a wound or tissue dressing according to
the
present invention.
There is also provided the use of printing of one or more pharmaceutical
compositions
for the manufacture of a wound or tissue dressing for treating or accelerating
the
healing of a wound in an individual.
In yet another aspect there is provided the use of printing of one or more
pharmaceutical compositions for the manufacture of an absorbent compound for
use in
a wound or tissue dressing for treating or accelerating the healing of a wound
in an
individual.
The present invention also relates to the use of printing of one or more
pharmaceutical
compositions for the manufacture of an absorbent compound for use in a wound
or
tissue dressing for treating a wound or tissue or accelerating the healing of
a wound or
tissue in an individual.
103
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In a further embodiment the present invention relates to the use of printing
of one or
more pharmaceutical compositions in the manufacture of a wound or tissue
dressing
for preventing or reducing the risk of wound or tissue infection in an
individual having
suffered a wound.
The present invention also relates to the use of printing of one or more
pharmaceutical
compositions in the manufacture of a wound or tissue dressing for promoting
haemostasis in a wound in an individual.
A container for storage and/or preparation of a matrix material
The present invention also relates to a container, box or packaging means e.g.
for
storage and/or preparation of a matrix material. In one embodiment this
container, box
or packaging provides a sterile environment for storage and/or preparation of
the matrix
material.
The container comprises an inner cavity (hollow space) for storage of a matrix
material.
In one embodiment the container comprises more than one inner cavity for
storage of
more than one matrix material such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16,
17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 41, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58,
59, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
82, 83, 84, 85,
86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 inner cavities,
for storage of
more than one matrix material such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16,
17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 41, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58,
59, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
82, 83, 84, 85,
86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 matrix
materials.
In another embodiment, the container comprises one inner cavity for storage of
more
than one matrix material such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
15, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
38, 39, 40, 41,
41, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60,
61, 62, 63, 64,
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
84, 85, 86, 87,
88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 matrix materials.
104
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The inner cavity is made of a bottom with defined dimensions, and one or more
sidewall(s) with a defined height. The one or more sidewalls of the cavity
comprise in
one embodiment a mark for the maximum volume that should be added to the
cavity
containing the matrix material. This mark can be any type of mark such as a
line, dot or
the one or more sides can comprise a bend e.g. the angle between the bottom
and the
side differ between the sidewall below and above the mark ¨ i.e. one or more
bevelled
edges as a guiding tool for maximum amount of liquid/moisture to be added to
the inner
cavity containing the one or more matrix material(s). One advantage of the
container is
that the one or more mark(s) on the one or more sidewall(s) decreases the risk
of
addition of excess liquid to the container comprising one or more matrix
materials.
The cavity should generally circumvent the matrix material. Accordingly, the
shape of
the cavity should be adjusted to fit or surround the shape of the matrix
material.
The cavity defined by the size of the bottom of the inner cavity and the
height of one or
more sidewalls measured from the bottom of the inner cavity to the mark for
maximum
filling is reffered to as the maximum volume of liquid to be added to the
container
comprising the matrix material.
In one embodiment the maximum volume of liquid to be added to the container
comprising the matrix material is in the range of from 1 mL to 60 mL, such as
from 1
mL to 2 mL, for example from 2 to 3 mL, such as from 3 mL to 4 mL, for example
from
4 to 5 mL, such as from 5 mL to 6 mL, for example from 6 to 7 mL, such as from
7 mL
to 8 mL, for example from 8 to 9 mL, such as from 9 mL to 10 mL, for example
from 10
to 11 mL, such as from 11 mL to 12 mL, for example from 12 to 13 mL, such as
from
13 mL to 14 mL, for example from 14 to 15 mL, such as from 15 mL to 16 mL, for
example from 16 to 17 mL, such as from 17 mL to 18 mL, for example from 18 to
19
mL, such as from 19 mL to 20 mL, for example from 20 to 21 mL, such as from 21
mL
to 22 mL, for example from 22 to 23 mL, such as from 23 mL to 24 mL, for
example
from 24 to 25 mL, such as from 25 mL to 26 mL, for example from 26 to 27 mL,
such
as from 27 mL to 28 mL, for example from 28 to 29 mL, such as from 29 mL to 30
mL,
for example from 30 to 31 mL, such as from 31 mL to 32 mL, for example from 32
to 33
mL, such as from 33 mL to 34 mL, for example from 34 to 35 mL, such as from 35
mL
to 36 mL, for example from 36 to 37 mL, such as from 37 mL to 38 mL, for
example
from 38 to 39 mL, such as from 39 mL to 40 mL, for example from 40 to 41 mL,
such
as from 41 mL to 42 mL, for example from 42 to 43 mL, such as from 43 mL to 44
mL,
105
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
for example from 44 to 45 mL, such as from 45 mL to 46 mL, for example from 46
to 47
mL, such as from 47 mL to 48 mL, for example from 48 to 49 mL, such as from 49
mL
to 50 mL, for example from 50 to 51 mL, such as from 51 mL to 52 mL, for
example
from 52 to 53 mL, such as from 53 mL to 54 mL, for example from 54 to 55 mL,
such
as from 55 mL to 56 mL, for example from 56 to 57 mL, such as from 57 mL to 58
mL,
for example from 58 to 59 mL, such as from 59 mL to 60 mL. The maximum volume
of
liquid to be added to the container comprising the matrix material will depend
on factors
such as size of the cavity of the container and the liquid absorbability of
the matrix
material used.
In one embodiment the maximum volume of liquid to be added to the container
should
be in range of from 5% to 50% of the volume of the matrix material such as
from 5% to
6%, for example from 6% to 7%, such as from 7% to 8%, for example from 8% to
9%,
such as from 9% to 10%, for example from 10% to 11%, such as from 11% to 12%,
for
example from 12% to 13%, such as from 13% to 14%, for example from 14% to 15%,
such as from 15% to 16%, for example from 16% to 17%, such as from 17% to 18%,
for example from 18% to 19%, such as from 19% to 20%, for example from 20% to
21%, such as from 21% to 22%, for example from 22% to 23%, such as from 23% to
24%, for example from 24% to 25%, such as from 25% to 26%, for example from
26%
to 27%, such as from 27% to 28%, for example from 28% to 29%, such as from 29%
to
30%, for example from 30% to 31%, such as from 31% to 32%, for example from
32%
to 33%, such as from 33% to 34%, for example from 34% to 35%, such as from 35%
to
36%, for example from 36% to 37%, such as from 37% to 38%, for example from
38%
to 39%, such as from 39% to 40%, for example from 40% to 41%, such as from 41%
to
42%, for example from 42% to 43%, such as from 43% to 44%, for example from
44%
to 45%, such as from 45% to 46%, for example from 46% to 47%, such as from 47%
to
48%, for example from 48% to 49%, or such as from 49% to 50%.
In one embodiment the preferred volume of liquid to be added to the container
should
be in range of from 5% to 50% of the volume of the inner cavity such as from
5% to
6%, for example from 6% to 7%, such as from 7% to 8%, for example from 8% to
9%,
such as from 9% to 10%, for example from 10% to 11%, such as from 11% to 12%,
for
example from 12% to 13%, such as from 13% to 14%, for example from 14% to 15%,
such as from 15% to 16%, for example from 16% to 17%, such as from 17% to 18%,
for example from 18% to 19%, such as from 19% to 20%, for example from 20% to
106
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
21%, such as from 21% to 22%, for example from 22% to 23%, such as from 23% to
24%, for example from 24% to 25%, such as from 25% to 26%, for example from
26%
to 27%, such as from 27% to 28%, for example from 28% to 29%, such as from 29%
to
30%, for example from 30% to 31%, such as from 31% to 32%, for example from
32%
to 33%, such as from 33% to 34%, for example from 34% to 35%, such as from 35%
to
36%, for example from 36% to 37%, such as from 37% to 38%, for example from
38%
to 39%, such as from 39% to 40%, for example from 40% to 41%, such as from 41%
to
42%, for example from 42% to 43%, such as from 43% to 44%, for example from
44%
to 45%, such as from 45% to 46%, for example from 46% to 47%, such as from 47%
to
48%, for example from 48% to 49%, or such as from 49% to 50%.
In one embodiment the preferred volume of liquid to be added to the container
should
be in range of from 1 mL to 60 mL, such as from 1 mL to 2 mL, for example from
2 to 3
mL, such as from 3 mL to 4 mL, for example from 4 to 5 mL, such as from 5 mL
to 6
mL, for example from 6 to 7 mL, such as from 7 mL to 8 mL, for example from 8
to 9
mL, such as from 9 mL to 10 mL, for example from 10 to 11 mL, such as from 11
mL to
12 mL, for example from 12 to 13 mL, such as from 13 mL to 14 mL, for example
from
14 to 15 mL, such as from 15 mL to 16 mL, for example from 16 to 17 mL, such
as
from 17 mL to 18 mL, for example from 18 to 19 mL, such as from 19 mL to 20
mL, for
example from 20 to 21 mL, such as from 21 mL to 22 mL, for example from 22 to
23
mL, such as from 23 mL to 24 mL, for example from 24 to 25 mL, such as from 25
mL
to 26 mL, for example from 26 to 27 mL, such as from 27 mL to 28 mL, for
example
from 28 to 29 mL, such as from 29 mL to 30 mL, for example from 30 to 31 mL,
such
as from 31 mL to 32 mL, for example from 32 to 33 mL, such as from 33 mL to 34
mL,
for example from 34 to 35 mL, such as from 35 mL to 36 mL, for example from 36
to 37
mL, such as from 37 mL to 38 mL, for example from 38 to 39 mL, such as from 39
mL
to 40 mL, for example from 40 to 41 mL, such as from 41 mL to 42 mL, for
example
from 42 to 43 mL, such as from 43 mL to 44 mL, for example from 44 to 45 mL,
such
as from 45 mL to 46 mL, for example from 46 to 47 mL, such as from 47 mL to 48
mL,
for example from 48 to 49 mL, such as from 49 mL to 50 mL, for example from 50
to 51
mL, such as from 51 mL to 52 mL, for example from 52 to 53 mL, such as from 53
mL
to 54 mL, for example from 54 to 55 mL, such as from 55 mL to 56 mL, for
example
from 56 to 57 mL, such as from 57 mL to 58 mL, for example from 58 to 59 mL,
such
as from 59 mL to 60 mL.
107
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In one embodiment the container is made of plastic and has an exterior, an
interior and
a sealed outer periphery, the sealed outer periphery forming a sterile
interior region
which isolates the interior from a surrounding environment. A matrix material
is located
within the interior and is initially isolated from the surrounding environment
by the
sealed periphery.
In one embodiment the container comprises a bottom, one or more sidewalls, a
mark
for maximum filling of the container on one or more of the sidewalls, a
sealing surface
for a lid and a lid (e.g. as shown in Fig. 2A and 2B, Fig 3A and 3B, Fig. 4,
Fig. 5 and
Fig. 6). The container can comprise one or more inner tray notches that make
it easy to
handle the matrix material without destroying the structure of the matrix
material (e.g.
as shown in Fig. 2A and 2B, Fig. 4, and Fig. 5). In one embodiment the
container has a
base to provide stabile placement on all possible surfaces such as even or
uneven
surfaces including a sterile field, a mayo stand, a tray of instruments or on
the chest of
the patient (e.g. as shown in Fig. 2A and 2B, Fig. 3A and 3B, Fig. 4, Fig. 5
and Fig. 6).
The base can provide stability during handling to minimize the risk of
spilling. The
container optionally also has a handle (e.g. as shown in Fig. 2A and 2B, Fig.
3A and
3B, Fig. 4, Fig. 5 and Fig. 6).
In one embodiment the bottom, base, sidewalls and optionally handle of the
container
is cast or moulded in one piece of e.g. plastic. The bottom, base, sidewalls
and
optionally handle of the container can also be cast or moulded in more than
one piece
of e.g. plastic such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or more than 12
pieces of e.g.
plastic. In one preferred embodiment, the container contains a handle and the
bottom,
base, sidewalls and handle are cast or moulded in one piece.
In one embodiment the bottom and lid and/or the bottom and the base and/or the
base
and the lid are parallel. In another embodiment the bottom and lid and/or the
bottom
and the base and/or the base and the lid are not parallel. In one embodiment
the lid
and/or the base and/or the bottom of the container is perpendicular to the one
or more
sidewalls of the container. In one embodiment the lid and/or the base and/or
the bottom
of the container is not perpendicular to the one or more sidewalls of the
container. The
angle between the lid and/or the base and/or the bottom of the container and
the one
or more sidewalls can be in the range of from 20 degrees to 160 degrees, such
as from
20 degrees to 25 degrees, for example from 25 degrees to 30 degrees, such as
from
108
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
30 degrees to 35 degrees, for example from 35 degrees to 40 degrees, such as
from
40 degrees to 45 degrees, for example from 45 degrees to 50 degrees, such as
from
50 degrees to 55 degrees, for example from 55 degrees to 60 degrees, such as
from
60 degrees to 65 degrees, for example from 65 degrees to 70 degrees, such as
from
70 degrees to 75 degrees, for example from 75 degrees to 80 degrees, such as
from
80 degrees to 85 degrees, for example from 85 degrees to 90 degrees, such as
from
90 degrees to 95 degrees, for example from 95 degrees to 100 degrees, such as
from
100 degrees to 105 degrees, for example from 105 degrees to 110 degrees, such
as
from 110 degrees to 115 degrees, for example from 115 degrees to 120 degrees,
such
as from 120 degrees to 125 degrees, for example from 125 degrees to 130
degrees,
such as from 130 degrees to 135 degrees, for example from 135 degrees to 140
degrees, such as from 140 degrees to 145 degrees, for example from 145 degrees
to
150 degrees, such as from 150 degrees to 155 degrees, for example from 155
degrees
to 160 degrees.
The bottom of the cavity of the container can be any shape such as a square,
rectangle, triangle, circle, or oval:
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a square e.g. with the dimensions of
1 cm
x 1 cm, 1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm
x 7
cm, 1 cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2 cm x
1
cm, 2 cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2 cm x 7
cm, 2
cm x 8 cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm, 3 cm x 1 cm,
3
cm x 2 cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3 cm x 7 cm, 3
cm x 8
cm, 3 cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4 cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x
2
cm, 4 cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4 cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8
cm, 4
cm x 9 cm, 4 cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm,
5
cm x 3 cm, 5 cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5
cm x 9
cm, 5 cm x 10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x
3
cm, 6 cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9
cm, 6
cm x 10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm x 3 cm,
7
cm x 4 cm, 7 cm x 5 cm, 7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm x 9 cm, 7
cm x
10 cm, 7 cm x 15 cm, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x 3 cm, 8 cm
x 4
cm, 8 cm x 5 cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10
cm,
8 cm x 15 cm, 8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x 4
cm, 9
cm x 5 cm, 9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9
cm x
109
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
15 cm, 9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4 cm,
10 cm
x 5 cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10 cm x 10 cm,
10
cm x 15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x 3 cm, 11 cm x 4
cm,
11 cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11 cm x 9 cm, 11 cm x
10
cm, 11 cm x 15 cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2 cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12
cm
x 4 cm, 12 cm x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12 cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm,
12
cm x 10 cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x
3
cm, 13 cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13
cm x
9 cm, 13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm, 13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2 cm,
14
cm x 3 cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14 cm x 8
cm,
14 cm x 9 cm, 14 cm x 10 cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x 1 cm, 15 cm
x 2
cm, 15 cm x 3 cm, 15 cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15 cm x 7 cm, 15
cm x
8 cm, 15 cm x 9 cm, 15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm,
16
cm x 2 cm, 16 cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7
cm,
16 cm x 8 cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm
x 1
cm, 17 cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm, 17
cm x
7 cm, 17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17 cm x 20 cm,
18
cm x 1 cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x 4 cm, 18 cm x 5 cm, 18 cm x 6
cm,
18 cm x 7 cm, 18 cm x 8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x 15 cm, 18 cm
x 20
cm, 19 cm x 1 cm, 19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x 4 cm, 19 cm x 5 cm, 19
cm x
6 cm, 19 cm x 7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x 10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm,
19
cm x 20 cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5
cm,
20 cm x 6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x
15
cm, 20 cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm, 25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4 cm, 25
cm x
5 cm, 25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x 7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x 10 cm,
25 cm
x 15 cm, 25 cm x 20 cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm, 30 cm x 4
cm, 30
cm x 5 cm, 30 cm x 6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10
cm,
cm x 15 cm, 30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x 4
cm, 40 cm x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40
cm x
30 10 cm, 40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x
3 cm, 50
cm x 4 cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50 cm x 9
cm,
50 cm x 10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
The dimensions of the bottom of the container may also be any decimal number,
for
example 13.035 cm x 9.74 cm (small), such as 13.035 cm x 13.73 cm (medium) or
for
example 13.035 cm x 20.04 cm (large).
110
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In another embodiment the bottom is formed as a square e.g. with the
dimensions of
between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such
as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2,
for
example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70
cm2,
such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100
cm2,
for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120
cm2 to
130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as
150
cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2,
for
example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to
210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to
240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for
example
260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290
cm2,
such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to
340
cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example
380
cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2,
such as
440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500
cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the square bottom need not be a whole or
counting
number, but may also be any decimal number.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed to circumvent a matrix material shaped
as a
square with one of the dimensions selected grom the group consisting of 1 cm x
1 cm,
1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm x 7 cm,
1 cm x
8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2 cm x 1 cm, 2 cm
x 2
cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2 cm x 7 cm, 2 cm x 8
cm, 2
cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm, 3 cm x 1 cm, 3 cm x 2 cm,
3
cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3 cm x 7 cm, 3 cm x 8 cm, 3
cm x 9
cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4 cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x 2 cm, 4 cm x
3
cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4 cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8 cm, 4 cm x 9
cm, 4
cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x 3 cm,
5
cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5 cm x 9 cm, 5
cm x
10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x 3 cm, 6 cm
x4
cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9 cm, 6 cm x 10
cm,
6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm x 3 cm, 7 cm x 4
cm, 7
cm x 5 cm, 7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm x 9 cm, 7 cm x 10 cm, 7
cm x
111
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
15 cm, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x 3 cm, 8 cm x4 cm, 8 cm x
5
cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10 cm, 8 cm x
15 cm,
8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x 4 cm, 9 cm x 5 cm,
9 cm
x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9 cm x 15 cm, 9
cm x
20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4 cm, 10 cm x 5 cm,
10 cm
x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10 cm x 10 cm, 10 cm x 15
cm, 10
cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x 3 cm, 11 cm x 4 cm, 11 cm x 5
cm,
11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11 cm x 9 cm, 11 cm x 10 cm, 11 cm x
15
cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2 cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12 cm x 4 cm, 12
cm x
5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12 cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm, 12 cm x 10 cm,
12 cm
x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x 3 cm, 13 cm x4 cm,
13
cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13 cm x 9 cm, 13 cm x 10
cm,
13 cm x 15 cm, 13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2 cm, 14 cm x 3 cm, 14 cm
x 4
cm, 14 cm x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14 cm x 8 cm, 14 cm x 9 cm, 14
cm x
10 cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x 1 cm, 15 cm x 2 cm, 15 cm x 3 cm,
15
cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15 cm x 7 cm, 15 cm x 8 cm, 15 cm x 9
cm,
15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm, 16 cm x 2 cm, 16 cm
x 3
cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7 cm, 16 cm x 8 cm, 16
cm x
9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm x 1 cm, 17 cm x 2 cm,
17
cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm, 17 cm x 7 cm, 17 cm x 8
cm,
17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17 cm x 20 cm, 18 cm x 1 cm, 18 cm
x 2
cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x 4 cm, 18 cm x 5 cm, 18 cm x 6 cm, 18 cm x 7 cm, 18
cm x
8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x 15 cm, 18 cm x 20 cm, 19 cm x 1 cm,
19
cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x 4 cm, 19 cm x 5 cm, 19 cm x 6 cm, 19 cm x 7
cm,
19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x 10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm, 19 cm x 20 cm, 20 cm
x 1
cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5 cm, 20 cm x 6 cm, 20
cm x
7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x 15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm,
25
cm x 1 cm, 25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4 cm, 25 cm x 5 cm, 25 cm x 6
cm,
25 cm x 7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x 10 cm, 25 cm x 15 cm, 25 cm
x 20
cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm, 30 cm x 4 cm, 30 cm x 5 cm, 30
cm x
6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10 cm, 30 cm x 15 cm,
30
cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x 4 cm, 40 cm x 5
cm,
cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40 cm x 10 cm, 40 cm x 15
cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x 3 cm, 50 cm x 4 cm, 50
cm x
112
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50 cm x 9 cm, 50 cm x 10 cm, 50
cm
x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed to circumvent a matrix material shaped
as a
5 square with a dimension of between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5
cm2, for
example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2, such as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30
cm2,
such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60
cm2, for
example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90
cm2,
such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to
120
cm2, for example 120 cm2 to 130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example
140
cm2 to 150 cm2, such as 150 cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2,
such as
170 cm2 to 180 cm2, for example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200
cm2, for
example 200 cm2 to 210 cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to
230
cm2, such as 230 cm2 to 240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250
cm2 to
260 cm2, for example 260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for
example
280 cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320
cm2,
such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to
380
cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example
420
cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2,
such as
480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the square matrix material need not be a
whole or
counting number, but may also be any decimal number.
In another embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with a diameter in
the
range of from 1 cm to 40 cm, such as from 1 cm to 2 cm, for example from 2 cm
to 4
cm, such as from 4 cm to 6 cm, for example from 6 cm to 8 cm, such as from 8
cm to
10 cm, for example from 10 cm to 12 cm, such as from 12 cm to 14 cm, for
example
from 14 cm to 16 cm, such as from 16 cm to 18 cm, for example from 18 cm to 20
cm,
such as from 20 cm to 22 cm, for example from 22 cm to 24 cm, such as from 24
cm to
26 cm, for example from 26 cm to 28 cm, such as from 28 cm to 30 cm, for
example
from 30 cm to 32 cm, such as from 32 cm to 34 cm, for example from 34 cm to 36
cm,
such as from 36 cm to 38 cm, for example from 38 cm to 40 cm.
113
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with a diameter of 1
cm, 1.5
cm, 2 cm, 2.5 cm, 3 cm, 3.5 cm, 4 cm, 4.5 cm, 5 cm, 5.5 cm, 6 cm, 6.5 cm, 7
cm, 7.5
cm, 8 cm, 8.5 cm, 9 cm, 9.5 cm, 10 cm, 11 cm, 12 cm, 13 cm, 14 cm, 15 cm, 16
cm, 17
cm, 18 cm, 19 cm, 20 cm, 21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28
cm,
29 cm, 30 cm, 31 cm, 32 cm, 33 cm, 34 cm, 35 cm, 36 cm, 37 cm, 38 cm, 39 cm or
40
cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with the dimensions of
between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such
as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2,
for
example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70
cm2,
such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100
cm2,
for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120
cm2 to
130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as
150
cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2,
for
example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to
210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to
240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for
example
260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290
cm2,
such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to
340
cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example
380
cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2,
such as
440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500
cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the circular bottom need not be a whole or
counting
number, but may also be any decimal number.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with a diameter that
can
circumvent a matrix material such as a circular matrix material with a
diameter in the
range of from 1 cm to 40 cm, such as from 1 cm to 2 cm, for example from 2 cm
to 4
cm, such as from 4 cm to 6 cm, for example from 6 cm to 8 cm, such as from 8
cm to
10 cm, for example from 10 cm to 12 cm, such as from 12 cm to 14 cm, for
example
from 14 cm to 16 cm, such as from 16 cm to 18 cm, for example from 18 cm to 20
cm,
such as from 20 cm to 22 cm, for example from 22 cm to 24 cm, such as from 24
cm to
114
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
26 cm, for example from 26 cm to 28 cm, such as from 28 cm to 30 cm, for
example
from 30 cm to 32 cm, such as from 32 cm to 34 cm, for example from 34 cm to 36
cm,
such as from 36 cm to 38 cm, for example from 38 cm to 40 cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with a diameter that
can
circumvent a matrix material such as a circular matrix material with a
diameter of from
of 1 cm, 2, cm, 3, cm, 4, cm, 5, cm, 6 cm, 7 cm, 8 cm, 9 cm, 10 cm, 11 cm, 12
cm, 13
cm, 14 cm, 15 cm, 16 cm, 17 cm, 18 cm, 19 cm, 20 cm, 21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24
cm,
25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm, 30 cm, 31 cm, 32 cm, 33 cm, 34 cm, 35 cm,
36
cm, 37 cm, 38 cm, 39 cm or 40 cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with a diameter that
can
circumvent a matrix material such as a circular matrix material with a
dimension of
between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such
as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2,
for
example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70
cm2,
such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100
cm2,
for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120
cm2 to
130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as
150
cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2,
for
example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to
210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to
240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for
example
260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290
cm2,
such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to
340
cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example
380
cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2,
such as
440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500
cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the circular matrix material need not be a
whole or
counting number, but may also be any decimal number.
In one embodiment the height of the sidewalls (from the bottom to the mark for
maximum filling) is selected from the groups consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm
to 4
mm, 4 mm to 6 mm, 6 mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14
115
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
mm, 14 mm to 16 mm, 16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm, 20 mm to 22 mm, 22 mm to
24 mm, 24 mm to 26 mm, 26 mm to 28 mm, 28 mm to 30 mm, 30 mm to 32 mm, 32
mm to 34 mm, 34 mm to 36 mm, 36 mm to 38 mm, 38 mm to 40 mm, 40 mm to 42 mm,
42 mm to 44 mm, 44 mm to 46 mm, 46 mm to 48 mm or 48 mm to 50 mm.
In one embodiment the width of the sidewall(s) is in the range of 0 to 20 mm,
preferably
selected from the groups consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4 mm, 4 mm to 6
mm, 6
mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14 mm to 16 mm,
16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm.
In one embodiment the height from the mark for maximum filling to the lid can
be
selected from the group consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4 mm, 4 mm to 6
mm, 6
mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14 mm to 16 mm,
16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm, 20 mm to 22 mm, 22 mm to 24 mm, 24 mm to 26
mm, 26 mm to 28 mm, 28 mm to 30 mm, 30 mm to 32 mm, 32 mm to 34 mm, 34 mm to
36 mm, 36 mm to 38 mm, 38 mm to 40 mm, 40 mm to 42 mm, 42 mm to 44 mm, 44
mm to 46 mm, 46 mm to 48 mm or 48 mm to 50 mm.
In another embodiment the height from the bottom of the container to the lid
of the
container is selected from the groups consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4
mm, 4
mm to 6 mm, 6 mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14
mm to 16 mm, 16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm, 20 mm to 22 mm, 22 mm to 24 mm,
24 mm to 26 mm, 26 mm to 28 mm, 28 mm to 30 mm, 30 mm to 32 mm, 32 mm to 34
mm, 34 mm to 36 mm, 36 mm to 38 mm, 38 mm to 40 mm, 40 mm to 42 mm, 42 mm to
44 mm, 44 mm to 46 mm, 46 mm to 48 mm or 48 mm to 50 mm.
In one embodiment the cavity of the container also comprise space for
contacting the
matrix material e.g. with scissors, tweezers, forceps, another device or one
or more
fingers (inner tray notches). The container can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10 or
more than 10 inner tray notches. These inner tray notches can have any size or
form to
provide easy contact with the matrix material. The one or more inner tray
notches may
be associated with the one or more sidewall(s) of the container.
The base of the container can have any shape such as a square, rectangle,
triangle,
circle, or oval.
116
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In one embodiment the base is formed as a square e.g. with the dimensions 1 cm
x 1
cm, 1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm x 7
cm, 1
cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2 cm x 1 cm,
2
cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2 cm x 7 cm, 2
cm x 8
cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm, 3 cm x 1 cm, 3 cm x
2
cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3 cm x 7 cm, 3 cm x 8
cm, 3
cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4 cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x 2 cm,
4
cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4 cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8 cm, 4
cm x 9
cm, 4 cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x
3
cm, 5 cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5 cm x 9
cm, 5
cm x 10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x 3 cm,
6
cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9 cm, 6
cm x
10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm x 3 cm, 7 cm
x 4
cm, 7 cm x 5 cm, 7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm x 9 cm, 7 cm x 10
cm,
7 cm x 15 cm, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x 3 cm, 8 cm x 4
cm, 8
cm x 5 cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10 cm, 8
cm x
15 cm, 8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x 4 cm, 9 cm
x 5
cm, 9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9 cm x
15 cm,
9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4 cm, 10 cm x
5
cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10 cm x 10 cm, 10
cm x
15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x 3 cm, 11 cm x 4 cm,
11
cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11 cm x 9 cm, 11 cm x 10
cm,
11 cm x 15 cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2 cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12 cm
x 4
cm, 12 cm x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12 cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm, 12
cm x
10 cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x 3 cm,
13
cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13 cm x 9
cm,
13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm, 13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2 cm, 14 cm
x 3
cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14 cm x 8 cm, 14
cm x
9 cm, 14 cm x 10 cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x 1 cm, 15 cm x 2 cm,
15
cm x 3 cm, 15 cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15 cm x 7 cm, 15 cm x 8
cm,
15 cm x 9 cm, 15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm, 16 cm
x 2
cm, 16 cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7 cm, 16
cm x
8 cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm x 1 cm,
17
cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm, 17 cm x 7
cm,
17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17 cm x 20 cm, 18 cm
x 1
cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x 4 cm, 18 cm x 5 cm, 18 cm x 6 cm, 18
cm x
117
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
7 cm, 18 cm x 8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x 15 cm, 18 cm x 20 cm,
19
cm x 1 cm, 19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x 4 cm, 19 cm x 5 cm, 19 cm x 6
cm,
19 cm x 7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x 10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm, 19 cm
x 20
cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5 cm, 20
cm x
6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x 15 cm,
20
cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm, 25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4 cm, 25 cm x 5
cm,
25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x 7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x 10 cm, 25 cm x
15
cm, 25 cm x 20 cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm, 30 cm x 4 cm, 30
cm x
5 cm, 30 cm x 6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10 cm,
30 cm
x 15 cm, 30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x4 cm,
40
cm x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40 cm x 10
cm,
40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x 3 cm, 50 cm
x 4
cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50 cm x 9 cm, 50
cm x
10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a square e.g. with the dimensions of
between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such
as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2,
for
example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70
cm2,
such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100
cm2,
for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120
cm2 to
130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as
150
cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2,
for
example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to
210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to
240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for
example
260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290
cm2,
such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to
340
cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example
380
cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2,
such as
440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500
cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the square base need not be a whole or
counting
number, but may also be any decimal number.
118
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In one embodiment the base of the container is formed as a circle e.g. with a
diameter
in the range of from 1 cm to 40 cm, such as from 1 cm to 2 cm, for example
from 2 cm
to 4 cm, such as from 4 cm to 6 cm, for example from 6 cm to 8 cm, such as
from 8 cm
to 10 cm, for example from 10 cm to 12 cm, such as from 12 cm to 14 cm, for
example
from 14 cm to 16 cm, such as from 16 cm to 18 cm, for example from 18 cm to 20
cm,
such as from 20 cm to 22 cm, for example from 22 cm to 24 cm, such as from 24
cm to
26 cm, for example from 26 cm to 28 cm, such as from 28 cm to 30 cm, for
example
from 30 cm to 32 cm, such as from 32 cm to 34 cm, for example from 34 cm to 36
cm,
such as from 36 cm to 38 cm, for example from 38 cm to 40 cm.
In one embodiment the base of the container is formed as a circle e.g. with a
diameter
of 1 cm, 2, cm, 3, cm, 4, cm, 5, cm, 6 cm, 7 cm, 8 cm, 9 cm, 10 cm, 11 cm, 12
cm, 13
cm, 14 cm, 15 cm, 16 cm, 17 cm, 18 cm, 19 cm, 20 cm, 21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24
cm,
25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm, 30 cm, 31 cm, 32 cm, 33 cm, 34 cm, 35 cm,
36
cm, 37 cm, 38 cm, 39 cm or 40 cm.
In one embodiment the bottom is formed as a circle e.g. with the dimensions of
between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such
as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2,
for
example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70
cm2,
such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100
cm2,
for example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120
cm2 to
130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as
150
cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2,
for
example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to
210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to
240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for
example
260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290
cm2,
such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to
340
cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example
380
cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2,
such as
440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500
cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the circular base need not be a whole or
counting
number, but may also be any decimal number.
119
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The base of the container can comprise an extended base portion at on or more
sides.
In one embodiment the extended base portion is placed at the same side as the
handle
of the container. The handle and extended base portion can be casted or
moulded in
one or more pieces.
The lid of the container can have any shape such as a square, rectangle,
triangle,
circle, or oval.
In one embodiment the lid of the container is formed as a square e.g. with the
dimensions 1 cm x 1 cm, 1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1
cm x
6 cm, 1 cm x 7 cm, 1 cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm
x 20
cm, 2 cm x 1 cm, 2 cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6
cm, 2
cm x 7 cm, 2 cm x 8 cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm,
3
cm x 1 cm, 3 cm x 2 cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3
cm x 7
cm, 3 cm x 8 cm, 3 cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4 cm x
1
cm, 4 cm x 2 cm, 4 cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4 cm x 7
cm, 4
cm x 8 cm, 4 cm x 9 cm, 4 cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm,
5
cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x 3 cm, 5 cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5
cm x 8
cm, 5 cm x 9 cm, 5 cm x 10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x
2
cm, 6 cm x 3 cm, 6 cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8
cm, 6
cm x 9 cm, 6 cm x 10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm,
7
cm x 3 cm, 7 cm x 4 cm, 7 cm x 5 cm, 7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7
cm x 9
cm, 7 cm x 10 cm, 7 cm x 15 cm, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x
3
cm, 8 cm x 4 cm, 8 cm x 5 cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9
cm, 8
cm x 10 cm, 8 cm x 15 cm, 8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm,
9
cm x 4 cm, 9 cm x 5 cm, 9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9
cm x
10 cm, 9 cm x 15 cm, 9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm,
10 cm
x 4 cm, 10 cm x 5 cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm,
10
cm x 10 cm, 10 cm x 15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x
3
cm, 11 cm x 4 cm, 11 cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11
cm x
9 cm, 11 cm x 10 cm, 11 cm x 15 cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2 cm,
12
cm x 3 cm, 12 cm x 4 cm, 12 cm x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12 cm x 8
cm,
12 cm x 9 cm, 12 cm x 10 cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm
x 2
cm, 13 cm x 3 cm, 13 cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13
cm x
8 cm, 13 cm x 9 cm, 13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm, 13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm,
14
cm x 2 cm, 14 cm x 3 cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7
cm,
120
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
14 cm x 8 cm, 14 cm x 9 cm, 14 cm x 10 cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm
x 1
cm, 15 cm x 2 cm, 15 cm x 3 cm, 15 cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15
cm x
7 cm, 15 cm x 8 cm, 15 cm x 9 cm, 15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm,
16
cm x 1 cm, 16 cm x 2 cm, 16 cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6
cm,
16 cm x 7 cm, 16 cm x 8 cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm
x 20
cm, 17 cm x 1 cm, 17 cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17
cm x
6 cm, 17 cm x 7 cm, 17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm,
17
cm x 20 cm, 18 cm x 1 cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x4 cm, 18 cm x 5
cm,
18 cm x 6 cm, 18 cm x 7 cm, 18 cm x 8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x
15
cm, 18 cm x 20 cm, 19 cm x 1 cm, 19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x 4 cm, 19
cm x
5 cm, 19 cm x 6 cm, 19 cm x 7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x 10 cm,
19 cm
x 15 cm, 19 cm x 20 cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4
cm, 20
cm x 5 cm, 20 cm x 6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10
cm,
cm x 15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm, 25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4
15 cm, 25 cm x 5 cm, 25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x 7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9
cm, 25 cm x
10 cm, 25 cm x 15 cm, 25 cm x 20 cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm,
30
cm x 4 cm, 30 cm x 5 cm, 30 cm x 6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9
cm,
cm x 10 cm, 30 cm x 15 cm, 30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x
3
cm, 40 cm x 4 cm, 40 cm x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40
cm x
20 9 cm, 40 cm x 10 cm, 40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x
2 cm, 50
cm x 3 cm, 50 cm x 4 cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8
cm,
50 cm x 9 cm, 50 cm x 10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
In one embodiment the lid is formed as a square e.g. with the dimensions of
between 1
25 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2,
such as 10 cm2
to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example
40
cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as
70
cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for
example
100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120 cm2 to 130
cm2,
30 such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as 150
cm2 to 160
cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2, for example
180
cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to 210 cm2,
such as
210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230 cm2 to 240
cm2, for
example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for example 260 cm2 to
270
cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290
cm2 to
300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for
example
121
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400
cm2,
such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to
460
cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the square lid need not be a whole or
counting number,
but may also be any decimal number.
In one embodiment the lid of the container is formed as a circle e.g. with a
diameter in
the range of from 1 cm to 40 cm, such as from 1 cm to 2 cm, for example from 2
cm to
4 cm, such as from 4 cm to 6 cm, for example from 6 cm to 8 cm, such as from 8
cm to
10 cm, for example from 10 cm to 12 cm, such as from 12 cm to 14 cm, for
example
from 14 cm to 16 cm, such as from 16 cm to 18 cm, for example from 18 cm to 20
cm,
such as from 20 cm to 22 cm, for example from 22 cm to 24 cm, such as from 24
cm to
26 cm, for example from 26 cm to 28 cm, such as from 28 cm to 30 cm, for
example
from 30 cm to 32 cm, such as from 32 cm to 34 cm, for example from 34 cm to 36
cm,
such as from 36 cm to 38 cm, for example from 38 cm to 40 cm.
In one embodiment the lid of the container is formed as a circle e.g. with a
diameter of
1 cm, 2, cm, 3, cm, 4, cm, 5, cm, 6 cm, 7 cm, 8 cm, 9 cm, 10 cm, 11 cm, 12 cm,
13 cm,
14 cm, 15 cm, 16 cm, 17 cm, 18 cm, 19 cm, 20 cm, 21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm,
25
cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm, 30 cm, 31 cm, 32 cm, 33 cm, 34 cm, 35 cm, 36
cm,
37 cm, 38 cm, 39 cm or 40 cm.
In one embodiment the lid is formed as a circle e.g. with the dimensions of
between 1
cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2, such as
10 cm2
to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example
40
cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as
70
cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for
example
100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120 cm2 to 130
cm2,
such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as 150 cm2 to
160
cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2, for example
180
cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to 210 cm2,
such as
210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230 cm2 to 240
cm2, for
example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2, for example 260 cm2 to
270
cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280 cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290
cm2 to
122
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for
example
340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400
cm2,
such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to
460
cm2, for example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
It follows that the dimension of the circular lid need not be a whole or
counting number,
but may also be any decimal number.
The lid of the container can comprise one or more flaps to facilitate opening
of the lid of
the container, i.e. for easier handling of the lid when opening the container.
The flap(s)
can have any shape and size that would facilitate opening of the lid.
The container can further comprise one or more handles such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8,
9, 10 or more than 10 handles. The one or more handle(s) of the container can
have
any size and shape that provide easy handling of the container.
The one or more handles may be associated with the bottom of the container,
the one
or more sidewall(s) of the container or the base of the container.
The one or more handles, the one or more sidewall(s) or the base of the
container
according to the present invention may comprise one or more recesses or
indentations
for improved grip.
In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the
bottom
and/or the sidewall(s) is made of plastic such as any suitable plastic known
in the art
such as medical grade plastic and/or a transparent plastic and/or a non-
transparent
plastic. The plastic can be a flexible or rigid plastic material with a
thickness and
strength properties which allow the container to be opened by simply tearing
the lid
from the sealing surface for the lid. Alternatively, a thicker or stronger
material may be
utilized and the container may be opened by cutting with scissors or otherwise
puncturing the container.
In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the
bottom
and/or the sidewall(s) is made of or comprises plastic such as one or more
types of
flexible plastic and/or one or more types of transparent plastic and/or non-
transparent
plastic and/or biodegradable plastic.
123
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the
bottom
and/or the sidewall(s) is made of or comprises one or more materials selected
from the
group consisting of TECAFORMTm AH MT, CELCON (Acetal Copolymer), RADEL ,
TECASONTm P XRO (Polyphenylsulfone, also Radio Opacifer), UDEL Polysulfone,
ULTEM (Polyetherimide), UHMW Lot Controlled, LENNITE UHME-PE, TECANATTm
PC (USP Class VI Polycarbonate Rod), ZELUX GS (Gamma Stabilized
Polycarbonate), ACRYLIC (Medical grade Cast Acrylic), TECAMAXTm SRP (Ultra
High
Performance Thermoplastic), TECAPROTm MT (Polypropylene Heat Stabilized),
TECAPEEKTm MT (USP Class VI compliant), TECAFORMTm AH SAN,
ANTIMICROBIAL filled plastics, TECASONTm P XRO (Biocompatible Radio Opacifer
PPSU), TECAPEEKTm CLASSIX, POLYSULFONE (Medical grade), TECANYLTm
(Medical grade Noryl ), TYGON (Medical grade Tubing), TEXOLONTm Medical
Grade PTFE (USP CLASS VI), PROPYLUX HS and H52, ABS (FDA Approved
Medical Grades), TOPAS (Medical grade), and other Medical Grade/FDA approved
plastic products.
In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the
bottom
and/or the sidewall(s) is made of or comprises one or more types of medical
grade
polymer such as plastic.
Plastic is the general common term for a wide range of synthetic or
semisynthetic
organic solid materials suitable for the manufacture of industrial products.
Plastics are
typically polymers of high molecular weight, and may contain other substances
to
improve performance and/or reduce costs. Types of plastic includes Rubber,
Cellulose-
based plastics, Bakelite, Polystyrene, PVC, Nylon, Synthetic rubber. Plastics
can be
classified by their chemical structure. Some important groups in these
classifications
are the acrylics, polyesters, silicones, polyurethanes, and halogenated
plastics.
Plastics can also be classified by the chemical process used in their
synthesis, e.g. as
condensation, polyaddition, cross-linking. Other classifications are based on
qualities
that are relevant for manufacturing or product design. Examples of such
classes are
the thermoplastic and thermoset, elastomer, structural, biodegradable,
electrically
conductive. Plastics can also be ranked by various physical properties, such
as
density, tensile strength, glass transition temperature, resistance to various
chemical
products, etc. In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base
is made
of or comprises one or more types of plastic mention herein above or below.
124
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Common thermoplastics range from 20,000 to 500,000 in molecular mass, while
thermosets are assumed to have infinite molecular weight. In one embodiment
the
container and/or the lid and/or the base is made of or comprises one or more
types of
polymers and/or plastics with a molecular weight in the range from 10,000 to
1,000,000
Da, such as from 10,000 to 50,000 Da, for example 50,000 to 100,000 Da, such
as
from 100,000 to 150,000 Da, for example 150,000 to 200,000 Da, such as from
200,000 to 250,000 Da, for example 250,000 to 300,000 Da, such as from 300,000
to
350,000 Da, for example 350,000 to 400,000 Da, such as from 400,000 to 450,000
Da,
for example 450,000 to 500,000 Da, such as from 500,000 to 550,000 Da, for
example
550,000 to 600,000 Da, such as from 600,000 to 650,000 Da, for example 650,000
to
700,000 Da, such as from 700,000 to 750,000 Da, for example 750,000 to 800,000
Da,
such as from 800,000 to 850,000 Da, for example 850,000 to 900,000 Da, such as
from 900,000 to 950,000 Da, for example 950,000 to 1,000,000 Da.
These chains are made up of many repeating molecular units, known as "repeat
units",
derived from "monomers"; each polymer chain will have several thousand repeat
units.
The vast majority of plastics are composed of polymers of carbon and hydrogen
alone
or with oxygen, nitrogen, chlorine, or sulfur in the backbone.
In one embodiment the container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the
bottom
and/or the sidewall(s) is made of or comprises one or more materials selected
from the
group consisting of Biodegradable plastic, Bioplastics obtained from biomass
e.g. from
pea starch or from biopetroleum, Polypropylene (PP), Polystyrene (PS), High
impact
polystyrene (HIPS), Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Polyethylene
terephthalate
(PET), Amorphous PET (APET), Polyester (PES), Fibers, textiles, Polyamides
(PA),
(Nylons), Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), Polyurethanes (PU), Polycarbonate (PC),
Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) (Saran), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
Polyethylene
(PE), Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) (trade
name
Teflon), Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)
(Polyetherketone), Polyetherimide (PEI) (Ultem), Phenolics (PF), (phenol
formaldehydes), Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), Poly(methyl methacrylate) (MAMA); Urea-
formaldehyde (U F), Melamine formaldehyde (MF), Polylactic acid and Plastarch
material or any mixture thereof.
The container and/or the lid and/or the base and/or the bottom and/or the
sidewall(s)
can be made of any suitable material such as plastic, rubber or glas.
125
CA 02716872 2014-09-24
The lid and/or the base and/or the bottom and/or the sidewall(s) can be plane,
curved,
arched upwardsor downwards or any other shape.
The sealing surface for the lid can have any size or shape that facilitates
sealing of the
lid to and/or removement of the lid from the container.
In one embodiment the container comprises a reclosable lid such as a lid that
can be
resealed by e.g. the glue on the sealing surface for the lid or by a screw,
click or snap
mechanism. In another embodiment the container comprises a lid that can not be
reclosed after opening of the lid.
The container can comprise any type of lid such as a sealing foil, a screw
top, a screw
cap, a snap cap, a lid glued to or by any other means fastened to the sealing
surface of
the container.
The sealing surface for the lid may be comprised in the upper portion of the
one or
more sidewall(s) or the base.
In one particular embodiment, the lid of the container is peelable (a peel-off
lid). It
follows that the lid may be made of or comprise a peelable material, such as a
polyethylene (PE)-based material, a thermoplastic elastomer, a thermoset
elastomer,
Tyvek , Teslin , paper, foil (plastic foil or metal foil such as alufoil) or
any other peelable
material.
The lid may be reinforced with a coating, such as a synthetic coating selected
from the
group consisting of Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), hydrocarbon based
petrochemicals,
zein or others.
For the purpose of the present invention, pee/ability will be defined as the
ability to
separate two materials in the course of opening a package without compromising
the
integrity of either of the two. In medical packaging, a peelable system
provides a
controlled, reliable, aseptic means of opening a package and presenting a
device. The
sealant layer of one or both webs is responsible for bonding the two materials
together,
which is accomplished via the application of heat, pressure or glue.
126
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The force required to pull a seal apart is called its seal strength. Seal
strength in a
peelable system is controlled by the composition of either the heat seal
coating or the
sealant layer. Typical medical packages have a seal strength of 1-3 lb per in.
of seal
width, as measured via a standard test such as ASTM F88-94.
Peelable films are generally based on polybutylene-polyolefin technology first
pioneered by Shell in the mid-1970s. The incompatibility of the two polymers
inhibits
the sealant layer from forming a complete bond by reducing the number of
available
bonding sites. These peelable systems provide seal transfer by internal
cohesive
splitting between the polyethylene and polybutylene layers because of poor
interfacial
adhesion, which reduces internal bond strength. This is in contrast to heat-
sealed
coated (HSC) materials, which undergo the cohesive failure that occurs when
the
internal strength of the adhesive is less than the strength of the bonds
between the
adhesive and sealed materials.
Peelable films are generally limited to similar-type materials that are
primarily
polyethylene (PE) based, and tend to have a narrower sealing window and/or a
steeper
peel-strength slope compared with HSC materials. However, new peelable
technologies are being introduced that can provide increased sealing windows
with
smaller variations in peel strength over their useful range. These new
peelable resin
systems are being developed to seal to a wide variety of materials, including
but not
limited to PETG, HIPS, and PVC.
Thermoplastic elastomers (TPE), sometimes referred to as thermoplastic
rubbers, are
a class of copolymers or a physical mix of polymers (usually a plastic and a
rubber)
which consist of materials with both thermoplastic and elastomeric properties.
The
principal difference between thermoset elastomers and thermoplastic elastomers
is the
type of crosslinking bond in their structures. There are six generic classes
of TPEs
generally considered to exist commercially. They are styrenic block
copolymers,
polyolefin blends, elastomeric alloys, thermoplastic polyurethanes,
thermoplastic
copolyester and thermoplastic polyam ides.
Paper is thin material mainly used for writing upon, printing upon or
packaging. It is
produced by pressing together moist fibers, typically cellulose pulp derived
from wood,
127
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
rags or grasses, and drying them into flexible sheets. Synthetic coatings
(such as
PFOA), hydrocarbon based petrochemicals, and zein (corn protein) may be used
as a
coating for paper. Also, synthetics such as Tyvek (a brand of flashspun high-
density
polyethylene/olefin fibers) and Teslin have been introduced for medical
packaging as a
more durable material than paper.
The container described in the present invention has the following advantages:
= It is very stable - even on uneven surfaces (allows stabile placement on
all
possible positions: on sterile field, on mayo stand, on tray of instruments or
on
the chest of the patient) minimizing the risk of spilling
= It eliminates any need for other mixing bowls/specimen cups
= It has superior ergonomic handling making handling and presentation
easier
and faster from all directions
= The inner tray notches make it easy to grasp the sponge and thus not
destroying the structure of the matrix material
= Embossed brand name in tray reduces need to spend additional time on
writing
labels for sterile field documentation
= Dwelling for easier handling of the sponge
= Bevelled edges to ensure that e.g. the saline volume stays inside the
tray thus
not dripping onto the sterile field
= Bevelled edges or other indication as a guiding tool for maximum amount
of
moisture to add
In one embodiment addition of liquid to the container results in that the
liquid/moisture
is evenly distributed throughout the matrix material. The even distribution of
liquid/moisture can be obtained by manual massage of the matrix material (e.g.
with
the fingers).
In one embodiment the liquid added to the container does not cover the matrix
material
before and/or after the absorption of liquid into the matrix material. In one
embodiment
the liquid added to the matrix material in the container reaches from 1/2 -
2/3 of the
height from the bottom of the inner tray to the mark for maximum filling of
the tray
before absorption of liquid into the matrix material.
128
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
In another embodiment the liquid added to the matrix material in the container
reaches
from 10% to 100% of the height from the bottom of the inner tray to the mark
for
maximum filling of the tray before absorption of liquid into the matrix
material, such as
from 10% to 12%, for example from 12% to 14%, such as from 14% to 16%, for
example from 16% to 18%, such as from 18% to 20%, for example from 20% to 22%,
such as from 22% to 24%, for example from 24% to 26%, such as from 26% to 28%,
for example from 28% to 30%, such as from 30% to 32%, for example from 32% to
34%, such as from 34% to 36%, for example from 36% to 38%, such as from 38% to
40%, for example from 40% to 42%, such as from 42% to 44%, for example from
44%
to 46%, such as from 46% to 48%, for example from 48% to 50%, such as from 50%
to
52%, for example from 52% to 54%, such as from 54% to 56%, for example from
56%
to 58%, such as from 58% to 60%, for example from 60% to 62%, such as from 62%
to
64%, for example from 64% to 66%, such as from 66% to 68%, for example from
68%
to 70%, such as from 70% to 72%, for example from 72% to 74%, such as from 74%
to
76%, for example from 76% to 78%, such as from 78% to 80%, for example from
80%
to 82%, such as from 82% to 84%, for example from 84% to 86%, such as from 86%
to
88%, for example from 88% to 90%, such as from 90% to 92%, for example from
92%
to 94%, such as from 94% to 96%, for example from 96% to 98%, such as from 98%
to
100% of the height from the bottom of the inner tray to the mark for maximum
filling.
In another embodiment the liquid added to the matrix material in the container
reaches
from 10% to 100% of the height from the bottom of the inner tray to the mark
for
maximum filling of the tray after absorption of liquid into the matrix
material, such as
from 10% to 12%, for example from 12% to 14%, such as from 14% to 16%, for
example from 16% to 18%, such as from 18% to 20%, for example from 20% to 22%,
such as from 22% to 24%, for example from 24% to 26%, such as from 26% to 28%,
for example from 28% to 30%, such as from 30% to 32%, for example from 32% to
34%, such as from 34% to 36%, for example from 36% to 38%, such as from 38% to
40%, for example from 40% to 42%, such as from 42% to 44%, for example from
44%
to 46%, such as from 46% to 48%, for example from 48% to 50%, such as from 50%
to
52%, for example from 52% to 54%, such as from 54% to 56%, for example from
56%
to 58%, such as from 58% to 60%, for example from 60% to 62%, such as from 62%
to
64%, for example from 64% to 66%, such as from 66% to 68%, for example from
68%
to 70%, such as from 70% to 72%, for example from 72% to 74%, such as from 74%
to
76%, for example from 76% to 78%, such as from 78% to 80%, for example from
80%
129
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
to 82%, such as from 82% to 84%, for example from 84% to 86%, such as from 86%
to
88%, for example from 88% to 90%, such as from 90% to 92%, for example from
92%
to 94%, such as from 94% to 96%, for example from 96% to 98%, such as from 98%
to
100% of the height from the bottom of the inner tray to the mark for maximum
filling.
The mark for maximum filling of the inner tray helps to ensure that too much
liquid can
not be added to the matrix material in the container. If too much liquid has
been added
to the matrix material in the container, the liquid that remains in the tray
after
absorption of liquid into the matrix material will comprise the pharmaceutical
composition from the matrix material (e.g. Thrombin).
One advantage of using a matrix material with added liquid is that the matrix
material
becomes more mouldable and softer than a dry matrix material.
In one embodiment the pharmaceutical composition such as Thrombin is only
applied
e.g. by printing on one or more of the surfaces of the matrix material. In
another
embodiment the pharmaceutical composition such as Thrombin is applied
throughout
the matrix matrial. However, after liquid has been added to the matrix
material and after
absorption of liquid into the matrix material has occurred ¨ the
pharmaceutical
composition such as Thrombin will often be distributed thoughout the matrix
material.
In one preferred embodiment the container with the matrix material according
to the
present invention has the shape and size shown in Figure 4 - termed Teacup100.
Teacup100 is made for addition of a volume of liquid of maximum 20 mL.
In one preferred embodiment the container with the matrix material according
to the
present invention has the shape and size shown in Figure 5 - termed Teacup50.
Teacup50 is made for addition of a volume of liquid of maximum 10 mL.
In one preferred embodiment the container with the matrix material according
to the
present invention has the shape and size shown in Figure 6- termed Teacup12-7.
Teacup12-7 is made for addition of a volume of liquid of maximum 2 mL.
The liquid to be added to the container used for wetting the matrix material
may be
selected from the group consisting of an aqueous solution; a saline solution
such as
130
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
NaCI 0.9% (normal saline); medical-grade water; water for injection; water for
irrigation;
saline for injection; saline for irrigation; an antibiotic solution comprising
an antiobiotic
selected from those listed in Table 5 above including penicillins,
cephalosporins,
tetracyclines, ampiciflin, aureothicin, bacitracin, chloramphenicol,
cycloserine,
erythromycin, gentamicin, gramacidins, kanamycins, neomycins, streptomycins,
tobramycin, and vancomycin; an anaesthetic solution comprising a local
anaesthetic
selected from Lidocaine/prilocaine (EMLA), Articaine, Bupivacaine, Carticaine,
Cinchocaine/Dibucaine, Etidocaine, Levobupivacaine, Lidocaine/Lignocaine,
Mepivacaine, Piperocaine, Prilocaine, Ropivacaine, Trimecaine, Benzocaine,
Chloroprocaine, Cocaine, Cyclomethycaine, Dimethocaine/Larocaine,
Propoxycaine,
Procaine/Novocaine, Proparacaine, Tetracaine/Amethocaine; a solution
comprising
adrenaline (epinephrine), and others.
A kit of parts
The present invention also relates to a kit of parts and use of said kit of
parts. In one
embodiment the kit of parts comprises a matrix material as described elsewhere
herein
such as a matrix material printed with one or more pharmaceutical compositions
or a
matrix material comprising thrombin. In another embodiment the kit of parts
comprises
the container for storage of a matrix material as described herein above.
The kit of parts can be used to apply a matrix material e.g. a matrix material
comprising
thrombin such as a matrix material with thrombin printed onto one or more
surfaces of
the matrix material onto an injured portion of a mammalian body such a wound
on a
human being.
The kit of parts can be used to treat a wound, to accelerate or promote
hemostasis or
accelerate or promote wound healing in an individual in need thereof. The kit
of parts
comprising the container and a matrix material comprising a pharmaceutical
composition such as thrombin provides a sterile storage of said matrix
material. The
appropriate medical personnel decide which pharmaceutical composition is
appropriate
for the wound in question.
The container is opened either completely or partly by removement of the lid
e.g. by
cutting, peeling or tearing of the lid from the lid sealing surface. The
matrix material can
then optionally be removed and cut into pieces of relevant size(s) and be
placed in the
131
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
container again. A predetermined volume of liquid/moisture such as water or
saline is
added to the container e.g. up to the mark on the one or more sidewalls. After
absorption of liquid into the matrix material, the matrix material is placed
on the wound.
Alternatively, the matrix material can be cut into pieces of relevant sizes
after liquid has
been added to the matrix material.
Combination therapy
The fluid or liquid composition according to the present invention may contain
substances selected form the group consisting of hemostatic or anti-
fibrinolytic agents,
wound healing agents, adhesive agents and surfactants, as disclosed above.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition
according
to the present invention may comprise more than one agent, selected from
tables 1 to
4.
Thus, the composition may comprise more than 1, such as 2, for example 3, such
as 4,
for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected
from
tables 1 to 4. Table 1 comprises examples of hemostatic or anti-fibrinolytic
agents;
table 2 comprises examples of wound healing agents; table 3 comprises examples
of
adhesive agents and table 4 comprises examples of surfactants.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example 3,
such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected
from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as
4, for
example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from
table 2.
In another embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example
3, such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different
agents
selected from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example
3, such as
4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected from
table 3.
In yet another embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2,
for
example 3, such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8
different
agents selected from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for
example 3,
132
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected
from table 4.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example 3,
such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected
from table 2, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as
4, for
example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from
table 3.
In another embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example
3, such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different
agents
selected from table 2, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example
3, such as
4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected from
table 4.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example 3,
such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected
from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as
4, for
example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from
table 2,
still further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as 4, for
example 5,
such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from table 3.
In another embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2, for
example
3, such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different
agents
selected from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example
3, such as
4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected from
table 2, still further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such
as 4, for
example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from
table 4.
In yet another embodiment, the composition comprises at least 1, such as 2,
for
example 3, such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8
different
agents selected from table 1, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for
example 3,
such as 4, for example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents
selected
from table 2, further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as
4, for
example 5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from
table 3,
and also further comprising at least 1, such as 2, for example 3, such as 4,
for example
5, such as 6, for example 7, such as 8 different agents selected from table 4.
133
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
According to the preferred embodiments cited here above, agents may be
administered
onto the matrix of the device of the invention via inkjet printing, by
printing a
pharmaceutical composition containing agents from either 1, 2, 3 or 4 classes
of
agents, as cited in tables 1 to 4.
134
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Examples
The invention will be further described in the following examples, which do
not limit the
scope of the invention described in the claims.
Example 1: Determination of the reconformation rate of gelatin-based sponges.
The purpose of this method is to determine the reconformation rate of a
gelatin-based
sponge. The method comprises soaking the sponge, and subsequently squeezing
it.
The appearance of the native shape of the sponge is monitored as a function of
time,
and the time that lapses until the sponge has reached its native shape is
termed the
reconformation time.
The method comprises the following steps:
1. Cut a suitable piece of absorbable gelatin-based sponge, approximately 1x1
cm, and
thoroughly soak it in water at room temperature.
2. Remove the sample from the water, and squeeze it until it is flat and no
more air
bubbles or drops of water can be pressed out.
3. Place the sample in a beaker filled with water at room temperature and
measure the
time (in seconds) until the sample has gained its former size and shape.
4. Repeat the test twice and report the result as the average of three
determinations.
135
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Example 2.
This gives an example of a possible print medium or composition for printing
onto a
surface of a matrix. In this example, the bioactive agent comprised in the
pharmaceutical composition is thrombin, and the matrix is a collagen-based
sponge.
Print media: sterile MO-water, sterile saline or another appropriate sterile
aqueous
solvent is adjusted with a suitable biocompatible viscosity enhancer, such as
gelatin, to
cps. Thrombin is reconstituted to a suitable concentration in the media. This
concentration should be adjusted so that the final concentration of thrombin
yields 30
10 IU/cm2 on the surface of the matrix to be imprinted. The pH is kept
within physiological
ranges, and the temperature is held at ambient temperature (around 25 C). If
desired,
a suitable surfactant may be added to the medium.
The matrix chosen is in one embodiment a gelatin-based sponge, such as the
commercially available Spongostan , Surgifoam or Surgiflo (Ferrosan A/S).
The
sponge may be cut into a suitable form and shape.
The accuracy of the printing head and the control of the printing head must be
very
high, since this controls the amount that is printed and thus the dosage of
thrombin on
the fabricated sponge. This is important even at high rates of production
(such as 60
sponges per minute).
136
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Example 3: Hemostatic effect for a matrix printed with thrombin
A pig model has been used to test the effect on hemostasis of different
amounts of
thrombin printed onto a matrix (SurgifoamTM; Johnson and Jonhson). Wet and dry
application of the thrombin matrix is compared. For dry applications thrombin
was when
indicated in the diagram printed onto the matrix for low concentrations of
thrombin (20,
or 5 IU/cm2).A matrix printed with thrombin used for dry applications has a
surprisingly effective hemostatic effect (measured in time for hemostasis) at
low
concentrations of thrombin (see diagram below).
Time to Hemostasis using Surgifoam in pig
spleen model
700
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
............
600
500
0 400 MENMEMECECECENMECENECECECECECECECECEMI
MUMUM MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMnnl
I= 300
200
100 '.;=!:g.;!;;=;M= ;;=;;MM !;;MM;ggg
0 NinfEntRom ggg=mi
wet,saline wet, wet, low dry dry, print 20 dry, print
10 dry, print 5
standard dose IU/cm2 IU/cm2 IU/cm2
dose thrombin
thrombin (20 IU/cm2)
(200
IU/cm2)
Diagram legend: The efficacy of Surgifoam with thrombin applied by ink-jet
printing was
examined in a pig spleen model and compared to the standard wet use of
Surgifoam+thrombin. Results are medians +/- max/min. The Surgifoam was either
applied wet or dry. For the wet application 4 cm2 Surgifoam was moistened in
either
800 ul Saline, 800 ul standard thrombin solution at 1000 IU/m1(-200 IU/cm2) or
800 ul
low thrombin solution at 100 IU/m1 (-20 IU/cm2). Standard use of thrombin with
gelatin
sponge today is 1000 IU/ml. For the dry application Surgifoam alone or printed
with 20,
10 or 5 IU/cm2 was applied on the spleen wound. Each product was tested 3 or 4
times.
137
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
The diagram shows that dry application of 20 IU/cm2 printed thrombin results
in faster
hemostasis than wet application of the same amount of thrombin. Furthermore,
dry
application of 10 IU/cm2 printed thrombin results in similar or even faster
hemostatis
than wet application of 200 IU/cm2 thrombin.
The present invention relates in one embodiment to a matrix such as
SurgifoamTM
printed with an amount of thrombin resulting in a time of hemostasis after dry
application (measured by the assay described above) below 200 seconds,
such as below 190 seconds, for example below 180 seconds, such as below 170
seconds, for example below 160 seconds, such as below 150 seconds, for example
below 140 seconds, such as below 130 seconds, for example below 120 seconds,
such as below 110 seconds, for example below 100 seconds, such as below 90
seconds, for example below 80 seconds, such as below 70 seconds, for example
below 60 seconds, such as below 50 seconds, for example below 48 seconds,
such as below 46 seconds, for example below 44 seconds, such as below 42
seconds,
for example below 40 seconds, such as below 38 seconds, for example below 36
seconds, such as below 34 seconds, for example below 32 seconds, such as below
30
seconds, for example below 28 seconds, such as below 26 seconds, for example
below 24 seconds, such as below 22 seconds, for example below 20 seconds,
such as below 18 seconds, for example below 16 seconds, such as below 14
seconds,
for example below 12 seconds, such as below 10 seconds, for example below 8
seconds, such as below 6 seconds, for example below 4 seconds, such as below 2
seconds, for example below 1 second.
138
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Example 4: use of a container with a matrix material in an operating room
This example describes one example of use of a container with a matrix
material in an
operating room.
A person such as a scrub tech/RN places the container/tray on a sterile field,
uses the
handle to hold the container/tray while removing the lid e.g. a tyvek lid. In
one
embodiment everything on the sterile field is labelled to minimize any
mistakes. The
person such as the scrub tech/RN checks that the product name has been
embossed
on the container/tray thus giving confidence that no additional labeling needs
to be
done. The mixing preparation on the lid serves as a guiding to remind the
person how
to mix the product correctly. The scrub tech/RN uses the notches (inside
dwellings) to
take up the matrix material such as a sponge from the container/tray with the
fingers,
tweezers, forceps or an alternative device. The scrub tech/RN cuts the matrix
material
such as a sponge into the container/tray omitting the need for a bowl. When
matrix
material pieces have been cut, the scrub tech/RN applies the appropriate
amount of
liquid, such as sodium chloride, such as sodium chloride 0.9%, on top of the
matrix
material/sponge pieces. The Scrub tech may use for example fingers or a pair
of
forceps to poke the liquid/sodium chloride/sodium chloride 0.9% into the
matrix
materials/sponge pieces. When this is done, the scrub tech/RN optionally uses
the
handle on the tray to place the tray until needed by e.g. the surgeon: the
tray may e.g.
be placed on the sterile field, back table (sterile), on the mayo stand, on
the chest of
the patient (e.g. on sterile cover). The scrub tech/RN may hold the handle
when
presenting the product to the surgeon and while the surgeon picks up the
sponges that
he wants from the tray. Alternatively, the tray may be placed on e.g. the mayo
stand
and the scrub tech/RN gives the surgeon individual matrix materials/sponge
pieces on
apair forceps. If surgeon desires to use soaked e.g. saline soaked patties or
cottonoids
on top of the matrix material/sponge pieces for compression, these can be
placed on
the flat part of the tray.
139
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Example 5
This example describes one example of printing a fluid, pharmaceutical
composition
with thrombin onto a matrix material; wherein the ratio of droplet volume, the
distance
between droplets deposited on the surface of the matrix material and the
concentration
of thrombin is fixed to achieve a uniform distribution pattern.
In this example, the bioactive agent comprised in the fluid or liquid
composition is
thrombin, and the matrix is a gelatin-based sponge.
Print media: sterile MO-water, sterile saline or another appropriate sterile
aqueous
solvent is adjusted with a suitable biocompatible viscosity enhancer, such as
gelatin, to
10 cps. Thrombin is reconstituted to a concentration of 8-10,000 Umi in the
media.
The pH is kept within physiological ranges, and the temperature is held at
ambient
temperature (around 2500). If desired, a suitable surfactant may be added to
the
medium.
A fluid or liquid composition comprising thrombin at a concentration of 8-
10,000 Umi is
filled in a reservoir connected to a print head, such as a Spectra Galaxy
Printhead
256/80 HM piezoelectric inkjet printhead. The distance between the printhead
and the
gelatin-sponge is adjusted to 2 mm.
Printing is initiated and droplets of essentially 80 pL in size are expelled
from the 256
nozzles of the print head at a velocity of 8 m/sec, such that the distance
between any
two droplets is 254 microns. The jet straightness is 5 mrad (0.291.
140
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Items
1. A matrix material comprising a surface and a plurality of open and
interconnected
cells, wherein the surface of said matrix comprises at least one
pharmaceutical
composition printed onto said surface in individual and discrete locations.
2. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix comprises
one or
more polymers.
3. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein said polymers are cross-
linked.
4. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein said polymers are not
cross-
linked.
5. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein said polymers are
selected from
the group consisting of collagen, gelatin, polyurethane, polysiloxanes
(silicone),
hydrogels, polyacrylamides, chitosan, sodium polyacrylate, agarose, alginates,
xanthan gum, guar gum, arabic gum, agar gum, Locust Bean gum, Carrageenan
gum, Xanthan gum, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, Ghatti gum, Furcelleran gum,
chitin, cellulose, methylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl
cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hyaluronic
acid, pectin, starch, glycogen, pentosans, polyoxyethylene, polyAMPS (poly(2-
acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl
alcohol, polyglycolic acid, polyacetic acid, acrylate polymers,
polyhydroxyalkyl
acrylates, methacrylates, polyvinyl lactams, polyvinyl alcohols,
polyoxyalkylenes,
polyacrylam ides, polyacrylic acid, polystyrene sulfonates, synthetic
hydrocolloids
such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-N-vinyl-
2-
pyrrolidone, 3,3-dimethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-methyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone, 3-
ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-methyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-valerolactam, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, hydroxyalkyl
acrylates
and methacrylates, (such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2,3-
dihydroxypropyl methacrylate), acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, tertiary amino-
methacrylimide, (e.g. trimethylamino-methacrylimide), crotonic acid, pyridine,
water soluble amides, (such as N-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide and -
141
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
methacrylamide, N-(3-hydroxpropyl)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)
methacrylamide, N-(1,1-dimethy1-3-oxabutypacrylamide N-[2-
(dimethylamine)ethyl]acrylamide and -methacrylamide, Ni3-(dimethylamino)-2-
hydroxylpropylynethacrylamide, and N-E1,1-dimethy1-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-
oxabutyl]acrylamide); water-soluble hydrazine derivatives, (such as
trialkylamine
methacrylimide, and dimethyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)amine methacrylimide); mono-
olefinic sulfonic acids and their salts, (such as sodium ethylene sulfonate,
sodium
styrene sulfonate, 2-acrylamideo-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid), 1-vinyl-
imidazole, 1-vinyl-indole, 2-vinyl imidazole, 4(5)-vinyl-imidazole, 2-vinyl-l-
methyl-
imidazole, 5-vinyl-pyrazoline, 3-methyl-5-isopropenyl-pyrazole, 5-methylene-
hydantoin, 3-vinyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacrylyI-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacryly1-5-
methyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazolidone, 2- and 4-vinyl-pyridine,
5-
vinyl-2-methyl-pyridine, 2-vinyl-pyridine-1-oxide, 3-isopropenyl-pyridine, 2-
and 4-
vinyl-piperidine, 2-and 4-vinyl-quinoline, 2,4-dimethy1-6-vinyl-s-triazine, 4-
acrylyl-
morpholine, Oxidized Regenerated Cellulose (ORC), poly(lactic-co-glycolic
acid)
(PLGA), Polylactic acid (PLA), Extracellular matrix (ECM), and mixtures
thereof.
6. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein the polymers originates
from an
animal source such as porcine, bovine or fish sources.
7. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein the polymers are
synthetically
made i.e. by recombinant means.
8. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein the polymers are
selected from
collagen and gelatin.
9. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein the polymers comprise
gelatin.
10. The matrix material according to item 2, wherein the polymers comprise
collagen.
11. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the interconnected
open cells
form pores having a diameter of from about 0.1 mm to about 5.0 mm.
142
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
12. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix has the
dimensions
(length, width and height) of less than 15 cm long, less than 10 cm wide and
less
than 2 cm high.
13. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix is a shape
selected
from the group consisting of square form, circular form, rectangular form,
cubic
form, cylinder form, spherical or pyramid-shaped.
14. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix has a
colour selected
from the group consisting of red, pink, yellow, blue, green, white, black,
brown,
purple, orange, grey and turquoise.
15. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material
has a
reconformation rate of no more than 10 seconds, such as no more than 9
seconds, for example no more than 8 seconds, such as no more than 7 seconds,
for example no more than 6 seconds, such as no more than 5 seconds, for
example no more than 4 seconds, such as no more than 3 seconds, for example
no more than 3 seconds, such as no more than 1 second.
16. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material has a
pore
size with a normal distribution around 0.1-1.0 mm.
17. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix
material has a pore
size of less than 10 mm, such as less than 9 mm, for example less than 8 mm,
such as less than 7 mm, for example less than 6 mm, such as less than 5 mm,
for example less than 4 mm, such as less than 3 mm, for example less than 2.9
mm, such as less than 2.8 mm, for example less than 2.7 mm, such as less than
2.6 mm, for example less than 2.5 mm, such as less than 2.4 mm, for example
less than 2.3 mm, such as less than 2.2 mm, for example less than 2.1 mm, such
as less than 2 mm, for example less than 1.9 mm, such as less than 1.8 mm, for
example less than 1.7 mm, such as less than 1.6 mm, for example less than 1.5
mm, such as less than 1.4 mm, for example less than 1.3 mm, such as less than
1.2 mm, for example less than 1.1 mm, such as less than 1.0 mm, for example
less than 0.9 mm, such as less than 0.8 mm, for example less than 0.7 mm, such
as less than 0.6 mm, for example less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.4 mm,
143
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
for example less than 0.3 mm, such as less than 0.2 mm, for example less than
0.1 mm, such as less tan 0.05, for example less than 0.01 mm.
18. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material
has a pore
size in the range of 0.01-0.1 mm, such as 0.1-0.2 mm, for example 0.2-0.3 mm,
such as 0.3-0.4 mm, for example 0.4-0.5 mm, such as 0.5-0.6 mm, for example
0.6-0.7 mm, such as 0.7-0.8 mm, for example 0.8-0.9 mm, such as 0.9-1 mm, for
example 1-1.1 mm, such as 1.1-1.2 mm, for example 1.2-1.3 mm, such as 1.3-
1,4 mm, for example 1.4-1.5 mm, such as 1.5-1.6 mm, for example 1.6-1.7 mm,
such as 1.-1.8 mm, for example 1.8-1.9 mm, such as 2-2.1 mm, for example 2.1-
2,2 mm, such as 2.2-2.3 mm, for example 2.3-2.4 mm, such as 2.4-2.5 mm, for
example 2.5-2.6 mm, such as 2.6-2.7 mm, for example 2.7-2.8 mm, such as 2.8-
2,9 mm, for example 2.9-3 mm, such as 3-4 mm, for example 4-5 mm, such as 5-
6 mm, for example 6-7 mm, such as 7-8 mm, for example 8-9 mm, such as 9-10
mm.
19. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material
has a
modulus in the range of 0.1-50 GPa, such as 0.1-1, for example 1-2, such as 2-
3,
such as 3-4, for example 4-5, such as 5-6, for example, 6-7, such as 7-8, for
example 8-9, such as 9-10, for example 10-20, such as 20-30, for example 30-
40, such as 40-50 GPa.
20. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the surface of the
matrix
contains less than 100 IU/cm2, such as less than 95, for example less than 90,
such as 85, for example less than 80, such as less than 75, for example less
than
70, such as 65, for example less than 60, such as less than 55, for example
less
than 50, such as 45, for example less than 40, such as less than 35, for
example
less than 30, such as 25, for example less than 20, such as less than 15, for
example less than 10, such as 5, for example less than 1 IU/cm2 of the
pharmaceutical composition.
21. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the surface of the
matrix
contains between 1-5 IU/cm2, such as 5-10, for example 10-15, such as 15-20,
for example 20-25, such as 25-30, for example 30-35, such as 35-40, for
example 40-45, such as 45-50, for example 50-55, such as 55-60, for example
144
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
60-65, such as 65-70, for example 70-75, such as 75-80, for example 80-85,
such as 85-90, for example 90-95, such as 95-100 IU/cm2 of the pharmaceutical
composition.
22. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is a
sponge.
23. The matrix material according to item 22, wherein the sponge is a
gelatin or
collagen sponge.
24. The matrix material according to item 23, wherein the gelatin or collagen
sponge
is selected from the group consisting of Spongostan, Surgifoam, Surgiflo (all
Ferrosan A/S), Collastat (Kendall Co.), Avitene (Avicon Inc.), Surgicel,
Surgifoam
(both Johnson & Johnson) and Gelfoam (Phizer).
25. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is a
patch.
26. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
a swab.
27. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
a
bandage.
28. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
a wound
dressing.
29. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is a
tissue
dressing.
30. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix
material is sterile.
31. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterile and
contained in a sterile, pre-packaged, ready-to-use container.
32. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix
material is sterilized.
145
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
33. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of heat.
34. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of one or more chemicals.
35. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of high pressure.
36. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of filtration.
37. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of autoclaving.
38. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of radiation sterilization such as sterilization using X-rays,
gamma
rays, UV light and/or subatomic particles.
39. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized
by application of chemical sterilization include use of one or more of the
chemicals selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide gas, ozone,
chlorine bleach, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, ortho phthalaldehyde, hydrogen
peroxide and peracetic acid.
40. The matrix material according to item 30, wherein the matrix material
is contained
in a sterile container and separated from an external, non-sterile
environment.
41. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s).
42. The pharmaceutical composition according to item 41, wherein said
bioactive
agent is of a concentration in the range of 1 Um! to 1,000,000 IU/m1; such as
1-
10 IU/ml, for example 10-50 IU/ml, such as 50-100 IU/ml, for example 100-150
IU/ml, such as 150-200 IU/ml, for example 200-250 IU/ml, such as 250-300
IU/ml,
146
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
for example 300-350 IU/ml, such as 350-400 IU/ml, for example 400-450 IU/ml,
such as 450-500 IU/ml, for example 500-750 IU/ml, such as 750-1000 IU/ml, for
example 1000-1500 IU/ml, such as 1500-2000 IU/ml, for example 2000-2500
IU/ml, such as 2500-3000 IU/ml, for example 3000-3500 IU/ml, such as 3500-
4000 IU/ml, for example 4000-4500 IU/ml, such as 4500-5000 IU/ml, for example
5000-5500 IU/ml, such as 5500-6000 IU/ml, for example 6000-6500 IU/ml, such
as 6500-7000 IU/ml, for example 7000-7500 IU/ml, such as 7500-8000 IU/ml, for
example 8000-8500 IU/ml, such as 8500-9000 IU/ml, for example 9000-9500
IU/ml, such as 9500-10,000 IU/ml, for example 10,000-11,000 IU/ml, such as
11,000-12,000 IU/ml, for example 12,000-13,000 IU/ml, such as 13,000-14,000
IU/ml, for example 14,000-15,000 IU/ml, such as 15,000-16,000 IU/ml, for
example 16,000-17,000 IU/ml, such as 17,000-18,000 IU/ml, for example 18,000-
19,000 IU/ml, such as 19,000-20,000 IU/ml, for example 20,000-25,000 IU/ml,
such as 25,000-30,000 IU/ml, for example 30,000-35,000 IU/ml, such as 35,000-
40,000 IU/ml, for example 40,000-45,000 IU/ml, such as 45,000-50,000 IU/ml,
for
example 50,000-55,000 IU/ml, such as 55,000-60,000 IU/ml, for example 60,000-
65,000 IU/ml, such as 65,000-70,000 IU/ml, for example 70,000-75,000 IU/ml,
such as 75,000-80,000 IU/ml, for example 80,000-85,000 IU/ml, such as 85,000-
90,000 IU/ml, for example 90,000-95,000 IU/ml, such as 95,000-100,000 IU/ml,
for example 100,000-150,000 IU/ml, such as 150,000-200,000 IU/ml, for example
200,000-250,000 IU/ml, such as 250,000-300,000 IU/ml, for example 300,000-
350,000 IU/ml, such as 350,000-400,000 IU/ml, for example 400,000-450,000
IU/ml, such as 450,000-500,000 IU/ml, for example 500,000-550,000 IU/ml, such
as 550,000-600,000 IU/ml, for example 600,000-650,000 IU/ml, such as 650,000-
700,000 IU/ml, for example 700,000-750,000 IU/ml, such as 750,000-800,000
IU/ml, for example 800,000-850,000 IU/ml, such as 850,000-900,000 IU/ml, for
example 900,000-950,000 IU/ml, such as 950,000-1,000,000 IU/ml.
43. The pharmaceutical composition according to item 41, wherein said
bioactive
agent is of a concentration in the range of 1 ng/ml to 1,000,000 mg/ml; such
as 1-
10 ng/ml, for example 10-100 ng/ml, such as 100-200 ng/ml, for example 300-
400 ng/ml, such as 400-500 ng/ml, for example 500-600 ng/ml, such as 600-700
ng/ml, for example 700-800 ng/ml, such as 800-900 ng/ml, for example 900-1000
ng/ml, such as 1-10 ug/ml, for example 10-100 ug/ml, such as 100-200 ug/ml,
for
example 200-300 ug/ml, such as 300-400 ug/ml, for example 400-500 ug/ml,
147
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
such as 500-600 ug/ml, for example 600-700 ug/ml, such as 700-800 ug/ml, for
example 800-900 ug/ml, such as 900-1000 ug/ml, for example 1-10 mg/ml, such
as 10-100 mg/ml, for example 100-200 mg/ml, such as 200-300 mg/ml, for
example 300-400 mg/ml, such as 400-500 mg/ml, for example 500-600 mg/ml,
such as 600-700 mg/ml, for example 700-800 mg/ml, such as 800-900 mg/ml, for
example 900-1000 mg/ml, such as 1000-2000 mg/ml, for example 2000-3000
mg/ml, such as 3000-4000 mg/ml, for example 4000-5000 mg/ml, such as 5000-
6000 mg/ml, for example 6000-7000 mg/ml, such as 7000-8000 mg/ml, for
example 8000-9000 mg/ml, such as 9000-10,000 mg/ml, for example 10,000-
20,000 mg/ml, such as 20,000-30,000 mg/ml, for example 30,000-40,000 mg/ml,
such as 40,000-50,000 mg/ml, for example 50,000-60,000 mg/ml, such as
60,000-70,000 mg/ml, for example 70,000-80,000 mg/ml, such as 80,000-90,000
mg/ml, for example 90,000-100,000 mg/ml, such as 100,000-200,000 mg/ml, for
example 200,000-300,000 mg/ml, such as 300,000-400,000 mg/ml, for example
400,000-500,000 mg/ml, such as 500,000-600,000 mg/ml, for example 600,000-
700,000 mg/ml, such as 700,000-800,000 mg/ml, for example 800,000-900,000
mg/ml, such as 900,000-1,000,000 mg/ml.
44. The matrix material according to item 41, wherein the concentration of
the
bioactive agent of any two droplets expelled from a print head vary less that
10%,
such as less than 8%, for example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for
example less than 2%, such as less than 1%.
45. The matrix material according to item 44, wherein the concentration of
the
bioactive agent of any two droplets is essentially identical.
46. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates hemostasis.
47. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates wound healing.
48. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates wound healing by
inhibition of one or more infections of the wound.
148
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
49. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises one or more anti-
fibrinolytic agents.
50. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises one or more pro-
coagulants.
51. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates platelets.
52. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulate formation of a
hemostatic plug.
53. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates one or more
coagulation factors.
54. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) selected from the group consisting of
endothelium Tissue Factor (TF), Factor VII, TF-Factor Vila, Factor IX, Factor
X,
thrombin, Factor Xla, plasmin, Factor XII, Factor Xa, TFPI, Factor Va,
prothrombinase complex, prothrombin, Factor V, Factor XI, Factor VIII, vWF,
Factor Villa, Factor IXa and the tenase complex.
55. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the formation of
fibrin
strands.
56. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates platelate
aggregation.
149
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
57. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises thrombin.
58. The matrix material according to items 1 and 57, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
fibrinogen.
59. The matrix material according to items 1 and 57, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor
XIII and/or X111a.
60. The matrix material according to items 1 and 57, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
tranexamic acid.
61. The matrix material according to items 1 and 57, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
Willebrand factor (vWF).
62. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the contact
activation
pathway.
63. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the tissue factor
pathway.
64. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates fibrin formation.
65. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates fibrin cross-linking.
66. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor VIII.
150
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
67. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor V.
68. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor XIII.
69. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor VII.
70. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which stimulates the coagulation
cascade.
71. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises thrombin.
72. The matrix material according to item 71, wherein the matrix contains
less than
300 IU thrombin per square cm (cm2) surface area, such as less than 290, for
example less than 280, such as 270, for example less than 260, such as less
than 250, for example less than 240, such as 230, for example less than 220,
such as less than 210, for example less than 200, such as 190, for example
less
than 180, such as less than 170, for example less than 160, such as 150, for
example less than 140, such as less than 130, for example less than 120, such
as 110, for example less than 100 IU/cm2, such as less than 95, for example
less
than 90, such as 85, for example less than 80, such as less than 75, for
example
less than 70, such as 65, for example less than 60, such as less than 55, for
example less than 50, such as 45, for example less than 40, such as less than
35, for example less than 30, such as 25, for example less than 20, such as
less
than 15, for example less than 10, such as 5, for example less than 1 IU/cm2.
73. The matrix material according to item 71, wherein the surface of the
matrix
contains between 1-5 IU/cm2 thrombin, such as 5-10, for example 10-15, such as
15-20, for example 20-25, such as 25-30, for example 30-35, such as 35-40, for
example 40-45, such as 45-50, for example 50-55, such as 55-60, for example
151
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
60-65, such as 65-70, for example 70-75, such as 75-80, for example 80-85,
such as 85-90, for example 90-95, such as 95-100, for example 100-110, such as
110-120, for example 120-130, such as 130-140, for example 140-150, such as
150-160, for example 160-170, such as 170-180, for example 180-190, such as
190-200, for example 200-210, such as 210-220, for example 220-230, such as
230-240, for example 240-250, such as 250-260, for example 260-270, such as
270-280, for example 280-290, such as 290-300 IU/cm2.
74. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
is printed onto the surface of the matrix material by deposition of an amount
of
liquid per position of less than 100 nL, such as less than 90 nL, for example
less
than 80 nL, such as less than 70 nL, for example less than 60 nL, such as less
than 50 nL, for example less than 40 nL, such as less than 30 nL, for example
less than 20 nL, such as less than 10 nL, for example less than 1 nL or 1000
pL,
such as less than 900 pL, for example less than 800 pL, such as less than 700
pL, for example less than 600 pL, such as less than 500 pL, for example less
than 400 pL, such as less than 300 pL, for example less than 250 pL, such as
less than 200 pL, for example less than 150 pL, such as less than 100 pL, for
example less than 90 pL, such as less than 80 pL, for example less than 70 pL,
such as less than 60 pL, for example less than 50 pL, such as less than 40 pL,
for example less than 30 pL, such as less than 20 pL, for example less than 10
pL, such as less than 9 pL, for example less than 8 pL, such as less than 7
pL,
for example less than 6 pL, such as less than 5 pL, for example less than 4
pL,
such as less than 3 pL, for example less than 2 pL, such as less than 1 pL per
position.
75. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
is printed onto the surface of the matrix material by deposition of an amount
of
liquid per position in pico litre (pL) to nano litre (nL) range, such as 1-10
pL, for
example 10-20 pL, such as 20-30 pL, for example 30-40 pL, such as 40-50 pL,
for example 50-60 pL, such as 60-70 pL, for example 70-80 pL, such as 80-90
pL, for example 100-150 pL, such as 150-200 pL, for example 200-250 pL, such
as 250-300 pL, for example 300-400 pL, such as 400-500 pL, for example 500-
600 pL, such as 600-700 pL, for example 700-800 pL, such as 800-900 pL, for
example 900-1000 pL or 1 nL, such as 1-10 nL, for example 10-20 nL, such as
152
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
20-30 nL, for example 30-40 nL, such as 40-50 nL, for example 50-60 nL, such
as 60-70 nL, for example 70-80 nL, such as 80-90 nL, for example 90-100 nL.
76. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more adhesive agents.
77. The matrix material according to item 76, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of saccharides,
monosaccharides, disaccharides, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, glucose,
mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose,
galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, allose, pentosamines,
hexosamines, glucosamine, N-acetylglucosamine, glucoronic acid, sucrose,
maltose, lactose, cellubiose, glycogen, chitin, chitosan, starch, potato
starch,
glycosaminoglycans, chondroitin, chondroitin sulfate, hyaluronic acid,
dermatan
sulphate, keratan sulphate, aminated dextrans, DEAE-dextran, aminated starch,
aminated glycogen, aminated cellulose, aminated pectin, and salts, complexes,
derivatives and mixtures thereof.
78. The matrix material according to item 76, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon resins, rosin
resins, terpene resins, Escorez from ExxonMobil; Regalite , Piccotac and
Picco from Eastman; Indopol from BP or Arkon , esters of hydrogenated wood
rosin, pentaerythritol ester of hydrogenated wood rosin, esters of partially
hydrogenated wood rosin, pentaerythritol esters of partially hydrogenated wood
rosin, esters of wood rosin, esters of modified wood rosin, esters of
partially
dimerized rosin, esters of tall oil rosin, esters of dimerized rosin, Foral ,
Foralyn ,
Pentalyn , Permalyn and Staybelite .
79. The matrix material according to item 76, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of Gum Karaya, Sterculia gum,
Gum Arabicum, Gum Karrageenan, celluloseethers, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, Manuba Honey, casein, alginates and fatty acid esters.
80. The matrix material according to item 76, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents comprises between 0.1-50% (w/w) of the pharmaceutical composition,
153
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
based on the total weight of the composition such as 1-25% (w/w), such as 5-
20% (w/w), e.g. 5-15% (w/w), 5-10% (w/w), or 10-15% (w/w), based on the total
weight of the composition.
81. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more surfactant agents.
82. The matrix material according to item 81, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants,
cationic
surfactants, non-ionic surfactants and surface active biological modifiers.
83. The matrix material according to item 81, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of potassium laurate,
triethanolamine stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylsulfate, alkyl
polyoxyethylene sulfates, sodium alginate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate,
phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl inositol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidic
acid and their salts, glyceryl esters, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, bile
acids
and their salts, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, taurocholic
acid,
glycodeoxycholic acid, and calcium carboxymethylcellulose.
84. The matrix material according to item 81, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of samples of cationic
surfactants include surfactants selected from the group consisting of
quaternary
ammonium compounds, benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium
bromide, chitosans and lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride.
85. The matrix material according to item 81, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of polyoxyethylene fatty
alcohol
ethers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene fatty acid
esters, sorbitan esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters (such as Tween 80 or
Tween 20), glycerol monostearate, polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols,
cetyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, aryl alkyl polyether
alcohols,
polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, polaxamines, methylcellu lose,
hydroxycellu lose, hydroxy propylcellu lose, hydroxy propylmethylcellu lose,
154
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
noncrystalline cellulose, polysaccharides, starch, starch derivatives,
hydroxyethylstarch, polyvinyl alcohol, Pluronic F68, and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
86. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises a solvent component and/or a fluid component.
87. The matrix material according to item 86, wherein the solvent component
and/or
fluid component is an aqueous medium.
88. The matrix material according to item 87, wherein the aqueous medium
contains
one or more salts such as sodium chloride.
89. The matrix material according to item 87, wherein the solvent component
and/or
fluid component is a volatile fluid.
90. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more water content stabilizer such as sorbitol,
polysaccaharides or polyols.
91. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more long chain molecules (polymers) such as gelatin, starch,
polyethlyleneoxide, polyvinylalcohol and polyethyleneglycols (macrogol).
92. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one or more substances that increases the viscosity of the
composition, selected from acacia, alginic acid, bentonite, carbomer,
carboxymethylcellu lose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, cetostearyl
alcohol, colloidal silicon dioxide, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl
cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
phtalate,
magnesium aluminium silicate, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose,
polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, sodium alginate, sucrose, tragacanth, gelatin,
starch,
albumin, casein, polyethlyleneoxide, polyvinylalcohol, polyethyleneglycols
(macrogol), glycerine (1,2,3-propanetriol) and glycol (1,2-propanediol).
155
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
93. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
has a viscosity in the range of 0.1-20 cps; for example 0.1-1 cps, such as 1-2
cps, for example 2-3 cps, such as 3-4 cps, for example 4-5 cps, such as 5-6
cps,
for example 6-7 cps, such as 7-8 cps, for example 8-9 cps, such as 9-10 cps,
for
example 10-11 cps, such as 11-12 cps, for example 12-13 cps, such as 13-14
cps, for example 14-15 cps, such as 15-16 cps, for example 16-17 cps, such as
17-18 cps, for example 18-19 cps, such as 19-20 cps.
94. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
has a surface tension in the range of 0.020 to 0.050 N/m; for example 0.020-
0.022 N/m, such as 0.022-0.024 N/m, for example 0.024-0.026 N/m, such as
0.026-0.028 N/m, for example 0.028-0.030 N/m, such as 0.030-0.032 N/m, for
example 0.032-0.034 N/m, such as 0.034-0.036 N/m, for example 0.036-0.038
N/m, such as 0.038-0.040 N/m, for example 0.040-0.042 N/m, such as 0.042-
0.044 N/m, for example 0.044-0.046 N/m, such as 0.046-0.048 N/m, for example
0.048-0.050 N/m.
95. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
has a temperature in the range from sub-zero degrees celcius to 150 degrees
celcius; such as -100 C to -50 C, for example -50 C to 0 C, such as 0-10 C,
for
example 10-20 C, such as 20-30 C, for example 30-40 C, such as 40-50 C, for
example 50-60 C, such as 60-70 C, for example 70-80 C, such as 80-90 C, for
example 90-100 C, such as 100-125 C, for example 125-150 C.
96. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises one bioactive agent.
97. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition
comprises two or more agents or bioactive agents.
98. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the surface of the
matrix
material comprises one pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more
bioactive agents.
156
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
99. The matrix material according to item 1, wherein the surface of the
matrix
material comprises two or more different pharmaceutical compositions each
comprising one or more agents or bioactive agents.
100. The matrix material according to item 99, wherein the two or more
different
pharmaceutical compositions are each printed onto the surface of the matrix
material in discrete and non-overlapping positions of said surface.
101. The matrix material according to item 100, wherein the two or more
different
pharmaceutical compositions are incompatible if contained in the same
pharmaceutical composition.
102. The matrix material according to item 101, wherein the two or more
different
pharmaceutical compositions are separate components of a two-component glue.
103. The matrix material according to item 102, wherein said two-component
glue is a
surgical glue.
104. The matrix material according to item 100, wherein the two or more
pharmaceutical compositions comprise thrombin and fibrinogen, respectively
105. The matrix according to item 1, wherein said pharmaceutical composition
is
uniformly distributed.
106. The matrix according to item 105, wherein a predetermined ratio of
droplet
volume of the pharmaceutical composition, distance between any two droplets
deposited on the surface of said matrix material and the concentration of a
bioactive agent in said pharmaceutical composition is used.
107. The matrix material according to item 105, wherein any two area units of
said
matrix material differ in volume of the pharmaceutical composition or
concentration of bioactive agent of the pharmaceutical composition by the most
10%, such as by the most 8%, for example by the most 6%, such as by the most
4%, for example by the most 2%, such as by the most 1%.
157
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
108. A matrix according to any of items 1 to 107, said matrix being obtained
by a
method comprising the steps of providing a matrix material and printing said
at
least one pharmaceutical composition onto the surface of said matrix material
at
individual and discrete locations.
109. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method does not employ a
drying
step.
110. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not alter
the physical characteristics and appearence of the matrix.
111. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not alter
the physical characteristics of the surface of said matrix.
112. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not
cause any swelling of the matrix.
113. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not
cause any swelling of the surface of said matrix.
114. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not alter
the initial absorption rate of the matrix.
115. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not lower
the initial absorption rate of the surface of said matrix.
116. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said method essentially does
not
generate aerosols.
117. The matrix according to item 108, wherein the amount of fluid or liquid
composition not contacting the matrix material is less that 10%, such as less
than
8%, for example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for example less than 2%,
such as less than 1%.
158
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
118. The matrix according to item 108, wherein printing of the pharmaceutical
composition occurs essentially perpendicular to the surface of said matrix
material.
119. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said printing of said
pharmaceutical
composition onto the surface of said matrix material results in the generation
of
droplets that evaporate within maximum 30 seconds, such as less than 25
seconds, for example less than 20 seconds, such as less than 15 seconds, for
example less than 10 seconds, such as less than 5 seconds, for example less
than 1 second after being printed onto the surface of the matrix.
120. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said printing of said
pharmaceutical
composition onto the surface of said matrix material results in the generation
of
droplets each with a volume of less than 100 nL, such as less than 90 nL, for
example less than 80 nL, such as less than 70 nL, for example less than 60 nL,
such as less than 50 nL, for example less than 40 nL, such as less than 30 nL,
for example less than 20 nL, such as less than 10 nL, for example less than 1
nL
or 1000 pL, such as less than 900 pL, for example less than 800 pL, such as
less
than 700 pL, for example less than 600 pL, such as less than 500 pL, for
example less than 400 pL, such as less than 300 pL, for example less than 250
pL, such as less than 200 pL, for example less than 150 pL, such as less than
100 pL, for example less than 90 pL, such as less than 80 pL, for example less
than 70 pL, such as less than 60 pL, for example less than 50 pL, such as less
than 40 pL, for example less than 30 pL, such as less than 20 pL, for example
less than 10 pL, such as less than 9 pL, for example less than 8 pL, such as
less
than 7 pL, for example less than 6 pL, such as less than 5 pL, for example
less
than 4 pL, such as less than 3 pL, for example less than 2 pL, such as less
than
1 pL per droplet.
121. The matrix according to item 120, wherein the droplet size of any two
droplets
vary less that 10%, such as less than 8%, for example less than 6%, such as
less
than 4%, for example less than 2%, such as less than 1%.
122. The matrix according to item 121, wherein the droplet size of any two
droplets is
essentially identical.
159
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
123. The matrix according to item 99, wherein the distance between every two
droplets deposited by printing onto the matrix surface is less than 2 mm, such
as
less than 1.9 mm, for example less than 1.8 mm, such as less than 1.7 mm, for
example less than 1.6 mm L, such as less than 1.5 mm, for example less than
1.4 mm, such as less than 1.3 mm, for example less than 1.3 mm, such as less
than 1.2 mm, for example less than 1.1 mm, such as less than 1.0 mm, for
example less than 0.9 mm, such as less than 0.8 mm, for example less than 0.7
mm, such as less than 0.6 mm, for example less than 0.5 mm, such as less than
0.4 mm, for example less than 0.3 mm, such as less than 0.2 mm, for example
less than 0.1 mm, such as less than 0.09 mm, for example less than 0.08 mm,
such as less than 0.07 mm, for example less than 0.06 mm, such as less than
0.05 mm, for example less than 0.04 mm, such as less than 0.03 mm, for
example less than 0.02 mm, such as less than 0.01 mm.
124. The matrix according to item 123, wherein the distance between every two
droplets deposited by printing onto the matrix surface vary less that 10%,
such as
less than 8%, for example less than 6%, such as less than 4%, for example less
than 2%, such as less than 1%.
125. The matrix according to item 124, wherein the distance between every two
droplets deposited by printing onto the matrix surface is essentially
identical.
126. The matrix according to item 108, wherein said printing of said
pharmaceutical
composition onto the surface of said matrix material results in the generation
of
droplets, wherein the distance traversed by any droplet from the print head to
the
surface of the matrix material is less than 0.01 mm, such as less than 0.02
mm,
for example less than 0.03 mm, such as less than 0.04 mm, for example less
than 0.05 mm, such as less than 0.06 mm, for example less than 0.07 mm, such
as less than 0.08 mm, for example less than 0.09 mm, such as less than 0.1 mm,
for example less than 0.2 mm, such as less than 0.3 mm, for example less than
0.4 mm, such as less than 0.5 mm, for example less than 0.6 mm, such as less
than 0.7 mm, for example less than 0.8 mm, such as less than 0.9 mm, for
example less than 1.0 mm, such as less than 1.1 mm, for example less than 1.2
mm, such as less than 1.3 mm, for example less than 1.4 mm, such as less than
160
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
1.5 mm, for example less than 1.6 mm, such as less than 1.7 mm, for example
less than 1.8 mm, such as less than 1.9 mm, for example less than 2.0 mm, such
as less than 2.1 mm, for example less than 2.2 mm, such as less than 2.3 mm,
for example less than 2.4 mm, such as less than 2.5 mm, for example less than
2.6 mm, such as less than 2.7 mm, for example less than 2.8 mm, such as less
than 2.8 mm, for example less than 3.0 mm, such as less than 3.5 mm, for
example less than 4.0 mm, such as less than 4.5 mm, for example less than 5.0
mm, such as less than 6.0 mm, for example less than 7.0 mm, such as less than
8.0 mm, for example less than 9.0 mm, such as less than 10.0 mm.
127. The matrix according to item 126, wherein each droplet traverses a
distance from
print head to the surface of a matrix material that varies between each
droplet
within a range of 0.01% to a maximum of 10%; such as 0.01 to 0.1%, for example
0.1 to 1%, such as 1 to 2%, for example 2 to 3 %, such as 3 to 4 %, for
example
4 to 5%, such as 5 to 6%, for example 6 to 7%, such as 7 to 8 %, for example 8
to 9%, such as 9 to 10%.
128. The matrix according to item 127, wherein the distance each droplet
traverses
from print head to the surface of a matrix material is essentially identical.
129. The matrix according to item 108, wherein a print head ejects droplets at
a
velocity in the range of 0.1-100 m/sec; such as 0.1-1 m/sec, for example 1-2
m/sec, such as 2-3 m/sec, for example 3-4 m/sec, such as 4-5 m/sec, for
example 5-6 m/sec, such as 6-7 m/sec, for example 7-8 m/sec, such as 8-9
m/sec, for example 9-10 m/sec, such as 10-15 m/sec, for example 15-20 m/sec,
such as 20-30 m/sec, for example 30-40 m/sec, such as 40-50 m/sec, for
example 50-60 m/sec, such as 60-70 m/sec, for example 70-80 m/sec, such as
80-90 m/sec, for example 90-100 m/sec.
130. The matrix according to item 129, wherein the velocity between each
droplet
varies within a range of 0.01% to a maximum of 10%; such as 0.01 to 0.1%, for
example 0.1 to 1%, such as 1 to 2%, for example 2 to 3 %, such as 3 to 4 %,
for
example 4 to 5%, such as 5 to 6%, for example 6 to 7%, such as 7 to 8 %, for
example 8 to 9%, such as 9 to 10%.
161
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
131. The matrix according to item 130, wherein the velocity of each droplet
from print
head to the surface of a matrix material is essentially identical.
132. The matrix material according to item 108, wherein said pharmaceutical
composition is printed onto said surface of said matrix by jet or inkjet
printing.
133. The matrix material according to item 132, wherein the inkjet printing
comprises
piezoelectric jet printing.
134. The matrix material according to item 132, wherein the jet printing
comprises
thermal jet printing.
135. The matrix material according to item 132, wherein the inkjet printing
comprises
continuous inkjet printing.
136. The matrix material according to item 132, wherein said inkjet printing
comprises
at least one print head comprising at least one nozzle.
137. The matrix material according to item 136, wherein the nozzle diameter is
in the
range of 1-1000 microns; such as 1-5 microns, for example 5-10 microns, such
as 10-20 microns, for example 20-30 microns, such as 30-40 microns, for
example 40-50 microns, such as 50-60 microns, for example 60-70 microns, such
as 70-80 microns, for example 80-90 microns, such as 90-100 microns, for
example 100-200 microns, such as 200-300 microns, for example 300-400
microns, such as 400-500 microns, for example 500-600 microns, such as 600-
700 microns, for example 700-800 microns, such as 800-900 microns, for
example 900-1000 microns.
138. The matrix material according to item 136, wherein the at least one print
head
comprises between 1-50, 50-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350,
350-400, 400-450, 450-500, 500-600, 600-700, 700-800, 800-900, 900-1000,
1000-1100, 1100-1200, 1200-1300, 1300-1400, 1400-1500, 1500-1600, 1600-
1700, 1700-1800, 1800-1900, 1900-2000, 2000-2500, 2500-3000, 3000-4000,
4000-5000, 5000-10,000 nozzles per print head.
162
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
139. A device comprising the matrix material printed with a pharmaceutical
composition according to items 1-138.
140. A kit of parts comprising the device according to item 139 and at least
one
additional component.
141. A method for making the device according to item 139 comprising the steps
of
a. providing a matrix material, and
b. printing a pharmaceutical composition onto the surface of said matrix
material at individual and discrete locations.
142. Use of the device according to item 139 to promote wound healing in an
individual in need thereof
143. Use of the device according to item 139 to promote hemostasis in an
individual in
need thereof
144. A matrix material comprising a surface and a plurality of open and
interconnected
cells, wherein one or more pharmaceutical compositions have been applied onto
said matrix material.
145. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix comprises
one or
more polymers.
146. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein said polymers are
cross-
linked.
147. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein said polymers are not
cross-
linked.
148. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein said polymers are
selected
from the group consisting of collagen, gelatin, polyurethane, polysiloxanes
(silicone), hydrogels, polyacrylamides, chitosan, sodium polyacrylate,
agarose,
alginates, xanthan gum, guar gum, arabic gum, agar gum, Locust Bean gum,
Carrageenan gum, Xanthan gum, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, Ghatti gum,
163
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Furcelleran gum, chitin, cellulose, methylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose,
hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl
cellulose,
hyaluronic acid, pectin, starch, glycogen, pentosans, polyoxyethylene,
polyAMPS
(poly(2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid), polyvinylpyrrolidone,
polyvinyl alcohol, polyglycolic acid, polyacetic acid, acrylate polymers,
polyhydroxyalkyl acrylates, methacrylates, polyvinyl lactams, polyvinyl
alcohols,
polyoxyalkylenes, polyacrylam ides, polyacrylic acid, polystyrene sulfonates,
synthetic hydrocolloids such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 5-methyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone, 5-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3,3-dimethyl-N-vinyl-2-
pyrrolidone, 3-
methyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-methyl-N-vinyl-
2-
pyrrolidone, 4-ethyl-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-valerolactam, N-vinyl-2-
caprolactam, hydroxyalkyl acrylates and methacrylates, (such as 2-hydroxyethyl
acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-
hydroxypropyl
methacrylate, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl methacrylate), acrylic acid, methacrylic
acid,
tertiary amino-methacrylimide, (e.g. trimethylamino-methacrylimide), crotonic
acid, pyridine, water soluble amides, (such as N-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide and
-
methacrylamide, N-(3-hydroxpropyl)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)
methacrylamide, N-(1,1-dimethy1-3-oxabutypacrylamide N-[2-
(dimethylamine)ethyl]acrylamide and -methacrylamide, N-[3-(dimethylamino)-2-
hydroxylpropyl]nethacrylamide, and N-E1,1-dimethy1-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-
oxabutyl]acrylamide); water-soluble hydrazine derivatives, (such as
trialkylamine
methacrylimide, and dimethyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)amine methacrylimide); mono-
olefinic sulfonic acids and their salts, (such as sodium ethylene sulfonate,
sodium
styrene sulfonate, 2-acrylamideo-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid), 1-vinyl-
imidazole, 1-vinyl-indole, 2-vinyl imidazole, 4(5)-vinyl-imidazole, 2-vinyl-l-
methyl-
imidazole, 5-vinyl-pyrazoline, 3-methyl-5-isopropenyl-pyrazole, 5-methylene-
hydantoin, 3-vinyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacrylyI-2-oxazolidone, 3-methacryly1-5-
methyl-2-oxazolidone, 3-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazolidone, 2- and 4-vinyl-pyridine,
5-
vinyl-2-methyl-pyridine, 2-vinyl-pyridine-l-oxide, 3-isopropenyl-pyridine, 2-
and 4-
vinyl-piperidine, 2-and 4-vinyl-quinoline, 2,4-dimethy1-6-vinyl-s-triazine, 4-
acrylyl-
morpholine, Oxidized Regenerated Cellulose (ORC), poly(lactic-co-glycolic
acid)
(PLGA), Polylactic acid (PLA), Extracellular matrix (ECM) and mixtures
thereof.
149. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein the polymers
originates from
an animal source such as porcine, bovine or fish sources.
164
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
150. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein the polymers are
synthetically
made i.e. by recombinant means.
151. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein the polymers are
selected
from collagen and gelatin.
152. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein the polymers comprise
gelatin.
153. The matrix material according to item 145, wherein the polymers comprise
collagen.
154. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the interconnected
open cells
form pores having a diameter of from about 0.1 mm to about 5.0 mm.
155. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix has the
dimensions
(length, width and height) of less than 15 cm long, less than 10 cm wide and
less
than 2 cm high.
156. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix is a shape
selected
from the group consisting of square form, circular form, rectangular form,
cubic
form, cylinder form, spherical or pyramid-shaped.
157. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix has a
colour
selected from the group consisting of red, pink, yellow, blue, green, white,
black,
brown, purple, orange, grey and turquoise.
158. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material
has a
reconformation rate of no more than 10 seconds, such as no more than 9
seconds, for example no more than 8 seconds, such as no more than 7 seconds,
for example no more than 6 seconds, such as no more than 5 seconds, for
example no more than 4 seconds, such as no more than 3 seconds, for example
no more than 3 seconds, such as no more than 1 second.
165
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
159. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material
has a pore
size with a normal distribution around 0.1-1.0 mm.
160. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material
has a pore
size of less than 10 mm, such as less than 9 mm, for example less than 8 mm,
such as less than 7 mm, for example less than 6 mm, such as less than 5 mm,
for example less than 4 mm, such as less than 3 mm, for example less than 2.9
mm, such as less than 2.8 mm, for example less than 2.7 mm, such as less than
2.6 mm, for example less than 2.5 mm, such as less than 2.4 mm, for example
less than 2.3 mm, such as less than 2.2 mm, for example less than 2.1 mm, such
as less than 2 mm, for example less than 1.9 mm, such as less than 1.8 mm, for
example less than 1.7 mm, such as less than 1.6 mm, for example less than 1.5
mm, such as less than 1.4 mm, for example less than 1.3 mm, such as less than
1.2 mm, for example less than 1.1 mm, such as less than 1.0 mm, for example
less than 0.9 mm, such as less than 0.8 mm, for example less than 0.7 mm, such
as less than 0.6 mm, for example less than 0.5 mm, such as less than 0.4 mm,
for example less than 0.3 mm, such as less than 0.2 mm, for example less than
0.1 mm, such as less tan 0.05, for example less than 0.01 mm.
161. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material
has a pore
size in the range of 0.01-0.1 mm, such as 0.1-0.2 mm, for example 0.2-0.3 mm,
such as 0.3-0.4 mm, for example 0.4-0.5 mm, such as 0.5-0.6 mm, for example
0.6-0.7 mm, such as 0.7-0.8 mm, for example 0.8-0.9 mm, such as 0.9-1 mm, for
example 1-1.1 mm, such as 1.1-1.2 mm, for example 1.2-1.3 mm, such as 1.3-
1.4 mm, for example 1.4-1.5 mm, such as 1.5-1.6 mm, for example 1.6-1.7 mm,
such as 1.-1.8 mm, for example 1.8-1.9 mm, such as 2-2.1 mm, for example 2.1-
2.2 mm, such as 2.2-2.3 mm, for example 2.3-2.4 mm, such as 2.4-2.5 mm, for
example 2.5-2.6 mm, such as 2.6-2.7 mm, for example 2.7-2.8 mm, such as 2.8-
2.9 mm, for example 2.9-3 mm, such as 3-4 mm, for example 4-5 mm, such as 5-
6 mm, for example 6-7 mm, such as 7-8 mm, for example 8-9 mm, such as 9-10
mm.
162. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material
has a
modulus in the range of 0.1-50 GPa, such as 0.1-1, for example 1-2, such as 2-
3,
such as 3-4, for example 4-5, such as 5-6, for example, 6-7, such as 7-8, for
166
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
example 8-9, such as 9-10, for example 10-20, such as 20-30, for example 30-
40, such as 40-50 GPa.
163. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix contains
less than
100 IU/cm2 (units per square centimeter), such as less than 95, for example
less
than 90, such as 85, for example less than 80, such as less than 75, for
example
less than 70, such as 65, for example less than 60, such as less than 55, for
example less than 50, such as 45, for example less than 40, such as less than
35, for example less than 30, such as 25, for example less than 20, such as
less
than 15, for example less than 10, such as 5, for example less than 1 IU/cm2
of
the pharmaceutical composition.
164. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the surface of the
matrix
contains between 1-5 IU/cm2, such as 5-10, for example 10-15, such as 15-20,
for example 20-25, such as 25-30, for example 30-35, such as 35-40, for
example 40-45, such as 45-50, for example 50-55, such as 55-60, for example
60-65, such as 65-70, for example 70-75, such as 75-80, for example 80-85,
such as 85-90, for example 90-95, such as 95-100 IU/cm2 of the pharmaceutical
composition.
165. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a
sponge.
166. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the sponge is a
gelatin or
collagen sponge.
167. The matrix material according to item 166, wherein the gelatin or
collagen sponge
is selected from the group consisting of Spongostan, Surgifoam, Surgiflo (all
Ferrosan A/S), Collastat (Kendall Co.), Avitene (Avicon Inc.), Surgicel,
Surgifoam
(both Johnson & Johnson) and Gelfoam (Phizer).
168. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a patch.
169. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a swab.
167
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
170. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a
bandage.
171. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a wound
dressing.
172. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
a tissue
dressing.
173. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterile.
174. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterile
and contained in a sterile, pre-packaged, ready-to-use container.
175. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized.
176. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of heat.
177. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of one or more chemicals.
178. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of high pressure.
179. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of filtration.
180. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of autoclaving.
181. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of radiation sterilization such as sterilization
using X-rays,
gamma rays, UV light and/or subatomic particles.
168
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
182. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the matrix material is
sterilized by application of chemical sterilization include use of one or more
of the
chemicals selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide gas, ozone,
chlorine bleach, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, ortho phthalaldehyde, hydrogen
peroxide and peracetic acid.
183. The matrix material according to item 175, wherein the sterile matrix
material is
contained in a sterile container and separated from an external, non-sterile
environment.
184. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates
hemostasis.
185. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates wound
healing.
186. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates wound
healing by inhibition of one or more infections of the wound.
187. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises one or
more anti-fibrinolytic agents.
188. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises one or
more pro-coagulants.
189. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates
platelets.
169
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
190. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulate formation
of
a hemostatic plug.
191. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates one or
more coagulation factors.
192. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) selected from the group
consisting of endothelium Tissue Factor (TF), Factor VII, TF-Factor Vila,
Factor
IX, Factor X, thrombin, Factor Xla, plasmin, Factor XII, Factor Xa, TFPI,
Factor
Va, prothrombinase complex, prothrombin, Factor V, Factor XI, Factor VIII,
vWF,
Factor Villa, Factor IXa and the tenase complex.
193. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the
formation of fibrin strands.
194. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates platelate
aggregation.
195. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
thrombin.
196. The matrix material according to items 144 and 195, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
fibrinogen.
197. The matrix material according to items 144 and 195, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor
XIII and/or X111a.
170
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
198. The matrix material according to items 144 and 195, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
tranexamic acid.
199. The matrix material according to items 144 and 195, wherein the
pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises
Willebrand factor (vWF).
200. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the
contact
activation pathway.
201. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates the
tissue
factor pathway.
202. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates fibrin
formation.
203. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) that stimulates fibrin
cross-linking.
204. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor
VIII.
205. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor V.
206. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor
XIII.
171
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
207. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which comprises Factor
VII.
208. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more bioactive agent(s) which stimulates the
coagulation cascade.
209. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises thrombin.
210. The matrix material according to item 209, wherein the matrix contains
less than
300 IU thrombin per square cm (cm2) surface area, such as less than 290, for
example less than 280, such as 270, for example less than 260, such as less
than 250, for example less than 240, such as 230, for example less than 220,
such as less than 210, for example less than 200, such as 190, for example
less
than 180, such as less than 170, for example less than 160, such as 150, for
example less than 140, such as less than 130, for example less than 120, such
as 110, for example less than 100 IU/cm2, such as less than 95, for example
less
than 90, such as 85, for example less than 80, such as less than 75, for
example
less than 70, such as 65, for example less than 60, such as less than 55, for
example less than 50, such as 45, for example less than 40, such as less than
35, for example less than 30, such as 25, for example less than 20, such as
less
than 15, for example less than 10, such as 5, for example less than 1 IU/cm2.
211. The matrix material according to item 209, wherein the surface of the
matrix
contains between 1-5 IU/cm2, such as 5-10, for example 10-15, such as 15-20,
for example 20-25, such as 25-30, for example 30-35, such as 35-40, for
example 40-45, such as 45-50, for example 50-55, such as 55-60, for example
60-65, such as 65-70, for example 70-75, such as 75-80, for example 80-85,
such as 85-90, for example 90-95, such as 95-100, for example 100-110, such as
110-120, for example 120-130, such as 130-140, for example 140-150, such as
150-160, for example 160-170, such as 170-180, for example 180-190, such as
190-200, for example 200-210, such as 210-220, for example 220-230, such as
172
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
230-240, for example 240-250, such as 250-260, for example 260-270, such as
270-280, for example 280-290, such as 290-300 IU/cm2.
212. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more adhesive agents.
213. The matrix material according to item 212, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of saccharides,
monosaccharides, disaccharides, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, glucose,
mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose,
galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, allose, pentosamines,
hexosamines, glucosamine, N-acetylglucosamine, glucoronic acid, sucrose,
maltose, lactose, cellubiose, glycogen, chitin, chitosan, starch, potato
starch,
glycosaminoglycans, chondroitin, chondroitin sulfate, hyaluronic acid,
dermatan
sulphate, keratan sulphate, aminated dextrans, DEAE-dextran, aminated starch,
aminated glycogen, aminated cellulose, aminated pectin, and salts, complexes,
derivatives and mixtures thereof.
214. The matrix material according to item 212, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon resins, rosin
resins, terpene resins, Escorez from ExxonMobil; Regalite , Piccotac and
Picco from Eastman; Indopol from BP or Arkon , esters of hydrogenated wood
rosin, pentaerythritol ester of hydrogenated wood rosin, esters of partially
hydrogenated wood rosin, pentaerythritol esters of partially hydrogenated wood
rosin, esters of wood rosin, esters of modified wood rosin, esters of
partially
dimerized rosin, esters of tall oil rosin, esters of dimerized rosin, Foral ,
Foralyn ,
Pentalyn , Permalyn and Staybelite .
215. The matrix material according to item 212, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents can be selected from the group consisting of Gum Karaya, Sterculia gum,
Gum Arabicum, Gum Karrageenan, celluloseethers, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, Manuba Honey, casein, alginates and fatty acid esters.
216. The matrix material according to item 212, wherein the one or more
adhesive
agents comprises between 0.1-50% (w/w) of the pharmaceutical composition,
173
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
based on the total weight of the composition such as 1-25% (w/w), such as 5-
20% (w/w), e.g. 5-15% (w/w), 5-10% (w/w), or 10-15% (w/w), based on the total
weight of the composition.
217. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more surfactant agents.
218. The matrix material according to item 217, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of anionic surfactants,
cationic
surfactants, non-ionic surfactants and surface active biological modifiers.
219. The matrix material according to item 217, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of potassium laurate,
triethanolamine stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylsulfate, alkyl
polyoxyethylene sulfates, sodium alginate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate,
phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl inositol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidic
acid and their salts, glyceryl esters, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, bile
acids
and their salts, cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, taurocholic
acid,
glycodeoxycholic acid, and calcium carboxymethylcellulose.
220. The matrix material according to item 217, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents is a cationic surfactant selected from the group consisting of
quaternary
ammonium compounds, benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium
bromide, chitosans and lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride.
221. The matrix material according to item 217, wherein the one or more
surfactant
agents can be selected from the group consisting of polyoxyethylene fatty
alcohol
ethers, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene fatty acid
esters, sorbitan esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters (such as Tween 80 or
Tween 20), glycerol monostearate, polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols,
cetyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, aryl alkyl polyether
alcohols,
polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, polaxamines, methylcellu lose,
hydroxycellu lose, hydroxy propylcellu lose, hydroxy propylmethylcellu lose,
noncrystalline cellulose, polysaccharides, starch, starch derivatives,
hydroxyethylstarch, polyvinyl alcohol, Pluronic F68 and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
174
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
222. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises a solvent component and/or a fluid component.
223. The matrix material according to item 222, wherein the solvent component
and/or
fluid component is an aqueous medium.
224. The matrix material according to item 223, wherein the aqueous medium
contains
one or more salts such as sodium chloride.
225. The matrix material according to item 222, wherein the solvent component
and/or
fluid component is a volatile fluid.
226. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more water content stabilizer such as sorbitol,
polysaccaharides or polyols.
227. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition comprises one or more substances that increases the viscosity of
the composition, selected from acacia, alginic acid, bentonite, carbomer,
carboxymethylcellu lose calcium, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, cetostearyl
alcohol, colloidal silicon dioxide, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl
cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
phtalate,
magnesium aluminium silicate, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose,
polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, sodium alginate, sucrose, tragacanth, gelatin,
starch,
albumin, casein, polyethlyleneoxide, polyvinylalcohol, polyethyleneglycols
(macrogol), glycerine (1,2,3-propanetriol) and glycol (1,2-propanediol).
228. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition has a viscosity in the range of 0.1-20 cps; for example 0.1-1 cps,
such as 1-2 cps, for example 2-3 cps, such as 3-4 cps, for example 4-5 cps,
such
as 5-6 cps, for example 6-7 cps, such as 7-8 cps, for example 8-9 cps, such as
9-
10 cps, for example 10-11 cps, such as 11-12 cps, for example 12-13 cps, such
as 13-14 cps, for example 14-15 cps, such as 15-16 cps, for example 16-17 cps,
such as 17-18 cps, for example 18-19 cps, such as 19-20 cps.
175
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
229. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition has a surface tension in the range of 0.020 to 0.050 N/m; for
example 0.020-0.022 N/m, such as 0.022-0.024 N/m, for example 0.024-0.026
N/m, such as 0.026-0.028 N/m, for example 0.028-0.030 N/m, such as 0.030-
0.032 N/m, for example 0.032-0.034 N/m, such as 0.034-0.036 N/m, for example
0.036-0.038 N/m, such as 0.038-0.040 N/m, for example 0.040-0.042 N/m, such
as 0.042-0.044 N/m, for example 0.044-0.046 N/m, such as 0.046-0.048 N/m, for
example 0.048-0.050 N/m.
230. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the pharmaceutical
composition has a temperature is in the range from sub-zero degrees celcius to
150 degrees celcius; such as -100 C to -50 C, for example -50 C to 0 C, such
as
0-10 C, for example 10-20 C, such as 20-30 C, for example 30-40 C, such as
40-50 C, for example 50-60 C, such as 60-70 C, for example 70-80 C, such as
80-90 C, for example 90-100 C, such as 100-125 C, for example 125-150 C.
231. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the one or more
pharmaceutical compositions are deposited into and/or onto said matrix
material
by spraying of the one or more pharmaceutical compositions into and/or onto
said
matrix.
232. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the one or more
pharmaceutical compositions are deposited into and/or onto said matrix
material
by sprinkling of the one or more pharmaceutical compositions into and/or onto
said matrix.
233. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the one or more
pharmaceutical compositions are deposited into and/or onto said matrix
material
by pouring of the one or more pharmaceutical compositions into and/or onto
said
matrix.
234. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the one or more
pharmaceutical compositions are deposited into and/or onto said matrix
material
by dipping of said matrix into the one or more pharmaceutical compositions.
176
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
235. The matrix material according to item 144, wherein the one or more
pharmaceutical compositions are deposited into or onto the matrix during
preparation of said matrix.
236. A device comprising the matrix material and a pharmaceutical composition
according to items 144-235.
237. A kit of parts comprising the device according to item 236 and at least
one
additional component.
238. A method for making the device according to item 236 comprising the steps
of
a. providing a matrix material, and
b. applying a pharmaceutical composition onto the surface of said matrix
material at individual and discrete locations.
239. Use of the device according to item 236 to promote wound healing in an
individual in need thereof
240. Use of the device according to item 236 to promote hemostasis in an
individual in
need thereof.
241. A matrix material comprising a surface and a plurality of open and
interconnected
cells, wherein said matrix material comprises a haemostatically effective
amount
of thrombin or a precursor thereof.
242. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein said matrix further
comprises
one or more thrombin-stabilizing agents.
243. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein said thrombin is
applied to the
matrix material by e.g. printing, spraying, soaking, dipping, coating,
saturating,
pressuring, sprinkling, pouring, spreading, greasing, smearing, dabbing,
rubbing
or painting.
177
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
244. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a biologically absorbable material comprising thrombin.
245. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a sponge comprising thrombin.
246. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a gelatin foam pad and/or a gauze pad that provide a unique, premixed,
sterile,
gelatin/thrombin haemostat.
247. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a premixed thrombin/gelatin pad.
248. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
thrombin freeze-dried into a gelatin foam.
249. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
any standard gelatin pad with thrombin.
250. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a fibrin paste based on e.g. a collagen sponge coated with fibrinogen and/or
thrombin.
251. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
Thrombi-Gel (Vascular Solutions, Inc.).
252. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
Thrombi-PadTm (Vascular Solutions, Inc.).
253. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
D-Stat Dry product (such as D-Stat Dry, D-Stat 2 Dry) (Vascular Solutions,
Inc.).
254. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
ThrombiGel hemostatic foam (Vascular Solutions, Inc.).
178
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
255. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
Gelfoam (Pfizer).
256. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
Surgifoam (Johnson & Johnson).
257. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
Surgiflo (Johnson & Johnson).
258. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
FloSeal Matrix Hemostatic Sealant (Baxter International Inc.).
259. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
TachoSil (Nycomed).
260. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a collagen material such as Avitene, Actifoam, Helistat, lnistat, or CoStasis
hemostatic device.
261. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a cellulose material such as Surgicel (Ethicon/Johnson & Johnson), Oxycel or
Tabotamp.
262. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the thrombin is
Thrombostat,
Thrombin-JMI (King Pharmaceuticals), Recothrom (Bayer/Zymogenetics),
Evithrom (OMRIX Biopharmaceuticals/Ethicon), or any other commercially
available thrombin.
263. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the thrombin is
produced from
plasma using the Thrombin Activation Device (TAD) (Thermogenesis).
264. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a hemostatic paste composition comprising a hemostatic effective amount of
thrombin in a polyethylene glycol base which is preferably prepared by
admixing
an aqueous solution of thrombin and polyethylene glycol and freeze-drying the
179
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
mixture to remove substantially all of the water to yield a viscous water
soluble
paste of fine particles of thrombin uniformly dispersed throughout the
polyethylene glycol base (as described in US Patent 5,595,735).
265. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a collagen paste hemostat comprising thrombin e.g. as described in US Patent
4,891,359.
266. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a stable collagen sponge having thrombin therein e.g. as described in US
Patent
4,515,637.
267. The matrix material according to item 241, wherein the matrix material
comprises
a collagen sponge having thrombin therein e.g. as described in US Patent
6,649,162.
268. A device comprising the matrix material and thrombin according to items
241-
267.
269. A kit of parts comprising the device according to item 268 and at least
one
additional component.
270. A method for making the device according to item 268 comprising the steps
of
a. providing a matrix material, and
b. printing thrombin onto the surface of said matrix material at individual
and discrete locations.
271. Use of the device according to item 268 to promote wound healing in an
individual in need thereof
272. Use of the device according to item 268 to promote hemostasis in an
individual in
need thereof.
273. A container for storage and/or preparation of a matrix material
comprising
i) a bottom,
180
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
ii) one or more sidewall(s) continuously surrounding said bottom,
iii) a sealing surface for a lid, and
iv) a lid,
wherein the one or more sidewall(s) and the bottom defines an inner cavity
suitable for storage and/or preparation of a matrix material.
274. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
comprises one or more marks for maximum filling of the container with a
liquid.
275. The container according to item 274, wherein the mark for maximum filling
is a
bevelled edge on the one or more sidewalls.
276. The container according to item 274, wherein the mark for maximum filling
is a
line.
277. The container according to item 274, wherein the mark for maximum filling
is a
dot.
278. The container according to item 274, wherein the mark for maximum filling
is a
dent in the one or more sidewalls.
279. The container according to item 274, wherein said liquid is selected from
the
group consisting of an aqueous solution, a saline solution, medical-grade
water
or others.
280. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity comprises
one or
more matrix materials.
281. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity can
circumvent a
matrix material.
282. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity comprises
one or
more matrix materials according to items 1 to 103 (matrix material printed
with a
pharmaceutical composition).
181
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
283. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity comprises
one or
more matrix materials according to items 109 to 201 (matrix material with a
pharmaceutical composition).
284. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity comprises
one or
more matrix materials according to items 207 to 233 (matrix material with
thrombin).
285. The container according to item 273, wherein the container comprises one
or
more handles.
286. The container according to item 285, wherein the container comprises one
handle.
287. The container according to item 285, wherein the container comprises two
handles.
288. The container according to item 285, wherein the one or more handles are
associated with the bottom of the container.
289. The container according to item 285, wherein the one or more handles are
associated with the one or more sidewall(s) of the container.
290. The container according to item 285, wherein the one or more handles
comprises
one or more recesses or indentations for improved grip.
291. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewall(s)
comprises one or more recesses or indentations for improved grip.
292. The container according to item 273, wherein the container comprises one
or
more inner tray notches for easy handling of product.
293. The container according to item 292, wherein the container comprises one
inner
tray notches.
182
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
294. The container according to item 292, wherein the container comprises two
inner
tray notches.
295. The container according to item 292, wherein the container comprises
three inner
tray notches.
296. The container according to item 292, wherein the container comprises four
inner
tray notches.
297. The container according to item 292, wherein the one or more inner tray
notches
are associated with the one or more sidewall(s) of the container.
298. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is peelable (a peel-
off lid).
299. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is reclosable.
300. The container according to item 273, wherein the inner cavity is a
sterile
environment.
301. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is sterilized
by
application of dry heat.
302. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is sterilized
by
application of one or more chemicals.
303. The container according to item 302, wherein the container is sterilized
by
application of chemical sterilization including use of one or more of the
chemicals
selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide gas, ozone, chlorine
bleach,
glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, ortho phthalaldehyde, hydrogen peroxide and
peracetic acid.
304. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is sterilized
by
application of high pressure.
183
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
305. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is sterilized
by
application of radiation sterilization such as sterilization using X-rays,
gamma
rays, UV light, microwaves, electron beam and/or subatomic particles.
306. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a square.
307. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a rectangle.
308. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a triangle.
309. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a circle.
310. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as an oval.
311. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a square with dimensions selected from the group consisting of 1 cm
x
1 cm, 1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm x
7 cm, 1 cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2
cm x 1 cm, 2 cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2
cm x 7 cm, 2 cm x 8 cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20
cm, 3 cm x 1 cm, 3 cm x 2 cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6
cm, 3 cm x 7 cm, 3 cm x 8 cm, 3 cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x
20 cm, 4 cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x 2 cm, 4 cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x
6 cm, 4 cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8 cm, 4 cm x 9 cm, 4 cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm
x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x 3 cm, 5 cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm
x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5 cm x 9 cm, 5 cm x 10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5
cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x 3 cm, 6 cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6
cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9 cm, 6 cm x 10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm,
6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm x 3 cm, 7 cm x 4 cm, 7 cm x 5 cm,
7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm x 9 cm, 7 cm x 10 cm, 7 cm x 15
184
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
CM, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x 3 cm, 8 cm x 4 cm, 8 cm x 5
cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10 cm, 8 cm x
15 cm, 8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x4 cm, 9 cm
x 5 cm, 9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9 cm
x 15 cm, 9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4
cm, 10 cm x 5 cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10
cm x 10 cm, 10 cm x 15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm
x 3 cm, 11 cm x 4 cm, 11 cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm,
11 cm x 9 cm, 11 cm x 10 cm, 11 cm x 15 cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12
cm x 2 cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12 cm x 4 cm, 12 cm x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7
cm, 12 cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm, 12 cm x 10 cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm,
13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x 3 cm, 13 cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x
6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13 cm x 9 cm, 13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm,
13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2 cm, 14 cm x 3 cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm
x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14 cm x 8 cm, 14 cm x 9 cm, 14 cm x 10
cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x 1 cm, 15 cm x 2 cm, 15 cm x 3 cm,
15 cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15 cm x 7 cm, 15 cm x 8 cm, 15 cm x
9 cm, 15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm, 16 cm x 2
cm, 16 cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7 cm, 16
cm x 8 cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm
x 1 cm, 17 cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm,
17 cm x 7 cm, 17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17
cm x 20 cm, 18 cm x 1 cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x4 cm, 18 cm x 5
cm, 18 cm x 6 cm, 18 cm x 7 cm, 18 cm x 8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18
cm x 15 cm, 18 cm x 20 cm, 19 cm x 1 cm, 19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x
4 cm, 19 cm x 5 cm, 19 cm x 6 cm, 19 cm x 7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm,
19 cm x 10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm, 19 cm x 20 cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20
cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5 cm, 20 cm x 6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8
cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x 15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm,
25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4 cm, 25 cm x 5 cm, 25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x
7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x 10 cm, 25 cm x 15 cm, 25 cm x 20
cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm, 30 cm x 4 cm, 30 cm x 5 cm, 30
cm x 6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10 cm, 30 cm x
15 cm, 30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x4 cm,
40 cm x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40 cm x
185
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
1 0 cm, 40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x 3
cm, 50 cm x 4 cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50
cm x 9 cm, 50 cm x 10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
312. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom of the inner
cavity is
formed as a square with dimensions of between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2
to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2, such as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example
20
cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as
50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for
example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for example 100 cm2 to
110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120 cm2 to 130 cm2, such as
130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as 150 cm2 to 160
cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2, for example
180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to 210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to 240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2,
for example 260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280
cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2,
such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2
to 380 cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for
example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2
to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
313. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is formed to
circumvent
a matrix material shaped as a square with one of the dimensions selected from
the group consisting of 1 cm x 1 cm, 1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1
cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm x 7 cm, 1 cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1
cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2 cm x 1 cm, 2 cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm,
2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2 cm x 7 cm, 2 cm x 8 cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm,
2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm, 3 cm x 1 cm, 3 cm x 2 cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4
cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3 cm x 7 cm, 3 cm x 8 cm, 3 cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10
cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4 cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x 2 cm, 4 cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x
4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4 cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8 cm, 4 cm x 9 cm, 4 cm x
10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20 cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x 3 cm, 5
cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6 cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5 cm x 9 cm, 5
186
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
CM X 1 0 CM, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x 20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x 3
cm, 6 cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x 6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9
cm, 6 cm x 10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm
x 3 cm, 7 cm x 4 cm, 7 cm x 5 cm, 7 cm x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm
x 9 cm, 7 cm x 10 cm, 7 cm x 15 cm, 7 cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8
cm x 3 cm, 8 cm x 4 cm, 8 cm x 5 cm, 8 cm x 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8
cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10 cm, 8 cm x 15 cm, 8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2
cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x 4 cm, 9 cm x 5 cm, 9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8
cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9 cm x 15 cm, 9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10
cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4 cm, 10 cm x 5 cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7
cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10 cm x 10 cm, 10 cm x 15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm,
11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x 3 cm, 11 cm x 4 cm, 11 cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x
6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11 cm x 9 cm, 11 cm x 10 cm, 11 cm x 15 cm,
11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2 cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12 cm x 4 cm, 12 cm
x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12 cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm, 12 cm x 10
cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x 3 cm,
13 cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm, 13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13 cm x
9 cm, 13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm, 13 cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2
cm, 14 cm x 3 cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm x 5 cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14
cm x 8 cm, 14 cm x 9 cm, 14 cm x 10 cm, 14 cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x
1 cm, 15 cm x 2 cm, 15 cm x 3 cm, 15 cm x 4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm,
15 cm x 7 cm, 15 cm x 8 cm, 15 cm x 9 cm, 15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15
cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm, 16 cm x 2 cm, 16 cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x4 cm, 16 cm x 5
cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7 cm, 16 cm x 8 cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16
cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm x 1 cm, 17 cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x
4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm, 17 cm x 7 cm, 17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm,
17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17 cm x 20 cm, 18 cm x 1 cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18
cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x 4 cm, 18 cm x 5 cm, 18 cm x 6 cm, 18 cm x 7 cm, 18 cm x 8
cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x 15 cm, 18 cm x 20 cm, 19 cm x 1 cm,
19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x 4 cm, 19 cm x 5 cm, 19 cm x 6 cm, 19 cm x
7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x 10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm, 19 cm x 20
cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3 cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5 cm, 20
cm x 6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20 cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x
15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm, 25 cm x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x4 cm,
25 cm x 5 cm, 25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x 7 cm, 25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x
187
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
1 0 cm, 25 cm x 15 cm, 25 cm x 20 cm, 30 cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3
cm, 30 cm x 4 cm, 30 cm x 5 cm, 30 cm x 6 cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30
cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10 cm, 30 cm x 15 cm, 30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm
x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x 4 cm, 40 cm x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm,
40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40 cm x 10 cm, 40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50
cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x 3 cm, 50 cm x 4 cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6
cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50 cm x 9 cm, 50 cm x 10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm,
or 50 cm x 20 cm.
314. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is formed to
circumvent
a matrix material shaped as a square with dimensions of between1 cm2 to 500
cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5 cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2, such as 10 cm2 to 20
cm2, for example 20 cm2 to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example 40
cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50 cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as
70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for
example 100 cm2 to 110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120 cm2
to 130 cm2, such as 130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such
as 150 cm2 to 160 cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180
cm2, for example 180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example
200 cm2 to 210 cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230
cm2, such as 230 cm2 to 240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250
cm2 to 260 cm2, for example 260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2,
for example 280 cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300
cm2 to 320 cm2, such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2,
such as 360 cm2 to 380 cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2
to 420 cm2, for example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for
example 460 cm2 to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
315. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is flat.
316. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is plane.
317. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is curved.
318. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is concave.
188
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
319. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is convex.
320. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is not plane.
321. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is irregular
and/or non-
uniform.
322. The container according to item 273, wherein the bottom is rough.
323. The container according to item 273, wherein the height of the
sidewall(s) (from
the bottom to the mark for maximum filling) is selected from the groups
consisting
of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4 mm, 4 mm to 6 mm, 6 mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10
mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14 mm to 16 mm, 16 mm to 18 mm, 18
mm to 20 mm, 20 mm to 22 mm, 22 mm to 24 mm, 24 mm to 26 mm, 26 mm to
28 mm, 28 mm to 30 mm, 30 mm to 32 mm, 32 mm to 34 mm, 34 mm to 36 mm,
36 mm to 38 mm, 38 mm to 40 mm, 40 mm to 42 mm, 42 mm to 44 mm, 44 mm
to 46 mm, 46 mm to 48 mm or 48 mm to 50 mm.
324. The container according to item 273, wherein the width of the sidewall(s)
is
selected from the groups consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4 mm, 4 mm to 6
mm, 6 mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14 mm
to 16 mm, 16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm.
325. The container according to item 273, wherein the height from the bottom
to the lid
is selected from the groups consisting of 0 mm to 2 mm, 2 mm to 4 mm, 4 mm to
6 mm, 6 mm to 8 mm, 8 mm to 10 mm, 10 mm to 12 mm, 12 mm to 14 mm, 14
mm to 16 mm, 16 mm to 18 mm, 18 mm to 20 mm, 20 mm to 22 mm, 22 mm to
24 mm, 24 mm to 26 mm, 26 mm to 28 mm, 28 mm to 30 mm, 30 mm to 32 mm,
32 mm to 34 mm, 34 mm to 36 mm, 36 mm to 38 mm, 38 mm to 40 mm, 40 mm
to 42 mm, 42 mm to 44 mm, 44 mm to 46 mm, 46 mm to 48 mm or 48 mm to 50
mm.
326. The container according to item 273, wherein the sealing surface for a
lid is
comprised in the upper portion of the one or more sidewall(s).
189
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
327. The container according to item 273, wherein the container comprises a
base.
328. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a square.
329. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a rectangle.
330. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a triangle.
331. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a circle.
332. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as an oval.
333. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a square with dimensions selected from the group consisting of 1 cm x 1 cm,
1 cm x 2 cm, 1 cm x 3 cm, 1 cm x 4 cm, 1 cm x 5 cm, 1 cm x 6 cm, 1 cm x 7 cm,
1 cm x 8 cm, 1 cm x 9 cm, 1 cm x 10 cm, 1 cm x 15 cm, 1 cm x 20 cm, 2 cm x 1
cm, 2 cm x 2 cm, 2 cm x 3 cm, 2 cm x 4 cm, 2 cm x 5 cm, 2 cm x 6 cm, 2 cm x 7
cm, 2 cm x 8 cm, 2 cm x 9 cm, 2 cm x 10 cm, 2 cm x 15 cm, 2 cm x 20 cm, 3 cm
x 1 cm, 3 cm x 2 cm, 3 cm x 3 cm, 3 cm x 4 cm, 3 cm x 5 cm, 3 cm x 6 cm, 3 cm
x 7 cm, 3 cm x 8 cm, 3 cm x 9 cm, 3 cm x 10 cm, 3 cm x 15 cm, 3 cm x 20 cm, 4
cm x 1 cm, 4 cm x 2 cm, 4 cm x 3 cm, 4 cm x 4 cm, 4 cm x 5 cm, 4 cm x 6 cm, 4
cm x 7 cm, 4 cm x 8 cm, 4 cm x 9 cm, 4 cm x 10 cm, 4 cm x 15 cm, 4 cm x 20
cm, 5 cm x 1 cm, 5 cm x 2 cm, 5 cm x 3 cm, 5 cm x 4 cm, 5 cm x 5 cm, 5 cm x 6
cm, 5 cm x 7 cm, 5 cm x 8 cm, 5 cm x 9 cm, 5 cm x 10 cm, 5 cm x 15 cm, 5 cm x
20 cm, 6 cm x 1 cm, 6 cm x 2 cm, 6 cm x 3 cm, 6 cm x 4 cm, 6 cm x 5 cm, 6 cm x
6 cm, 6 cm x 7 cm, 6 cm x 8 cm, 6 cm x 9 cm, 6 cm x 10 cm, 6 cm x 15 cm, 6 cm
x 20 cm, 7 cm x 1 cm, 7 cm x 2 cm, 7 cm x 3 cm, 7 cm x 4 cm, 7 cm x 5 cm, 7 cm
x 6 cm, 7 cm x 7 cm, 7 cm x 8 cm, 7 cm x 9 cm, 7 cm x 10 cm, 7 cm x 15 cm, 7
cm x 20 cm, 8 cm x 1 cm, 8 cm x 2 cm, 8 cm x 3 cm, 8 cm x 4 cm, 8 cm x 5 cm, 8
190
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
CM X 6 cm, 8 cm x 7 cm, 8 cm x 8 cm, 8 cm x 9 cm, 8 cm x 10 cm, 8 cm x 15 cm,
8 cm x 20 cm, 9 cm x 1 cm, 9 cm x 2 cm, 9 cm x 3 cm, 9 cm x 4 cm, 9 cm x 5 cm,
9 cm x 6 cm, 9 cm x 7 cm, 9 cm x 8 cm, 9 cm x 9 cm, 9 cm x 10 cm, 9 cm x 15
cm, 9 cm x 20 cm, 10 cm x 1 cm, 10 cm x 2 cm, 10 cm x 3 cm, 10 cm x 4 cm, 10
cm x 5 cm, 10 cm x 6 cm, 10 cm x 7 cm, 10 cm x 8 cm, 10 cm x 9 cm, 10 cm x 10
cm, 10 cm x 15 cm, 10 cm x 20 cm, 11 cm x 1 cm, 11 cm x 2 cm, 11 cm x 3 cm,
11 cm x 4 cm, 11 cm x 5 cm, 11 cm x 6 cm, 11 cm x 7 cm, 11 cm x 8 cm, 11 cm x
9 cm, 11 cm x 10 cm, 11 cm x 15 cm, 11 cm x 20 cm, 12 cm x 1 cm, 12 cm x 2
cm, 12 cm x 3 cm, 12 cm x 4 cm, 12 cm x 5 cm, 12 cm x 6 cm, 12 cm x 7 cm, 12
cm x 8 cm, 12 cm x 9 cm, 12 cm x 10 cm, 12 cm x 15 cm, 12 cm x 20 cm, 13 cm
x 1 cm, 13 cm x 2 cm, 13 cm x 3 cm, 13 cm x 4 cm, 13 cm x 5 cm, 13 cm x 6 cm,
13 cm x 7 cm, 13 cm x 8 cm, 13 cm x 9 cm, 13 cm x 10 cm, 13 cm x 15 cm, 13
cm x 20 cm, 14 cm x 1 cm, 14 cm x 2 cm, 14 cm x 3 cm, 14 cm x 4 cm, 14 cm x 5
cm, 14 cm x 6 cm, 14 cm x 7 cm, 14 cm x 8 cm, 14 cm x 9 cm, 14 cm x 10 cm, 14
cm x 15 cm, 14 cm x 20 cm,15 cm x 1 cm, 15 cm x 2 cm, 15 cm x 3 cm, 15 cm x
4 cm, 15 cm x 5 cm, 15 cm x 6 cm, 15 cm x 7 cm, 15 cm x 8 cm, 15 cm x 9 cm,
15 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 15 cm x 20 cm, 16 cm x 1 cm, 16 cm x 2 cm, 16
cm x 3 cm, 16 cm x 4 cm, 16 cm x 5 cm, 16 cm x 6 cm, 16 cm x 7 cm, 16 cm x 8
cm, 16 cm x 9 cm, 16 cm x 10 cm, 16 cm x 15 cm, 16 cm x 20 cm, 17 cm x 1 cm,
17 cm x 2 cm, 17 cm x 3 cm, 17 cm x 4 cm, 17 cm x 5 cm, 17 cm x 6 cm, 17 cm x
7 cm, 17 cm x 8 cm, 17 cm x 9 cm, 17 cm x 10 cm, 17 cm x 15 cm, 17 cm x 20
cm, 18 cm x 1 cm, 18 cm x 2 cm, 18 cm x 3 cm, 18 cm x 4 cm, 18 cm x 5 cm, 18
cm x 6 cm, 18 cm x 7 cm, 18 cm x 8 cm, 18 cm x 9 cm, 18 cm x 10 cm, 18 cm x
15 cm, 18 cm x 20 cm, 19 cm x 1 cm, 19 cm x 2 cm, 19 cm x 3 cm, 19 cm x4 cm,
19 cm x 5 cm, 19 cm x 6 cm, 19 cm x 7 cm, 19 cm x 8 cm, 19 cm x 9 cm, 19 cm x
10 cm, 19 cm x 15 cm, 19 cm x 20 cm, 20 cm x 1 cm, 20 cm x 2 cm, 20 cm x 3
cm, 20 cm x 4 cm, 20 cm x 5 cm, 20 cm x 6 cm, 20 cm x 7 cm, 20 cm x 8 cm, 20
cm x 9 cm, 20 cm x 10 cm, 20 cm x 15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm, 25 cm x 1 cm, 25 cm
x 2 cm, 25 cm x 3 cm, 25 cm x 4 cm, 25 cm x 5 cm, 25 cm x 6 cm, 25 cm x 7 cm,
25 cm x 8 cm, 25 cm x 9 cm, 25 cm x 10 cm, 25 cm x 15 cm, 25 cm x 20 cm, 30
cm x 1 cm, 30 cm x 2 cm, 30 cm x 3 cm, 30 cm x 4 cm, 30 cm x 5 cm, 30 cm x 6
cm, 30 cm x 7 cm, 30 cm x 8 cm, 30 cm x 9 cm, 30 cm x 10 cm, 30 cm x 15 cm,
30 cm x 20 cm, 40 cm x 1 cm, 40 cm x 2 cm, 40 cm x 3 cm, 40 cm x 4 cm, 40 cm
x 5 cm, 40 cm x 6 cm, 40 cm x 7 cm, 40 cm x 8 cm, 40 cm x 9 cm, 40 cm x 10
cm, 40 cm x 15 cm, 40 cm x 20 cm, 50 cm x 1 cm, 50 cm x 2 cm, 50 cm x 3 cm,
191
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
50 cm x 4 cm, 50 cm x 5 cm, 50 cm x 6 cm, 50 cm x 7 cm, 50 cm x 8 cm, 50 cm x
9 cm, 50 cm x 10 cm, 50 cm x 15 cm, or 50 cm x 20 cm.
334. The container according to item 327, wherein the base of the container is
formed
as a square with dimensions of between 1 cm2 to 500 cm2, such as 1 cm2 to 5
cm2, for example 5 cm2 to 10 cm2, such as 10 cm2 to 20 cm2, for example 20 cm2
to 30 cm2, such as 30 cm2 to 40 cm2, for example 40 cm2 to 50 cm2, such as 50
cm2 to 60 cm2, for example 60 cm2 to 70 cm2, such as 70 cm2 to 80 cm2, for
example 80 cm2 to 90 cm2, such as 90 cm2 to 100 cm2, for example 100 cm2 to
110 cm2, such as 110 cm2 to 120 cm2, for example 120 cm2 to 130 cm2, such as
130 cm2 to 140 cm2, for example 140 cm2 to 150 cm2, such as 150 cm2 to 160
cm2, for example 160 cm2 to 170 cm2, such as 170 cm2 to 180 cm2, for example
180 cm2 to 190 cm2, such as 190 cm2 to 200 cm2, for example 200 cm2 to 210
cm2, such as 210 cm2 to 220 cm2, for example 220 cm2 to 230 cm2, such as 230
cm2 to 240 cm2, for example 240 cm2 to 250 cm2, such as 250 cm2 to 260 cm2,
for example 260 cm2 to 270 cm2, such as 270 cm2 to 280 cm2, for example 280
cm2 to 290 cm2, such as 290 cm2 to 300 cm2, for example 300 cm2 to 320 cm2,
such as 320 cm2 to 340 cm2, for example 340 cm2 to 360 cm2, such as 360 cm2
to 380 cm2, for example 380 cm2 to 400 cm2, such as 400 cm2 to 420 cm2, for
example 420 cm2 to 440 cm2, such as 440 cm2 to 460 cm2, for example 460 cm2
to 480 cm2, such as 480 cm2 to 500 cm2.
335. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is contacting the
one or
more sidewall(s) at one or more points, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or
10
points.
336. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is contacting the
bottom at
one or more points, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 points.
337. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a flat
bottom.
338. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises one or
more
handles.
192
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
339. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises one or
more
recesses or indentations.
340. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises the
sealing
surface for a lid.
341. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a flat
portion.
342. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a plane
portion.
343. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a curved
portion.
344. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a concave
portion.
345. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a convex
portion.
346. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is not plane.
347. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is irregular and/or
non-
uniform.
348. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is rough.
349. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises one or
more
extended base plate(s).
350. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a
vertical
portion.
351. The container according to item 327, wherein the base comprises a
horizontal
portion.
193
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
352. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises plastic.
353. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises flexible plastic.
354. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises rigid plastic.
355. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises transparent plastic.
356. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises a medical grade polymer such as plastic.
357. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more of the materials selected from the group consisting of
Biodegradable plastic, Bioplastics obtained from biomass e.g. from pea starch
or
from biopetroleum, Polypropylene (PP), Polystyrene (PS), High impact
polystyrene (HIPS), Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Polyethylene
terephthalate (PET), Amorphous PET (APET), Polyester (PES), Fibers, textiles,
Polyamides (PA), (Nylons), Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), Polyurethanes (PU),
Polycarbonate (PC), Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) (Saran), Polyvinylidene
Fluoride (PVDF), Polyethylene (PE), Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA),
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) (trade name Teflon), Fluorinated ethylene
propylene (FEP), Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) (Polyetherketone),
Polyetherimide (PEI) (Ultem), Phenolics (PF), (phenol formaldehydes),
Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), Poly(methyl methacrylate) (PIMA), Urea-formaldehyde
(UF), Melamine formaldehyde (MF), Polylactic acid and Plastarch material or
any
mixture thereof.
358. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more materials selected from the group consisting of
TECAFORMTm AH MT, CELCON (Acetal Copolymer), RADEL , TECASONTm
194
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
P XRO (Polyphenylsulfone, also Radio Opacifer), UDEL Polysullone. ULTEM
(Polyetherimide), UHMW Lot Controlled, LENNITE UHME-PE, TECANATTm PC
(USP Class VI Polycarbonate Rod), ZELUX GS (Gamma Stabilized
Polycarbonate), ACRYLIC (Medical grade Cast Acrylic), TECAMAXTm SRP (Ultra
High Performance Thermoplastic), TECAPROTm MT (Polypropylene Heat
Stabilized), TECAPEEKTm MT (USP Class VI compliant), TECAFORMTm AH
SAN, ANTIMICROBIAL filled plastics, TECASONTm P XRO (Biocompatible Radio
Opacifer PPSU), TECAPEEKTm CLASSIX, POLYSULFONE (Medical grade),
TECANYLTm (Medical grade Noryl ), TYGON (Medical grade Tubing),
TEXOLONTm !Medical Grade PTFE (USP CLASS VI), PROPYLUX HS and H52,
ABS (FDA Approved Medical Grades), TOPAS (Medical grade), and other
Medical Grade/FDA approved plastic products
359. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more polymers of high molecular weight.
360. The container according to item 359, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more polymers and/or plastics with a molecular weight in the
range from 10,000 to 1,000,000 Da, such as from 10,000 to 50,000 Da, for
example 50,000 to 100,000 Da, such as from 100,000 to 150,000 Da, for
example 150,000 to 200,000 Da, such as from 200,000 to 250,000 Da, for
example 250,000 to 238,000 Da, such as from 238,000 to 350,000 Da, for
example 350,000 to 400,000 Da, such as from 400,000 to 450,000 Da, for
example 450,000 to 500,000 Da, such as from 500,000 to 550,000 Da, for
example 550,000 to 600,000 Da, such as from 600,000 to 650,000 Da, for
example 650,000 to 700,000 Da, such as from 700,000 to 750,000 Da, for
example 750,000 to 800,000 Da, such as from 800,000 to 850,000 Da, for
example 850,000 to 900,000 Da, such as from 900,000 to 950,000 Da, for
example 950,000 to 1,000,000 Da.
361. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Rubber.
362. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Cellulose-based plastics.
195
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
363. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Bakelite.
364. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Polystyrene.
365. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of PVC.
366. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Nylon.
367. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more types of Synthetic rubber.
368. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more acrylics.
369. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more polyesters.
370. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more silicones.
371. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more polyurethanes.
372. The container according to item 273, wherein the container is made of or
comprises one or more halogenated plastics.
373. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises plastic.
196
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
374. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises flexible plastic.
375. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises rigid plastic.
376. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises transparent plastic.
377. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises medical grade polymer such as plastic.
378. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more materials selected from the group
consisting of Biodegradable plastic, Bioplastics obtained from biomass e.g.
from
pea starch or from biopetroleum, Polypropylene (PP), Polystyrene (PS), High
impact polystyrene (HIPS), Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Polyethylene
terephthalate (PET), Amorphous PET (APET), Polyester (PES), Fibers, textiles,
Polyamides (PA), (Nylons), Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), Polyurethanes (PU),
Polycarbonate (PC), Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) (Saran), Polyvinylidene
Fluoride (PVDF), Polyethylene (PE), Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA),
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) (trade name Teflon), Fluorinated ethylene
propylene (FEP), Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) (Polyetherketone),
Polyetherimide (PEI) (Ultem), Phenolics (PF), (phenol formaldehydes),
Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), Poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMIVIA), Urea-formaldehyde
(UF), Melamine formaldehyde (MF), Polylactic acid and Plastarch material or
any
mixture thereof.
379. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more of the materials selected from the
group consisting of TECAFORMTm AH MT, CELCON (Acetal Copolymer),
RADEL , TECASONTm P XRO (Polyphenylsulfone, also Radio Opacifer),
UDEL Polysulfone, ULTEM (Polyetherimide), UHMW Lot Controlled,
LENN1TE UHME-PE, TECANATTm PC (USP Class VI Polycarbonate Rod),
ZELUX GS (Gamma Stabilized Polycarbonate), ACRYLIC (Medical grade Cast
197
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
Acrylic), TECAMAXTm SRP (Ultra High Performance Thermoplastic),
TECAPROTm MT (Polypropylene Heat Stabilized), TECAPEEKTm MT (USP Class
VI compliant), TECAFORMTm AH SAN, ANTIMICROBIAL filled plastics,
TECASONTm P XRO (Biocompatible Radio Opacifer PPSU), TECAPEEKTm
CLASSIX, POLYSULFONE (Medical grade), TECANYLTm (Medical grade
Noryl ), TYGON (Medical grade Tubing), TEXOLONTm Medical Grade PTFE
(USP CLASS VI), PROPYLUX HS and H52, ABS (FDA Approved Medical
Grades), TOPAS (Medical grade), and other Medical Grade/FDA approved
plastic products.
380. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more polymers of high molecular weight.
381. The container according to item 380, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more polymers and/or plastics with a
molecular weight in the range from 10,000 to 1,000,000 Da, such as from 10,000
to 50,000 Da, for example 50,000 to 100,000 Da, such as from 100,000 to
150,000 Da, for example 150,000 to 200,000 Da, such as from 200,000 to
250,000 Da, for example 250,000 to 238,000 Da, such as from 238,000 to
350,000 Da, for example 350,000 to 400,000 Da, such as from 400,000 to
450,000 Da, for example 450,000 to 500,000 Da, such as from 500,000 to
550,000 Da, for example 550,000 to 600,000 Da, such as from 600,000 to
650,000 Da, for example 650,000 to 700,000 Da, such as from 700,000 to
750,000 Da, for example 750,000 to 800,000 Da, such as from 800,000 to
850,000 Da, for example 850,000 to 900,000 Da, such as from 900,000 to
950,000 Da, for example 950,000 to 1,000,000 Da.
382. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Rubber.
383. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Cellulose-based plastics.
384. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Bakelite.
198
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
385. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Polystyrene.
386. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of PVC.
387. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Nylon.
388. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more types of Synthetic rubber.
389. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more acrylics.
390. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more polyesters.
391. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more silicones.
392. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more polyurethanes.
393. The container according to item 273, wherein the one or more sidewalls
and/or
bottom is made of or comprises one or more halogenated plastics.
394. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises a
peelable material.
395. The container according to item 394, wherein the peelable material is
selected
from the group consisting of polyethylene (PE), thermoplastic elastomer,
thermoset elastomer, Tyvek, Teslin, paper, plastic foil or metal foil.
199
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194
PCT/DK2009/050048
396. The container according to item 394, wherein the lid is reinforced with a
coating,
such as a synthetic coating.
397. The container according to item 396, wherein the synthetic coating is
selected
from the group consisting of Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), hydrocarbon based
petrochemicals, zein or others.
398. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises
plastic.
399. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises
flexible plastic.
400. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises rigid
plastic.
401. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises
transparent plastic.
402. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises
medical grade polymer such as plastic.
403. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more materials selected from the group consisting of Biodegradable plastic,
Bioplastics obtained from biomass e.g. from pea starch or from biopetroleum,
Polypropylene (PP), Polystyrene (PS), High impact polystyrene (HIPS),
Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Polyethylene terephthalate (PET),
Amorphous PET (APET), Polyester (PES), Fibers, textiles, Polyamides (PA),
(Nylons), Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), Polyurethanes (PU), Polycarbonate (PC),
Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) (Saran), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
Polyethylene (PE), Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), Polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE) (trade name Teflon), Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP),
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) (Polyetherketone), Polyetherimide (PEI) (Ultem),
Phenolics (PF), (phenol formaldehydes), Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), Poly(methyl
200
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
methacrylate) (PMMA), Urea-formaldehyde (UF), Melamine formaldehyde (MF),
Polylactic acid and Plastarch material or any mixture thereof.
404. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more of the materials selected from the group consisting of TECAFORMTm AH
MT, CE LOON (Acetal Copolymer), RADEL , TECASONTm P XRO
(Polyphenylsulfone, also Radio Opacifer), UDEL2 Polysulfone, ULTEM
(Polyetherimide), UHMW Lot Controlled, LENNITE UHME-PE, TECANATTm PC
(USP Class VI Polycarbonate Rod), ZELUX GS (Gamma Stabilized
Polycarbonate), ACRYLIC (Medical grade Cast Acrylic), TECAMAXTm SRP (Ultra
High Performance Thermoplastic), TECAPROTm MT (Polypropylene Heat
Stabilized), TECAPEEKTm MT (USP Class VI compliant), TECAFORMTm AH
SAN, ANTIMICROBIAL filled plastics, TECASONTm P XRO (Biocompatible Radio
Opacifer PPSU), TECAPEEKTm CLASSIX, POLYSULFONE (Medical grade),
TECANYLTm (Medical grade Noryl ), TYGON (Medical grade Tubing),
TEXOLONTm Medical Grade PTFE (USP CLASS VI), PROPYLUX HS and H52,
ABS (FDA Approved Medical Grades), TOPAS (Medical grade), and other
Medical Grade/FDA approved plastic products.
405. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more polymers of high molecular weight.
406. The container according to item 405, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more polymers and/or plastics with a molecular weight in the range from
10,000 to 1,000,000 Da, such as from 10,000 to 50,000 Da, for example 50,000
to 100,000 Da, such as from 100,000 to 150,000 Da, for example 150,000 to
200,000 Da, such as from 200,000 to 250,000 Da, for example 250,000 to
238,000 Da, such as from 238,000 to 350,000 Da, for example 350,000 to
400,000 Da, such as from 400,000 to 450,000 Da, for example 450,000 to
500,000 Da, such as from 500,000 to 550,000 Da, for example 550,000 to
600,000 Da, such as from 600,000 to 650,000 Da, for example 650,000 to
700,000 Da, such as from 700,000 to 750,000 Da, for example 750,000 to
800,000 Da, such as from 800,000 to 850,000 Da, for example 850,000 to
900,000 Da, such as from 900,000 to 950,000 Da, for example 950,000 to
1,000,000 Da.
201
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
407. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Rubber.
408. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Cellulose-based plastics.
409. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Bakelite.
410. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Polystyrene.
411. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of PVC.
412. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Nylon.
413. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more types of Synthetic rubber.
414. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more acrylics.
415. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more polyesters.
416. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more silicones.
417. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more polyurethanes.
202
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
418. The container according to item 273, wherein the lid is made of or
comprises one
or more halogenated plastics.
419. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
plastic.
420. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
flexible plastic.
421. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
transparent plastic.
422. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
medical grade polymer such as plastic.
423. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more materials selected from the group consisting of TECAFORMTm AH
MT, CE LOON (Acetal Copolymer), RADEL , TECASONTm P XRO
(Polyphenylsulfone, also Radio Opacifer), UDELO Polysulfone, ULTEM
(Polyetherimide), UHMW Lot Controlled, LENNITE UHME-PE, TECANATTm PC
(USP Class VI Polycarbonate Rod), ZELUX GS (Gamma Stabilized
Polycarbonate), ACRYLIC (Medical grade Cast Acrylic), TECAMAXTm SRP (Ultra
High Performance Thermoplastic), TECAPROTm MT (Polypropylene Heat
Stabilized), TECAPEEKTm MT (USP Class VI compliant), TECAFORMTm AH
SAN, ANTIMICROBIAL filled plastics, TECASONTm P XRO (Biocompatible Radio
Opacifer PPSU), TECAPEEKTm CLASSIX, POLYSULFONE (Medical grade),
TECANYLTm (Medical grade Noryl ), TYGON (Medical grade Tubing),
TEXOLON,m Medical Grade PTFE (USP CLASS VI), PROPYLUX HS and H52,
ABS (FDA Approved Medical Grades), TOPAS (Medical grade), and other
Medical Grade/FDA approved plastic products.
424. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more of the materials selected from the group consisting of
Biodegradable
plastic, Bioplastics obtained from biomass e.g. from pea starch or from
biopetroleum, Polypropylene (PP), Polystyrene (PS), High impact polystyrene
203
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
(HIPS), Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), Polyethylene terephthalate
(PET),
Amorphous PET (APET), Polyester (PES), Fibers, textiles, Polyamides (PA),
(Nylons), Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), Polyurethanes (PU), Polycarbonate (PC),
Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) (Saran), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
Polyethylene (PE), Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), Polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE) (trade name Teflon), Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP),
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) (Polyetherketone), Polyetherimide (PEI) (Ultem),
Phenolics (PF), (phenol formaldehydes), Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), Poly(methyl
methacrylate) (PMMA), Urea-formaldehyde (UF), Melamine formaldehyde (MF),
Polylactic acid and Plastarch material or any mixture thereof.
425. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more polymers of high molecular weight.
426. The container according to item 425, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more polymers and/or plastics with a molecular weight in the range from
10,000 to 1,000,000 Da, such as from 10,000 to 50,000 Da, for example 50,000
to 100,000 Da, such as from 100,000 to 150,000 Da, for example 150,000 to
200,000 Da, such as from 200,000 to 250,000 Da, for example 250,000 to
238,000 Da, such as from 238,000 to 350,000 Da, for example 350,000 to
400,000 Da, such as from 400,000 to 450,000 Da, for example 450,000 to
500,000 Da, such as from 500,000 to 550,000 Da, for example 550,000 to
600,000 Da, such as from 600,000 to 650,000 Da, for example 650,000 to
700,000 Da, such as from 700,000 to 750,000 Da, for example 750,000 to
800,000 Da, such as from 800,000 to 850,000 Da, for example 850,000 to
900,000 Da, such as from 900,000 to 950,000 Da, for example 950,000 to
1,000,000 Da.
427. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Rubber.
428. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Cellulose-based plastics.
204
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
429. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Bakelite.
430. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Polystyrene.
431. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of PVC.
432. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Nylon.
433. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more types of Synthetic rubber.
434. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more acrylics.
435. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more polyesters.
436. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more silicones.
437. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more polyurethanes.
438. The container according to item 327, wherein the base is made of or
comprises
one or more halogenated plastics.
439. The container according to item 273, wherein the container comprises an
inner
cavity where the maximum volume of liquid that can be added to the inner
cavity
comprising a matrix material is in range of from 5% to 50% of the volume of
the
matrix material such as from 5% to 6%, for example from 6% to 7%, such as from
7% to 8%, for example from 8% to 9%, such as from 9% to 10%, for example
205
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
from 10% to 11%, such as from 11% to 12%, for example from 12% to 13%, such
as from 13% to 14%, for example from 14% to 15%, such as from 15% to 16%,
for example from 16% to 17%, such as from 17% to 18%, for example from 18%
to 19%, such as from 19% to 20%, for example from 20% to 21%, such as from
21% to 22%, for example from 22% to 23%, such as from 23% to 24%, for
example from 24% to 25%, such as from 25% to 26%, for example from 26% to
27%, such as from 27% to 28%, for example from 28% to 29%, such as from
29% to 30%, for example from 30% to 31%, such as from 31% to 32%, for
example from 32% to 33%, such as from 33% to 34%, for example from 34% to
35%, such as from 35% to 36%, for example from 36% to 37%, such as from
37% to 38%, for example from 38% to 39%, such as from 39% to 40%, for
example from 40% to 41%, such as from 41% to 42%, for example from 42% to
43%, such as from 43% to 44%, for example from 44% to 45%, such as from
45% to 46%, for example from 46% to 47%, such as from 47% to 48%, for
example from 48% to 49%, or such as from 49% to 50%.
440. A kit of parts comprising a matrix material according to any of the items
1 to 138,
144 to 235 and 241 to 267 and at least one additional component.
441. The kit of part according to item 440, wherein the one additional
component is the
container according to items 273 to 439.
442. A kit of parts comprising the matrix material according to any of the
items 1 to
138 and the container according to items 273 to 439.
443. A method for making the kit of parts according to any of items 440 to
442.
444. Use of the kit of parts according to any of items 440 to 442 in a method
for
promoting wound healing in an individual in need thereof.
445. Use of the kit of parts according to any of items 440 to 442 in a method
for
promoting hemostasis in an individual in need thereof.
446. A method for use of the kit of parts according to any of items 440 to 442
comprising the steps of
206
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
i) storing of the matrix material in the container
ii) opening of said container
iii) optional addition of liquid/moisture to container comprising the matrix
material
iv) transfer of said matrix material to an individual in need thereof
to promote wound healing in the individual in need thereof.
447. A method for use of the kit of parts according to any of items 440 to 442
comprising the steps of
i) storing of the matrix material in the container
ii) opening of said container
iii) optional addition of liquid/moisture to container comprising the matrix
material
iv) transfer of said matrix material to an individual in need thereof
to promote hemostasis in the individual in need thereof.
448. The method according to any of items 446 or 447, wherein the addition of
liquid/moisture comprises addition of a volume of liquid/moisture in range of
from
5% to 50% of the volume of the matrix material such as from 5% to 6%, for
example from 6% to 7%, such as from 7% to 8%, for example from 8% to 9%,
such as from 9% to 10%, for example from 10% to 11%, such as from 11% to
12%, for example from 12% to 13%, such as from 13% to 14%, for example from
14% to 15%, such as from 15% to 16%, for example from 16% to 17%, such as
from 17% to 18%, for example from 18% to 19%, such as from 19% to 20%, for
example from 20% to 21%, such as from 21% to 22%, for example from 22% to
23%, such as from 23% to 24%, for example from 24% to 25%, such as from
25% to 26%, for example from 26% to 27%, such as from 27% to 28%, for
example from 28% to 29%, such as from 29% to 30%, for example from 30% to
31%, such as from 31% to 32%, for example from 32% to 33%, such as from
33% to 34%, for example from 34% to 35%, such as from 35% to 36%, for
example from 36% to 37%, such as from 37% to 38%, for example from 38% to
39%, such as from 39% to 40%, for example from 40% to 41%, such as from
41% to 42%, for example from 42% to 43%, such as from 43% to 44%, for
example from 44% to 45%, such as from 45% to 46%, for example from 46% to
47%, such as from 47% to 48%, for example from 48% to 49%, or such as from
49% to 50%.
207
CA 02716872 2010-08-26
WO 2009/109194 PCT/DK2009/050048
449. The method according to any of items 446 or 447, wherein the
liquid/moisture
added to the container comprising the matrix material is a sterile saline
solution.
450. The method according to item 449, wherein the sterile saline solution is
a sterile
sodium chloride solution.
451. The method according to item 450, wherein the sterile sodium chloride
solution is
a sterile sodium chloride 0.9% solution.
452. The method according to any of items 446 or 447, wherein the
liquid/moisture
added to the container comprising the matrix material is sterile water.
208
